Talodhi Mokasa LISDTP

For Authorised use only B -1 Tender
For Authorised use only B -1 Tender
VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION , NAGPUR.

(A Government of Maharashtra undertaking)
CHIEF ENGINEER , WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT, NAGPUR
SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER, CHANDRAPUR IRRIGATION PROJECT CIRCLE,

CHANDRAPUR
Draft Tender Paper
NAME OF WORK:- TALODHI MOKASA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME

Tah: Chamorshi, Dist: Gadchiroli
Construction of Approach Channel, Gates Intake Structure, Forebay, Pump

House, Manifold, Rising Main, Distribution Chamber & all allied works of
Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme, Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli
ESTIMATED COST PUT TO TENDER:- Rs. 3364.87 LAKHS
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER
MINOR IRRIGATION DIVISION
CIVIL LINE, NAGPUR ROAD
CHANDRAPUR 442 401
Email:- midcd@rediffmail.com
Phone No- 07172-250521, Fax- 07172-255590
Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

Certificate
Name of work: - Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Fore bay,
Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main, Distribution Chamber & all allied
works of Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme.
Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli
Certified that the B1 Tender form includes amendments and corrections as per
Government and V.I.D.C. order.
Divisional Account Officer

Minor Irrigation Division
Chandrapur
Certificate
1. Estimate is technically sanctioned by the Chief Engineer, Water Resources
Department, Nagpur vide T.S. order No 402 CE /14.09.2017 under letter
No.3952/TB-11/ Talodhi Mokasa LIS /T.S./2017 Dated. 14.09.2017
2. Certified that the stone and sand quarries proposed in the tender have been inspected
personally and sufficient quantities are available in the quarries.
Sub Divisional Engineer Executive Engineer

Borghat Lift Irrigation Sub Division Minor Irrigation Division
Mul Chandrapur
Certificate
Certified that the Forest Land required for the work is in possession of the
department. For required private land, obtaining and possession by private negotiation is
in progress.
Executive Engineer
Chandrapur

VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION , NAGPUR.
(A Govt. of Maharashtra undertaking)
CHIEF ENGINEER , WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT, NAGPUR
SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER, CHANDRAPUR IRRIGATION PROJECT CIRCLE, CHANDRAPUR
DRAFT TENDER PAPER

NAME OF WORK:- TALODHI MOKASA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME
Tah: Chamorshi, Dist: Gadchiroli
Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Forebay,

Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main, Distribution Chamber & all
allied works of
Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme, Ta. Chamorshi, Dist.
Gadchiroli
ESTIMATED COST PUT TO TENDER:- Rs. 3364.87 LAKHS
Proposed & Recommended for approval
Sub Divisional Engineer

Borghat Lift Irrigation Sub Division
Mul
VERIFIED
Divisional Accounts Officer Gr. 1

Minor Irrigation Division,
Chandrapur
Recommended for approval
Executive Engineer
Minor Irrigation Division,
Chandrapur
Recommended for approval
Superintending Engineer
Chandrapur Irrigation Project Circle,
Chandrapur
APPROVED
Chief Engineer
Water Resources Department,
:: I N D E X ::
NAME OF WORK:- Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Forebay,

Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main, Distribution Chamber & all allied works of
Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme, Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli
.
Sr. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.
No. From To
SECTION-I
Detailed Tender Notice, Information & Instructions for
Tenderers
1 Invitation 2 4
2 Eligibility 5 6
3 Details of work 6
4 On Line Issue of Blank Tender forms 6
5 Pre-Tender Conference 6
6 Revision or Amendments of Tender Documents. 6
7 Manner of Submission of Tender and its accompaniments. 7
8 Opening of Tenders 14
9 Instructions for submission of e-Envelope Technical cover 14 18
10 Instructions for submission of e-Envelope BOQ 19
11 Tender Units. 19
12 Corrections 19
13 Signing of Tender Documents 19 20
14 Acceptance of Tender 20
15 Validity period 20
16 Completion of Tender Documents 20
17 Language 21
18 License under Contract Labour Act 21
19 Key Dates 21
SECTION II- WORK SPECIFIC INFORMATION
(SECTION-I) 22
A Description of the Project 23
B Status of the Project 23
C Climatic Conditions 23
D Scope of the work 23 24
E Information about Work Site 24
E Information for obtaining Tender Papers and its submission 25
F Work and site conditions 26
G Period of completion and programme of works 27
H Earnest money / security deposit 27
I Price Adjustment Information 27 28

SECTION-II
B-1 Tender Form, Schedule Of Works, Work Program. 29
1 B-1 Tender form and Tender for works. 30 35
2 Schedule ‘A’ 36 38
3 Schedule ‘B’ 39 53
4 Schedule ‘C’ 54 60
5 Month wise Work Programme bar Chart 61
SECTION – III 62
Forms
1 Letter of Transmittal 63
2 Check list of Documents To be uploaded along with BID capacity 64
Documents
3 Format-I – Information of Company 65
4 Format-II – Declaration of contractor regarding poor quality work & 66
correctness of information supplied
5 Proforma –I- Certificate for the work completed /under progress as 67 68
on 31 March 2015
6 Proforma –I(a)- Details of work completed 69 70
7 Proforma –I(b)- Details of work in hand 71 72
8 Appendix ‘A’ - Details of Technical Personnel with the Contractor 73
9 Appendix ‘B’ - Details of Plants and Machinery owned by the 74
contractor
10 Appendix ‘C’ - Details of works of similar type magnitude carried 75
out by the contractor
11 Appendix ‘D’ - Details of other works tendered for and in hand on 76
the date of submission of Tender.
12 Appendix ‘E’ - Details of plants & machinery proposed to used for 77
the work but not immediately available.
13 Appendix ‘F’ - Declaration of the Contractor 78
14 Appendix ‘G’ - Bank Guarantee Bond 79 80
15 Appendix ‘H’ - Indenture for secured advance 81 84
16 Appendix ‘J’- Declaration of bidder regarding value of Civil 85 86
Engineering Works executed in last 5 years based on work done
certificates In Proforma-1( Format for computation of A1) -
Declaration of bidder regarding value of civil Engineering Works
executed in last 5 years ascertained from total receipts on account
of Civil Engineering Contracts received in a year shown in Balance
sheet submitted to I.T. Department
(Format for computation of A2)
17 - Declaration of bidder regarding value of Existing Commitments 87

(B) in the period stipulated for completion of work.
(Format for computation of B)
18 Appendix ‘K’-Bidders ( self declaration regarding Bid Capacity ) 88
SECTION-IV
Conditions of contract (B-1 tender form) 89
1 Conditions of Contract (B-1 Tender Form) 90 114
SECTION-V 115
Special Conditions Of Contract

1 Index to special condition of contract 116 119
2 Special condition of contract 120 154

SECTION – VI 155
Specifications
1 Index to Specifications 156 157
2 Specifications – Section 1 to 30 158 292
SECTION – VII 293
Drawing
1 Index map 1
2 Location/ Quarry map 2 3
3 General layout of pump House 4 6
4 Detailed drawing of Pump House 7 12
5 L- Section of Rising Main 13 16

1
SECTION – I
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE
INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS

FOR TENDERERS

2
SECTION NO. I
DETAILEDTENDERNOTICE
VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENTCORPORATION,NAGPUR
Circle Office:- Chandrapur Irrigation Project Circle, Chandrapur

Division Office:-Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur
E-TENDER NOTICE NO. 18 FOR 2017-18
Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur Phone No. 07172-250521, is

inviting digitally signed on-line e-Tenders in B-1 Form, for the offer for the work cited below, on
Government of Maharashtra Electronic Tender Management System from eligible / interested
contractors, who have completed and have capacity to do similar type of work. They should have
their registered office in state of Maharashtra.
.
The details can be viewed and downloaded online directly from the Government of
Maharashtra e-Tendering Portalhttps://mahatenders.gov.in
Further, e-Tenders in B-1 Form-document will be made available on above mentioned web site
as per programme under Key-Dates.
S Nameof work Estimated cost Earnest Money Timelimit for Cost of
r put to tender completion On-line
No (Rs.Lakh) e-Tender form +
GST 12%
1 Construction of Approach
Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Rs.3364.87 Lakhs Rs. 16,82,500/- 24 Rs. 5000/-
Fore Bay, Pump House, Calendar Months +
(Shall be paid via 18% GST
Manifold, Rising Main,
Online mode only (including (Shall be paid
Distribution Chamber & all through payment- monsoon) via Online mode
allied works of Talodhi Mokasa gate-way) only through
Lift Irrigation Scheme payment- gate-
Tq. Chamorshi way)
Dist-Gadchiroli
Blank Tenders Form will not be sold physically from the office of the Executive Engineer.
However bidder has to get on-line e-Tenders in B-1 Form downloaded from the said web site. The
undersigned has reserved all rights to reject any or all on-line e-Tenders without assigning any reason
there for.
1. All eligible/interested contractors to get enrolled on e-Tendering

portal. https://mahatenders.gov.in To process the e-tenders online, to encrypt their bid and to
sign the bid hashes, bidders / Contractors are required to obtain digital certificate / Signature. For
details, bidders / Contractor may contact to Help Desk.
2. Bidders / Contractors can contact Help Desk for any clarification of their doubts regarding the
process of Electronic Tendering Management System (ETMS). Help Desk throughe-mail ID
eproc.support@mahatenders.gov.in or Toll Free no. 180030702232.
3. e-Tender-Document can be downloaded from the e-Tendering portal of Government of

Maharashtra i.e.https://mahatenders.gov.in Cost of online e-Tender-Document as well as
3
amount of EMD should be paid online only through payment Gateway as per online process
given on Website i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in
4. The Bidder shall upload the duly completed e –Tender documents and supporting information
in readable form. The unreadable documents shall not be considered for evaluation. The decision
of opening Authority regarding the evaluation shall be final and binding.
5. All rights are reserved to reject any or all e – Tender-documents without assigning any reason
by the competent authority.
6. The e –Tender documents are available onhttps://mahatenders.gov.inshall have to be

downloaded by bidders from the above mentioned website.
7. Bidders shall deposit the cost of e –Tender-document and amount of EMD online via net
banking as per online process given on Website i.e https://mahatenders.gov.in
8. Bidders shall upload the scanned copies of proof of payments along with e – Tender
document.
9. Note – Tender document shall not be physically sold from the office of the Executive Engineer.
Detail e–Tender Notice can be seen on portal of VIDC, Government of Maharashtra Electronic
Tender Management System https://mahatenders.gov.inas well as on the notice board in the
Executive Engineer’s office.
(Copy can be obtained free of cost from Executive Engineer on request)
10. It is necessary to give the undertaking as follows "Bidders are not allowed to make any
changes in e –Tender documents downloaded from website. If it is found so the e-Tenders of
such bidders shall be rejected and the bidders who made such changes are liable for action as
per Rules''.
11. e – Tender documents published on Government website are considered as authentic and
legal documents in case of any complaint about the e- Tender.
12. The activities of e – Tender online purchase/Download, Preparation of Bid (Submit Bid Hash
online), Submission of Bids, Submission of EMD & cost of online e –Tender-document and other
Documents shall be governed by the time schedule given under “Key Dates”.
13. The Bidder has to submit (Upload Scan Copies/fill in) his offer/credentials online as required
in the Tendes in the online -relevant envelopes. The Scan copies showing details / proof of on-
line payments of cost of e –Quotation Document, Earnest Money amount, to be submitted online.
Executive Engineer
Chandrapur

4
SECTION I
DETAILED TENDER NOTICE
VIDHARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION,

NAGPUR
2.0 INVITATION :
E -Tenders in B-1 form are invited online from the eligible/ interested contractors who
have completedand have capacity todo the similar type of works like Lift Irrigation Scheme
(Approach channel, Fore bay, Pump house, Manifold, Rising Main & Distribution Chamber). The
condition of PWD registration for contractor has been relaxed.
General Information:
The functions and powers of the Corporation have been listed in the Maharashtra Act
XXVI of 1997. In general, it has been entrusted with the work of investigation, planning,
designing of projects, maintenance of completed project, construction of projects and irrigation
management of the major, medium and minor projects in the Godavari and Tapi river Basin. The
projects comprise of multipurpose, irrigation, hydroelectric project inclusive of command area
Development. The projects are to be completed so as to utilize water in Godavari and Tapi
basin (about 254.28 TMC) allocated to Vidarbha by Godavari Water Dispute Tribunal Award in
Godavari basin and allocated water as per Master Plan of Tapi Valley. It is planned to improve
the performance efficiency of the completed projects and to complete further ongoing and new
works, so as to utilize the 254.28 TMC of water from Godavari and allocated water in Tapi
Basin.
Definitions & interpretations

In this tender document, the following terms, shall have the meanings hereby
assigned to them, except where the context otherwise requires.
(ii) “Corporation” shall mean the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur acting
through its Executive Director, as defined in Maharashtra Govt Act XXVI of 1997. Vidarbha
Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur is a corporate body constituted under the
Maharashtra Govt. Act XXVI 1997 and published in Maharashtra Govt. Gazette dated 28-
04-1997. The Head quarters of the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur, is
at Nagpur, VIDC for short, and hereafter referred to only as Corporation.
The official postal address for correspondence is

The Office of the Executive Director,
Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation,
Sinchan Sewa Bhavan, Civil lines, Nagpur- 440 001
(b) “Chief Engineer” shall mean Chief Engineer, Water Resources Department, Nagpur under
V.I.D.C. Nagpur.
(c) “Superintending Engineer” shall mean Superintending Engineer Chandrapur Irrigation

Project Circle, Chandrapur to whom Superintendence of the work is assigned by
Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur.
(d) “Engineer / Engineer-in-charge” shall mean the Executive Engineer, Minor Irigation
Division, Chandrapur, in charge of the works duly authorized by Vidarbha Irrigation
Development Corporation, Nagpur.
(e) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean the Sub Divisional Engineer/Assistant Executive
Engineer/ Assistant Engineer (Grade I)/ Sub - Divisional Officer, who has been assigned
specific duties.

5
(f) “Contractor” shall mean the person, firm or company who enters into contract with the
Corporation and shall include their executors, administrators, successors and
authorized assignees.
(g) “Contract” shall mean and include agreement having three volumes as below.
Section -I Detailed e-Tender Notice, B-1, Conditions of contract

Section I to V & Schedule A, B and C
Section –II Specifications
Section –III Drawings
h) “Work” shall mean the work to be executed in accordance with the contract.
i) “Specifications” shall mean the specifications for materials and works as Specified in
Section -II of the contract.
j) “Drawing” shall mean prints of the maps, drawings, plans in Section III of the contract
and shall include any or all modifications of such drawings and any or all further drawings
as may be issued by the Engineer in charge from time to time.
k) “Site” shall mean the land and the other places on, under, in or through which the works
are carried out and any other lands or places provided by the Corporation.
l) “Defect(s) liability period” shall mean period of 24 Months after commissioning or 24

Months after the completion of works whichever is later.
m) Online shall mean online operation on website https://mahatenders.gov.inonly, with

reference to this work.
Singular and Plural

Words imparting the singular number shall also include the plural and vice versa where the
context requires.
Headings and Marginal headings

The headings and marginal headings in the contract are solely for the Purpose of facilitating
references and shall not be deemed to be part thereof or taken into consideration in the
interpretation or construction thereof or of the contract.
2.00 ELIGIBILITY
Uploaded e-tender documents will be made available online, only to those Contractors who
would satisfy the following criteria, related to the estimated cost of the work put to tender.
2.1 Contractor who furnish following scanned certificates along with the e-tender, The
contractor shall satisfy conditions as per web site e-tender Portal
https://mahatenders.gov.in
I) Certificate that the contractor has a registered office in the State of Maharashtra issued by
Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra / Registrar of firms Maharashtra respectively under the
Indian companies Act – 1932 ( Amended from time to time ) and in the case of sole
proprietorship firm/individual contractor(s) latest valid I.T. return in which the name of the sole
proprietor firm/individual and address in the State of Maharashtra appears, supported by an
affidavit to that effect.
2.2 Deleted.
2.3 Deleted.

6
2.4 Deleted.
2.5 For works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs.

Contractor should satisfy the criteria in para 2.1. aboveand he shall have adequate bid
capacity for the work and have capacity todo the similar type of works like Lift Irrigation Scheme
(Approach channel, Fore bay, Pump house, Manifold, Rising Main & Distribution Chamber). The
condition of PWD registration for contractor has been relaxed.
2.6 The application form for the assessment of bid capacity or the post-qualification
document will be available online The cost of forms, period of issue & date of its on-line
submission etc. are in Annexure ‘A’ of this section. The contractors who have fulfilled the post-
qualification criteria will be short listed on the portal.
3. DETAILS OF WORK
The estimated cost, earnest money Deposit, period of completion of work and other information
is given in Annexure ‘A’ of this section.
4. ON-LINE ISSUE OF BLANK e-TENDER FORMS

Information regarding the work for which the e-tenders are invited on-line as well as blank e-
tender forms can be obtained online on the Government of Maharashtra website e-Tendering
Portal https://mahatenders.gov.in.E-tender forms shall be made available only to those
contractors as explained in Para 2 above.
The name of office, the period of availability of e-tender forms and their costs are given in
Annexure ‘A’ of this section. Payment by a cheque will not be accepted.
5. PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE
(Applicable for the works costing above Rs. 150 lakhs)
1) Pre-tenders conference open to all prospective tenderer will be held in the office as stated in
Annexure ‘A’ of this Section, wherein the prospective tenderer will have an opportunity to obtain
clarifications regarding the work and the tender conditions.
2) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional clarification either in writing or
orally and the reply to the same will be given by the Chief Engineer/Superintending Engineer in
writing and these clarifications referred to as common set of deviations, shall form part of e-
tender documents and which will also be common and applicable to all tenderers.
3) The e-tender submitted on-line by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification, additional
facility issued (if any) by the Corporation and this e-tender shall be unconditional. Conditional
tenders will summarily be rejected as non-responsive.
4) All tenderers are cautioned that the e-tenders containing any deviation from the contractual
terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and conditional Tenders will be
rejected as non responsive.
6. REVISION OR AMENDMENT OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS:
Right is reserved to revise or amend the e-tender documents prior to last date notified
for the issue of e-tenders and such revisions or amendments or extensions shall be
communicated to all concerned online or displayed on the portal or by notice in the press as
may be considered suitable.
Tenderer shall be presumed to have carefully examined all documents, forms,
statements, special conditions, schedules, drawings and specifications of contract available
online and to have fully acquainted himself with all details of the site, his own quarries for
rubble, metal, sand, earthwork etc. locations of materials, river and weather characteristics and
7
labour conditions in general and with all the necessary information and data etc. pertaining to
and needed for the work prior to tendering of the work.
7. MANNER OF ONLINE SUBMISSION OF e-TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENTS
Tender is to be submitted online on the Government of Maharashtra e-Tendering

Portalhttps://mahatenders.gov.in in two separate e-envelopes. The tenderer shall submit the
e-tender and e-documents in two e- envelopes as below. Technical Cover& Commercial Bid
(BOQ).
a) Technical e-Envelope T1.
The first envelope mentioned on the portal as ‘Technical e-Envelope T1’ shall contain
the duly Scanned copy / copies of following documents.
i) Scanned copy of proof of payment of EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT,paid via net banking
only.
Certificates of exemption for payment of earnest money will not be accepted.
ii) Audited balance sheet and profit loss A/c duly certified from Chartered Accountant as
per Income Tax rule -1961 clause 44AB. Along with copy of acknowledgement of Income Tax
return filed ( for contractor whose annual turnover is above Rs.40 lakhs)
OR
Statement of total income contract receipt in the format acceptable to the income tax
department duly certified by the Chartered Accountant along with copy of acknowledgement of
Income Tax return filed (for contractor whose annual turnover is below 40 lakhs)
iii) Maharashtra Goods & Service Tax (GST) Registration certificate under provision of
Rules under Maharashtra GST Act 2017. And latest Tax Clearance certificate from appropriate
authority.
iv) Deed of Partnership or Article of Association and Memorandum of Association for

limited Company duly registered with head office in Maharashtra.
v) Details of Technical personnel with Tenderer Proforma in Appendix “A” of the tender
form.
vi) List of machinery and plants immediately available with the Tenderer for use on this
work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this work but not immediately available
and the manner in which it is proposed to be procured. (Proforma in Appendix “B” and “E” of the
tender form).
vii) Details of other works tendered for and in hand with the Tenderer. The value of work
unfinished on the last date of submission of the tender. The certificates from the head of offices
under whom the works are in progress should be enclosed (Proforma in Appendix “D” of the
tender form). The performance of contractor should be satisfactory.
viii) Power of Attorney (duly registered).
ix) Professional Tax clearance certificate (as shown and given on relevant page number of
the tender form) valid on date of receipt of the tender
x) Attested copy of registration under Employee’s Provident Fund Act and challans for
updated payments for class I & II contractors. (Contractors should be duly registered with
Commissioner of EPF).

8
xi) Scanned copy of proof of payment of cost of uploaded main e- Tender Documents, paid
online via Net Banking.
xii) Undertaking “when there is shortage of funds in VIDC, Nagpur, I / we shall not be
entitled to any compensation from the Corporation. This Condition will be treated as part and
parcel of contact documents.” duly stamped and signed.
xiii) Undertaking “I shall not tamper with or make changes in the tender documents made
available by the department, on the web-site. Otherwise I understand that my tender shall be
liable for rejection” duly stamped and signed.
xiv) Undertaking “I have studied each and every drawing & design related to the work made
available on-line as well as in the office of Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,
Chandrapur and shall sign before issuance of work order, if my tender is accepted duly
stamped and signed.
xv) Undertaking that “I / We have gone through each and every contents, clause, condition
of the whole tender documents & have accepted the same fully, unconditionally” duly stamped
and signed.
(All above undertakings should be uploaded to the relevant template.)
xvi) Registered Joint Venture if applicable, valid till expiry of Defect Liability Period.
xvii) Bid capacity is required for work.

The respective required original copies of all scanned documents submitted online with e-
tender, shall be kept ready at the time of opening of tender.
xviii) Details of similar type work carried out by the contractor in Appendix “C”
xix) Post Qualification Criteria.(Technical Criteria )
1 Criteria for Post Qualification

Contractor must have adequate experience of construction of Approach channel, Gated Intake
structure, Fore-bay, Pump House, Manifold & Rising Main.
A) Miximum Yearly Financial Turnover for Rs 12.61Crores

last five years
B) Minimum Cost of one Similar work Rs 20.19 Crores
Executed by the Contractor in last
three year (60%)
C) Minimum quantity of work Executed by Excavation 70480 Cum.
the Contractor in any one year in last Cement Concrete of all grades4074Cum.
three year. (50%) M.S. Pipe Rising main555 M.T.
TMT/HYSD reinforcement 343 M.T.
Embankment 20944 Cum.
D) The Bid Capacity of the Contractor Section II form Appendix K
2 Scanned copy of declaration of bidder regarding value of Civil Engineering works
executed in last five year based on work done certificate in Appendix (J).
3 Scanned copy of Bidder self-declaration regarding Bid capacity in Appendix(K).
4 Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their
available bid capacity is more than the total bid value.
5 The cost of completed works in earlier year shall be given additional weightage of 10%

9
per year as illustrated below to bring to current price level.
Sr Year Cost of work executed Derived annual cost of work

No. at current price level
1 2014-15 A 1.210*A
2 2015-16 B 1.100*B
3 2016-17 C 1.00*C
6) Machinery-
a) Considering the urgency of completion of the work in all respect, within the stipulated
period. The contractor shall arrange the following machinery and equipments in good condition
as & when required and as directed by Engineer-in-charge. He shall submit an undertaking for
the same.
Description of Equipment Capacity Minimum
Sr Number
No Required
1 Crane /Hydra 12 Ton 2
2 Truck / Tippers / Dumpers 10 Cum 4
3 Water Tankers 5000 lit 1
4 Hydraulic Excavator / Loader 1.00 Cum 2
5 Water pumps Up to 10 H.P . 2
6 R.M.C. Batching Plant 1
7 R.M.C. Loaders 6.00 Cum 3
8 Needle Vibrator 4
9 Automatic M.S. plates Bending & 1
Welding machine for M.S. Pipes.
10 Power Generators 3 phase 2
11 Arc/ Gas Welding equipments 2
12 Sand blasting, Cement morter 1
Gunniting& Spray painting
equipments
Regarding use of machinery
i) The life of new machinery will be considered as 15 years.
ii) There will be no need of fitness certificate from S.E. (Mechanical) for first 6 years.
iii) After 6 years, the machinery shall be checked and certified for its fitness by S.E./
A.C.E. (Mechanical) for every 3’rd year till the 15’th years.
iv) After the 15’th year the contractor shall get machinery certified every year from S.E./
A.C.E. (Mechanical) and produce the certificate of fitness. The certificate will be required
for machinery where it is necessary and not issued by the R.T.O.
The respective required original copies af all scanned documents submitted
online with e-Tender, shall be kept ready at the time of opening of tender.
b) Commercial Bid (BOQ or Bill of Quantity) Envelope No. 2
The second e-envelope mentioned on the portal as “Commercial Bid (BOQ)” shall
contain the offer made on the screen online. And
(i) Upload your Rate (rate in % or single item rate) as per tender specifications only in
EXCEL Format Issued and Digitally Signed by the Department,
(ii) Offer to be submitted Online,
Excel file formats (Microsoft Excel 2003 and above file) for Price/commercial Bid

10
(iii) Scanned copy of D.D./B.G./ F.D.R. for performance Security if applicable.
iv) Digitally signed main e-Tender document duly filed in, including if any, the digitally signed
common set of conditions/ stipulations issued by the Corporation after the pre-tender
conference shall be deemed to have been agreed by the contractor and will be a part of the
contract.
SUBMISSION OF TENDER: -
Refer to section “Bidder Manual Kit” given on website. i.e.https://mahatenders.gov.in
The tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage below or above the
estimated cost given in Schedule B of the e-Tender documents at appropriate place on screen
in the portal, provided for the same.
c) e-SUBMISSION OF e-TENDER
The e-Tenders shall be submitted online as per instructions of e-Tendering.
1) Detailed tender notice can be seen on the notice board in the Executive Engineer’s office
(copy can be obtained free of cost from Executive Engineer on request)
2) Uploaded e-Tender booklets, estimates, rate analysis, drawings etc are available on e-
tendering portal of the Government of Maharashtra i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.inThe
competent authority reserves all rights of rejecting tender without assigning any reason.
3) It is necessary to give the undertaking as follows.

"I (Contractor) have not made any change in Tender Booklets / documents downloaded
from website. If it is so the Tender will be rejected and I will be liable for action as per Rules".
Uploaded e- Tender documents, Tender Booklets / documents published on said Government
website are considered as authentic and legal documents in case of any complaint about the
tender.”
It is necessary to give undertaking as follows "I have seen detailed drawings of works
on website / in the office of the Executive Engineer,Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur . It is
part of tender documents. I have filled tender by considering all these things. I am readyto sign
on the drawings before depositing security deposit and taking workorder if my tender is
accepted."
4) In order to participate in the tenders floated using the Electronic Tender Management
System (ETMS), all contractors/bidders are required to get enrolled on the ETMS portal
(https://mahatenders.gov.in)
5) The activities of Bid-capacity, Main tender documents Tender on-line purchase/Download,

Preparation of Bid (Submit Bid Hash online), Submission of Bids, on-line payments of EMD,
cost of e-tender forms and other Documents will be governed by the time schedules given
under "Key Dates".
6) The Bidders have to submit (Upload Scan Copies/fill) his offer/credentials online as required
in the e-tender document.
7) TENDERING PROCEDURE
e-Tender in B-l-Forms can be downloaded from the e-Tendering Portal of Government
of Maharashtra i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in.E-Tender form fee as well as amount of EMD
should be paid online via Net banking, as per online process given on above mentioned
website url.Tenderers should have valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) obtained from any
Certifying Authorities.For any assistance on the use of Electronic Tendering System, the Users
may call the belownumbers:

11
Telephone No:- 180030702232

Help desk no-1 91-7878007972
Help desk no-2 91-7878007973
Email :- eproc.support(g),mahatenders.gov.in
website :- https://mahatenders.gov.in
Guidelines to Bidders on the operations of Electronic Tendering System of Government

of Maharashtrahttps://mahatenders.gov.in
A. General Guidelines for online submission.
E-Tendering process will be conducted through https://mahatenders.gov.inthe e-

tenderingportal of Department of Information Technology Govt. of Maharashtra in association
withNational Informatics Center (NIC) & state Bank Of India for e-payment. To participate in e-
tendering, the intending Bidders/Contractors shall register themselves in the website
ofhttps://mahatenders.gov.in
Detailed information for registration and submission of Bid/offers through e-

tenderingprocess
areavailableinBiddersManualKitgivenonhomepageofhttps://mahatenders.gov,in
There areno charges for registration for bidders/Contractors.Tender form and relevant
documents shall not be sold /issued manually from the divisionoffice.
The date and time for online submission of envelopes shall be strictly followed in all
cases.The bidders/ Contractors should ensure that their e-tenders, e-tender-form-fees as well
asamount of EMDare submitted & paid online before the expiry of the scheduled date andtime.
No delay on account of any cause will be entertained. Tender(s) not submitted onlinewill not be
entertained.
If for any reason, any interested bidder fails to complete any online stages during
thecomplete tender cycle, department shall not be responsible for that and any
grievanceregarding that shall not be entertained.
E-Tender shall be submitted in two Envelopes i.e. Technical Cover & Price/commercial
Bid(BOQ), through e-Tendering procedure only on https://mahatenders.gov.in portal.E-Tenders
submitted without the said two envelopes systems and by without e-Tendering
(https://mahatenders.gov.in) procedure shall be rejected.
The Two envelopes must be submitted along with document(s) as per the guidelines
given in tender document by e-Tendering procedure only. For more detail visit "Bidders Manual
Kit" page, whose link is given on home page of e-tendering portal https://mahatenders.gov.in
For technical bid, bidder/ Contractor has to make sure that there should not be any
space or special character in the file name. All the technical documents should be in .pdf
format. For example "Registrationcertificate.pdf is wrong file name. The correct file name would
be "registration_certificate.pdf.rar''.
The documents uploaded in the technical bid will be scrutinized by the e-tender
opening Authority as per the documents asked in the tender document. The decision of the e-
tender accepting Authority shall be final in this regard.
Bidder/ Contractor, in advance, should prepare the bid documents to be submitted as

indicated in the tender schedule and they should be in PDF (for technical bid) and excel file

12
formats (Microsoft Excel 2003 and above file) for Price/commercial Bid. In case of technicalbid,
if there are more than one documents, they can be clubbed together, i.e. for each cover of
online envelope only single file need to be uploaded. For e.g. to upload document
havingmultiple pages, bidder has to scan them as single document.
For Price Bid, Do not modify the Price Bid predefined name or sheet name of Price Bid.
Only Green cells of Price Bid are for data entry.
Do not use cut, copy or paste while data entry into the Price/commercial Bid sheet.
Any violation on the Price/commercial Bid shall be subjected to rejection of the whole
bid and treated as non-responsive.
Before uploading Price/commercial Bid kindly confirm that entries, details in Price/
commercial Bid has been saved correctly.
EMD Payment will be accepted by the E-tendering process only once while Bidding.
It is important to note that, the bidder/ contractor has to Click on the 'Freeze Bid Button',
to ensure that he/she completes the Bid Submission Process. Bids which are not frozen are
considered as Incomplete / Invalid bids and shall not be considered for evaluation purposes.
For any queries relating to this e-Procurement Portal, please call 24 x 7 Toll Free No.
1800-3070-2232. All queries will be answered in English / Hindi only. In addition, the help desk
can be contacted directly on the following mobile nos. 91-7878007972 and 91-7878007973.
Pre-requisites to participate in the Tenders processed by Minor Irrigation

Division, Chandrapur
A. 1) Enrolment and Empanelment of Contractors on Electronic Tendering System:
The Contractors interested in participating in the e-Tenders of Minor IrrigationDivision,

Chandrapur, processed using the Electronic Tendering System shall be required to enroll on
the Electronic Tendering System to obtain User ID. For more detail visit "Bidders Mannual Kit "
link given on home page of e-tendering portal i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in. Registration of
Bidders complete details along with screen shot given in above mention website link.
Only empanelled vendors will be allowed to participate in such e-tenders. The
Contractors may obtain the necessary information on the process of enrolment and
empanelment either from Helpdesk Support Team or may visit the information published under
the link Bidders Manual Kit on the Home Page of the Electronic Tendering System i.e.
2. Obtaining a Digital Certificate:

For information on the process of application for obtaining Digital Certificate, the
Contractors may visit the section Information about DSC on the Home Page of the Electronic
Tendering System i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in
3. Recommended Hardware and Internet Connectivity:

To operate on the Electronic Tendering System, the Contractors are recommended to
use Computer System with at least 1 GB of RAM and broadband connectivity with minimum
512 kbps bandwidth.
4. Set up of Computer System for executing the operations on the Electronic Tendering
System:
The Contractors are requested to refer to the e-Tendering portal i.e.
13
https://mahatenders.gov.in link. " Bidders Manual Kit " available online on the Home Page to
understand the process of setting up the System, or alternatively, contact the Helpdesk Support
Team on information / guidance on the process of setting up the System.
5. Steps to be followed by contractors to participate in the e-Tendered processed by

Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur.
1. Preparation of online Briefcase:

All Contractors enrolled on the Electronic Tendering System of Government of
Maharashtra are provided with dedicated briefcase facility to store documents / files in digital
format. The Contractors can use the online briefcase to store their scanned copies of frequently
used documents / files to be submitted as a part of their bid response. The Contractors are
advised to store the relevant documents in the briefcase before starting the Bid Preparation
and Hash Submission stage.
In case, the Contractors have multiple documents under the same type (e.g. multiple
Work Completion Certificates) as mentioned above, the Contractors are advised to either
create a single .pdf file of all the documents of same type or compress the documents in a
single compressed file in .zip or .rar formats and upload the same.
It is mandatory to upload the documents using the briefcase facility. Therefore, the
Contractors are advised to keep the documents ready in the briefcase to ensure timely bid
preparation.
Note: Uploading of documents in the briefcase does not mean that the documents are
available to Department at the time of Tender Opening stage unless the documents are
specifically attached to the bid during the online Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage
as well as during Decryption and Re-encryption stage.
2. Online viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders:

The Contractors can view the Detailed Tender Notice along with the Time Schedule
(Key Dates) for all the Live Tenders released by the Executive Engineer, on the home page of
e-Tendering Portal on https://mahatenders.gov.in under the section "Recent Tenders".
3. Download of Tender Documents:

To participate in the online tender, the bidder/contractor must pay online via Net
banking etc towards the cost of e-Tender Form Fees, as well as an amount of EMD.
4. Online Bid Preparation and Submission of Bid Hash (Seal) of Bids :

Submission of Bids will be preceded by online bid preparation and submission of the
digitally signed Bid (Seals) within the Tender Time Schedule (Key Dates) published in the
Detailed Notice Inviting Tender. For more details on Online Bid Preparation and Submission of
Bid please visit "Bidders Mannual Kit" -section given on home page of e-tendering portal
Submitting the Bids online:For more details on Submitting the Bids Online please visit
"Bidders Manual Kit" -section given on home page of e-tendering portal
5. Short listing of Contractors for Financial Bidding Process:

The e-Tendering Authority will first open, on-line, the Technical Bid documents of all
Contractors and after scrutinizing these documents will shortlist the Contractors who are
eligible for Financial Bidding Process. The shortlisted Contractors will be intimated by e-mail.
6. Online Opening of the Financial Bids:

The Contractors may remain present in the Office of the e-Tender Opening Authority at
the time of opening of Technical Bids & commercial Bids. However, the results of the
commercial Bids of all Contractors shall be available on the e-TenderingPortal i.e.
14
https://mahatenders.gov.in immediately after the completion of opening process.
7. Tender Schedule (Key Dates):

The Contractors are strictly advised to follow the Dates and Times allocated to each
stage under as indicated in the Time Schedule for the Tender (Key Dates).
All the online activities are time tracked and the Electronic Tendering System enforces
time-locks that ensure that no activity or transaction can take place outside the Start and End
Dates and Time of the stage as defined in the Tender Schedule (Key Dates).
At the sole discretion of the Tender Authority, the time schedule of the Tender stages
may be changed / extended.
8. OPENING ( ON-LINE ) OF TENDERS:

On the date, specified in the Tender Schedule, following procedure will be adopted for
online opening of the e-Tender, in the presence of bidders who remain present at the time of
opening of Envelopes Technical Bid & Financial Bid (BOQ).
ENVELOPE No. 1:- (Technical Cover /Documents)

First of all Envelope Technical Cover of the tender will be opened online to verify its
contents as per requirements, in the presence of bidders who remain present at the time of
opening of Envelope Technical Cover. If the various documents contained in this envelope do
not meet the requirements of the Department,and not having the certificate of satisfactorily
completion of quantity specified under 7(a)viii , a note will be recorded accordingly by the
tender opening authority and the said tenderers Envelope Commercial Bid (BOQ) will not be
considered for further action and the same will be recorded.
The decision of the tender opening authority in this regard will be final and binding on
the contractors.
(B) ENVELOPE No.2 (BOQ / Commercial Bid)

a) This envelope shall be opened online after opening of Technical Cover, only if contents
of Cover are found to be acceptable to the Department. The tendered rates in Schedule 'B' or
percentage above/below the estimated rates shall then be read out, in the presence of bidders
who remain present at the time of opening of Commercial Bid(BOQ).in accordance with para 9
iii (a) of Section-1
9. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Technical Cover

Documents to be submitted in Technical Cover shall conform to the instructions given
below.
i) (a) EARNEST MONEY
All tenderers shall pay entire EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT as below:
Rs. 16,82,500 /- ( Rs. Sixteen lac eighty two thousand five hundred only) through an online
Payment Gateway Service via Net Banking, as non interest bearing deposit with
thecorporation. (A cheque or FDR will not be accepted.)
"However, no exemption to any bidder shall be allowed from payment of earnest -
money deposit, though it is specifically mentioned in Registration Certificate.”
This earnest money amount shall not carry any interest whatsoever. The earnest
money will be refunded, online, in the case of tenderers whose tenders are not accepted, only
after completion of all formalities in respect of the accepted tender or in case of expiry of
validity of offer, when specially withdrawn by the tenderer. In the case of successful tenderers,
the earnest money will be refunded after completion of contract documents and payment of
security deposit as per the provisions made in para (ii) Security Deposit, or converted into
Security Deposit, if required.
ii) (a) SECURITY DEPOSIT

A sum as mentioned in printed B-l tender form at Para (d) (i) of Memorandum will have to be
15
Deposited in cash by the contractor at the time of completing the contract documents, if his
tender is accepted by the Corporation.
OR
The initial security Deposit may be paid in the form of Demand Draft Irrevocable Bank
Guarantee from any Nationalized or Scheduled Bank's branch situated in the State of
Maharashtra for a period equal to time limit ( with timely extensions if any ) plus the period of
defects liability (Clause 20 of B-l Tender Form, Vol.-I)
OR
In lieu of Security Deposit mentioned above , Corporation Securities , Corporation

Bonds in the prescribed form as may be approved by Corporation from time to time , standing
in the name of Tenderer shall be accepted if pledged as security Deposit in the name of
Executive Engineer, as stated at serial No. 1.9 of Annexure -A of this section.
The security Deposit will be retained by the Corporation for the due and faithful
fulfillment of the contract by the contractor.
iii) (a) Condition regarding Perfomance Security (Please refer P.W.D. G.R. No. B.D.G.
2016/प.क.2/ इमा. dated 12.02.2016 संकेतांक 201602121256501118 & Corrigendum date
17.03.2016 संकेतांक 201603171748270318)
i. If the contractor's bid is 1 to 10% below the cost put to tender as shown in Schedule B
of the tender, the contractor shall submit 1% of the cost put to tender as performance
security in Envelope no.2 in the form of scanned copy of Demand Draft.( Example: For
the bids 1 to 10% below - Performance Security amount shall be1%).
ii. If the contractor's bid is more than 10% below the cost put to tender as shown in
Schedule B, the contractor shall submit an additional 1% of the cost put to tenderfor
every % quoted more than 10% below ( Example: If the contractor's bid is 14%below,
then Performance Security for 10% below = 1% + for (14% - 10%) = additional 4%
(Total 5%) shall be submitted in Envelope No.2
iii. Following action shall be taken about making available Demand Draft/ B.G./
F.D.R. ofperformance security/returning Demand Draft etc.
a) Demand Draft /Bank Guarantee/ FDR shall be drawn in the name of Executive
Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur.
b) Demand Draft /Bank Guarantee/ FDR shall be drawn from Nationalized or Scheduled
banks.
c) Validity of Demand Draft shall be minimum 3 months from the date of, submission of
tender& validity of B.G. & FDR shall be upto the defect liability period from the date of
submission of the tender.
d) Scanned copy of Demand Draft/ B.G. or F.D.R. shall be uploaded by the contractors
at the time of e-tendering.
e) Contractor shall submit Demand Draft /Bank Guarantee/ FDR in sealed envelope in
the office of the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur, within 5
working days from the date of submission of tender. Name of work and e-tender no.
shall be written on the envelope.
f) It is essential to have Bank's MICR and IFSC code no. on Demand Draft.
g) On opening the tender, if papers in Envelope No.1 don't fulfil the essential
qualification requirements, then Executive Engineer shall return the envelope of
Demand Draft/Bank Guarantee/ FDR to concerned contractor within 7 days from the

16
date of opening of tender.

h) Offer in envelope no.2 shall be opened of those contractors whose documents in
envelope no.l. fullfill the essential qualification requirements. Envelope of Demand Draft
/Bank Guarantee/ FDR of these contractors, except 2 lowest tenderers, shall be
returned within 7 days. The offer in envelope 2 without demand Draft of appropriate
amount of performance security shall be treated as invalid offer.
i) Demand Draft /Bank Guarantee/ FDR of second lowest tenderer shall be returned
within 3 days after, issuing work order to the lowest tenderer.
j) EMD of the contractors submitting false documents / Demand Draft /Bank Guarantee/
FDR in above process shall be forfeited and registration of the said contractors shall
have full authority.
iv) Executive Engineer shall issue the work order only after encashing the Demand
Draft of the lowest.
v) Executive Engineer shall return the Perfomance Security to contractor within 3

months, after satisfactory completion of the work.
iv) (a) INCOME TAX CERTIFICATE

Income tax is to be deducted from the sums to be paid to the contractor for the works
carried out at the rate of 2 % of the gross amount, or at the rates revised from time to
time, and surcharge on Income Tax & Education Cess as per prevailing Government
orders issued from time to time by Competent Income Tax Authority.
iv)(b) GOODS AND SERVICE TAX (GST)

Goods And Service Tax (GST) Registration is essential for contractor. As per Finance
Department, GoM Resolution No.िजएसट�-1017/प.क.81/कराधान-1, Dt. 19.08.2017 rules are
applicable. T.D.S for GST will be deducted at the rate of 2% of agreement value (1%
CGST + 1% SGST).
iv)(c) TAXES & DUTY Deleted
iv)(d) Conditions Regarding payments of Salaries & Wages to all the employees &
Labourers by the Contractor.
As per condition of GR No. 839 / 2016 Dated 04.02.2017 "Contractor shall make
payments of salaries and wages to all the employees and Labourers through bank
account linked to unique Identification Number (AADHAR CARD) and shall submit a
certificate accordingly to the Engineer-in-charge. The certificate shall be submitted by
the contractor within 60 days from the commencement of contract. If the time period of
contract is less than 60 days, such certificates shall be submitted within 15 days from
the date of commencement of contract."
v) JOINT VENTURE
If the application is made by a Joint venture or consortia of two or more firms
aspartners:-
a) A joint venture between individual contractor’s, may be permitted subject to the

following conditions.
b) Firms intending to participate in bidding process as J.V. shall sign Memo of
Understanding in prescribed format on judicial stamp paper of appropriate value. The
scanned copy of MoU should be uploaded along with digitally signed e-Tenders and
supporting documents.Successful bidder shall register the J.V firm before issue of work
order as mentioned in v (c).
c) J.V. firm must be dulyRegistered J.V. Firm with Registrar of Firms, under
partnership Act valid up to the date of expiry of Defect Liability Period i.e. till expiry of

17
two years after issue of completion certificate of the work .

d) In case of any dispute or any breach of contract, the lead firm shall be held
solely responsible for any recoveries due to the Corporation/govt. or any fulfillment of
works mentioned in the contract.
e) In the J.V. firm the share of lead firm, shall be more than 50% and the percentage
share of each other firm in Joint Venture partnership deed shall not be less than 20%.
The percentage share of the bidder of the lower category in such partnership
/combination should not be more than his limit of eligibility to quote for works,
individually, with reference to the estimated cost of work put to tender.
In other words if the percentage share of the bidder is applied to amount the
estimated cost of work put to tender, the amount so calculated should not be more than
his limit of eligibility (mentioned in the valid registration with Public Works Department,
Government of Maharashtra) to quote for works individually.
f) One of the partners shall be nominated, as being in-charge and this
authorization shall be evidenced by submitting (uploading) a Registered Power Of
Attorney signed by a legally authorized signatory of all the partners.
g) The partner-in-charge shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive
instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the Joint Venture and entire
execution of the contract including payment shall be done exclusively with the partner in
charge.
h) All partners of Joint Venture shall be liable jointly and separately for execution
of terms and conditions of the contract and part and parcels of the inaccordance with
contract terms, and a relevant statement to this effect shall be included in the
authorization mentioned under (f) above.
i) Complete information pertaining to each partner in the respective firms duly
signed by each such partner shall be submitted (uploaded) with the Online digitally
signed e-Tenders and supporting documents.
j) In case of joint Venture of foreign and Indian partners the Indian partners
should have his share more than 50%.
k) Separate information in respect of each firm (entered into joint Venture) should
be submitted (uploaded) with the Online digitally signed e-Tenders and supporting
documents.
l) It would be necessary for the Joint Venture to establish to the satisfaction of
Corporation that the Venture has been made practical, workable and legally enforceable
arrangements amongst the parties, that responsibilities regarding the execution and
financial arrangements have been clearly laid down and assigned that the individual
parties to whom such responsibilities etc. assigned are capable in their individual
capacity to discharge them completely and satisfactorily and also that the lead firm has
necessary skill and Capacity to lead responsibility and involvement for the entire period
of execution as well as leading role in control and direction on the resources of the
entire Joint Venture.
vi) DOCUMENTS TO BE UPLOADED :-

a) Letter of Transmittal.
b) Information of the company in format-I.
c) Copy of PAN CARD issued by Government of India, Income Tax Department.
d) Goods & Service Tax Registration is essential under GST Act 2017.
e) Registration under Sub-Section (I) of Section 5 of Maharashtra State Tax on f)
Professions, Trades, Callings & Employment Act 1977.
f) Deed of partnership or Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association
forlimited company.
g) Power of Attorney.
h) Undertaking in format- II.
i) Bid Capacity declaration in Appendix J (Format A-l, A-2, B & Appendix K).
j) Work done Certificates in proforma 1,1a,1b for each work separately
considered for bid capacity.
18
k) Details of Plants& Machinery in Appendix B & E.

l) Details of Technical Personnel in Appendix A.
m) Details of otherworks Tendered for and in hand on the date of submission of
Tender.
n) Details of similar type of work carried out by the contractor in Appendix”C”
In the absence of any of the document given in section vi (above), the bid
capacity of the applicant shall not be evaluated.
o) While uploading the documents the contractors are requested to refer the para
9 iii(a) that is condition regarding Performance Security the requirement should
be follow otherwise Commercial bid shall not be opened.
p) Aadhar card of contractor.
The decision of tender opening authority shall be final in this regards.
vii) PROFESSIONAL TAX
Valid Certificate of registration with the professional Tax officer of the district in
form 'IA', certificate of registration under section 5(1) & 5(2) of Maharashtra State Tax
on Professions, trades, callings & Employment Act 1975 form is as follows.
PROFESSIONAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that M/s.............................................................................. .............
of (address of registered dealer under the Maharashtra Government Tax on
professions. 1 Trades, Callings and Employments Act No. XVI of 1975) holding
Registration Certificate] No...................................... and w.e.f. ...........................
...................................................
and under section 5 (1)& 5 (2) respectively.
The said dealer has paid all tax dues up to 31st March................................ (Previous
year) under the act. The dealer has paid the professional tax dues for the employees]
mentioned below.
No Name of the Employee Designation
NO Name of owner carrying on Designation

profession status
There are no Professional Tax dues outstanding against the dealer under the Act.
Certificate is valid for ONE year from the date of issue.
Place: Signature.......................
Professional Tax Officer
Date: District:-

19
10. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Commercial Bid(BOQ).

Documents to be submitted in Commercial Bid (BOQ)shall confirm to the
instructions given below.
i) CONTRACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY:

The tenderer shall be deemed to have fully acquainted himself with the work
and site conditions, carefully examined the special conditions, the specifications,
schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have fully informed himself regarding
the local conditions. The tenderer shall also be deemed to have fully acquainted with
the various leads and lifts involved in the works and materials of construction as well as
shall be deemed to have fully acquainted with his quarries for various construction
materials, their availability and adequacy etc.
ii) CONDITIONAL TENDER:

Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected. The tenders which do not fulfill
any of the conditions of the notified requirements laid down in this detailed tender
notice, the general rules and directions for the guidance of the tenderer as mentioned in
the B-l form, or are incomplete in any respect, are likely to be rejected without assigning
reasons there-for.
iii) TENDERED RATE:

The Tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage at appropriate
place in the portal, in "Commercial Bid(BOQ)." on the screen online, in the Uploaded
Copy only in EXCEL Format Issued and Digitally Signed by the Department.
No alteration in the form of tender and in schedule of quantities will be
permitted. The percentage mentioned shall be taken as applying to all conditions of
tender and will be inclusive of all taxes if any.
iv) QUANTITIES PUT TO TENDER:

The quantities given in Schedule-'B' as put to tender by the Corporation for
various items therein are approximate as some of the items of works put to tender are
likely to be executed departmentally, till the contract agency is fixed.
Such quantities which would be executed till the fixation of contract agency, will
stand deducted from the quantities entered in the Schedule-'B' at the time of completing
the tender documents by the Contractor. The contractor should take cognizance of this
fact and no claims will be tenable on account of such reduction in quantity. There may
also be variation in quantities on account of change or modification in design and no
claims will be tenable onaccount of such reduction/ increase in quantity. The quantities
of items on which the corporation has carried out the work, as measured on the date of
work order shall stand deducted from the quantities stipulated in schedule "B" as put to
tender by the corporation for the purpose of application of the stipulation of Clause 38 of
conditions of contract of the tender.
11. TENDER UNITS

The tender has been invited under the Metric System of measurements. The
tenderer should particularly note the units mentioned in Schedule-'B' on which rates are
to be based.
12. CORRECTIONS
No corrections should be made in the e-tender documents.
13. SIGNING OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS:

Successful bidder, after asking him to do so, shall submit downloaded hard
copies of the e-tender, Common set of Conditions & drawings duly bound in required
number of copies to the office of Executive Engineer for completing contract formalities.
In the system of e-tendering it is presumed that all the pages of the tender
20
document have been signed by the authorized signatory and requires no physical
signature.
An attested copy of the partnership deed shall be furnished as well as
uploaded. Tender submitted by Company shall be signed with the legal name of the
company and signed by the persons authorized to sign in the matter.
Wherever, whether in the submission of the tender or later, in other matters, the
signatures are made by one person on behalf of the company, the tenderer shall
supply/upload an attested copy of the power of attorney.
Witnesses shall be persons of status and probity and their names, occupations
and addresses shall be stated below their signatures. All signatures on the documents
shall be dated.
The tender is also liable to be rejected outright, if while submitting
1) The tenderer proposes any alteration in the work specified in the tender or in
the time / allowed for carrying out the work / in any other conditions.
2) Any of the pages of e-tender, Common set of Conditions & drawings are
removed and/or replaced.
3) Cost of blank main e-tender form and earnest money is not received through an
online Payment Gateway Service, via Net Banking,Cards gateway,NEFT or
RTGS only, till the time of on-line opening of the tenders.
4) Any erasures are made by the tenderer in the e-tender, Common set of
Conditions & drawings.
5) All pages of the main documents and common set of conditions are not digitally
signed by the Tenderer.
6) In case of firm, each partner, or the person holding power of attorney
authorizing him to do so thereof, does not digitally sign all pages and
documents.
7) Tenderer has not signed declaration at Appendix 'F'.
8) All the guidelines mentioned in the e tendering instructions to tenderers are not
adhered to.
9) Uploaded information is not true, correct, updated till date of on-line submission
and/or is hidden / concealed / disclosed, false or misleading.
10) Procedure laid down for e-tender is not followed.
14. ACCEPTANCE OF e-TENDER

Acceptance of tender will rest with the authority as indicated in Annexure 'A' of
thissection; who reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any
reasons.The acceptance of tender may be intimated to the contractor by letter. Such
intimation shallbe deemed to be an intimation of acceptance of tender. The tenderer,
whose tender is accepted, will have to complete the contract form within 15 days of
being notified to do soand shall abide by all the rules and regulations and special
conditions enumerated theirin or attached herewith. In the event of failure of the
tenderer to sign the agreement within thestipulated time, the earnest money; paid by
him, shall be liable to be forfeited to Corporation and the acceptance of the tender shall
be liable to be considered as withdrawn. In that event,the work will be awarded to next
or any other contractor to whom the Corporation deems tobe suitable.
15. VALIDITY OF OFFER

The offer shall remain valid for a period of 120( One hundred and twenty days)
days from the date of the opening of the tender, and thereafter until is withdrawn by
notice in writing by the tenderer, duly addressed to the authority as stated at Sr. No.
2.10 of Annexure 'A', of this section , and sent by RPAD. If the acceptance of tender is
not communicated within 120 days or before and if the offer is withdrawn by the
contractor as mentioned above, earnest money paid in cash shall be refunded in full.
21
16. COMPLETION OF e-TENDER DOCUMENT
While completing tender documents, the contractor must invariably complete

appendices included in the tender documents giving correct information. However, this
information shall have to be submitted by the contractor in prescribed formats
separately in the Envelope No.1 as per provision of Para 9 of the Detailed Tender
Notice.
17. LANGUAGE
The language of all correspondence regarding this work shall be English or
Marathi.
18. LICENSE UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION AND ABOLITIONACT

1970)
The successful tenderer should produce to the satisfaction of the competent

authority accepting the tender a valid and current license issued in his favour under the
provision of it. Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Maharashtra
Contract Labor (R and A) Rules 1971, before signing the contract. On failure to do so
the acceptance of the tender will be withdrawn and also the earnest money will be
forfeited to the Corporation. Thecontractor shall submit the certified copy of registration
certificate under ESIC and PF act before payment of first R.A. Bill is made. Attested
copy of certificate obtained from competent authority requisite remittances have been
made under E.P. Fund act should also be produced.
19. KEY DATES FOR e-TENDER FOR WORK
NAME OF WORK : Construction of Approach Channel, Gated intake structure, Fore Bay,
Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main, Distribution Chamber & all allied
works of Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme,
Tq. Chamorshi, Dist-Gadchiroli
1 Published Date 22.01.2018
2 Document Download start Date 22.01.2018 at 14.00
3 Document Download End Date 26.02.2018 at 17.00
4 Pre Bid Meeting 15.02.2018 at 12.00
5 Bid Submission start Date 22.01.2018
6 Bid Submission End date 26.02.2018
7 Bid Opening Date 27.02.2018 after 17.00
Executive Engineer
Minor irrigation Division
Chandrapur
Note: The contractor shall study the guidelines regarding e-tendering to get clarify e-tendering
procedure.
The Contractors are strictly advised to follow the Dates and Times as indicated in the Time
Schedule in the Notice Inviting Tender for each Tender. All the online activities are time tracked
and the e-Government Procurement System enforces time-locks to ensure; that no activity or
transaction can take place outside the Start and End Dates and Time of the stage as defined in
the Notice Inviting Tenders.

22
SECTION – II
WORK SPECIFIC
INFORMATION

23
SECTION-II
WORK SPECIFIC INFORMATION
ANNEXURE-A
A. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT :-

The work envisages of Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure,
Fore bay , Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main, and Delivery Chamber of Talodhi Mokasa Lift
Irrigation Scheme, Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli. This project is administratively approved
by V.I.D.C. on Dt. 27.02.2009 for Rs. 5716.865 lakhs. The work put to tender is under sub
head as Head works, “C” Works (Civil works) is technically sanctioned by Chief Engineer,
Water Resources Deptt. Nagpur vide TS No. 402 dt. 14.09.2017 for Rs. 3741.12 lakhs. out of
which net cost put to tender is Rs. 3364.87 Lakhs and Rs. 239.72 Lakhs expected
royalty charges of the proposed work. The amount of royalty will be submit to the Mining/
Revenue deptt. from the respected RA bills directly by VIDC. If the contractor has already paid
the royalty to the Mining/ Revenue deptt. the amount may be reimbursed to the contractor
after submitting the sufficient proofs/ royalty passes. The work site is situated on the left bank
of Wainganga river, near village Darshani Mal in Ta. Gadchiroli of Dist. Gadchiroli.
B. STATUS OF THE PROJECT :-

Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme is in its early stage, the work of any component
is yet to be started and the tender process is in progress. The head works / Lifting part of LIS
is proposed from Chichdoh barrage which is in final stages of completion.
C. CLIMATIC CONDITIONS :-
Climate of the region is dry and great variation in temperature. In the winter the
temperature drops as low as 50C, where as in summer this same shoots up to 480C. The
precipitation in catchment is mostly due to south Monsoon from Jun to Oct. with some
occasional post monsoon showers in the November to December. A few dry spell of a week
or fortnight are generally experienced in August to Sept. The average annul rainfall is of the
order of 1150 mm.
D. SCOPE OF WORK :-
The work under this contract includes Construction of Approach Channel, Gated
Intake Structure, Fore bay, Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main & Delivery Chamber of
Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme Tq. Chamorshi Distt. Chandrapur. The detailed
drawings are available in the office of the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,
Chandrapur for inspection and a copy will be made available on demend.

24
The quantities of main items of work to be executed are as below.
Sr.No. Item Unit Quantity
1 Excavation
A) Soft Strata + Cum 121735
B) Hard Strata 19195
2 Cement Concrete (All grades ) Cum 8148
3 Reinforcement MT 686
4 M.S. Pipe Line for dia 1350 mm & 8 mm MT 1108.81

thick& 3.915 KM in length including Manifold
5 Embankment Cum 41887
E. INFORMATION ABOUT WORK SITE :-

The information on following points is given in this Annexure.
1 Location The work site is situated on the Left bank of Wainganga

river, near village Darshani Mal on Gadchiroli Chamorshi
High way in Ta. Gadchiroli of Dist. Gadchiroli. It is
proposed in submergence over of Chichdoh Barrage.
2 Nearest railway Station. Mul Tal. Mul. Dist. Chandrapur
2 Nearest Airport. Nagpur.
4 Roads. Nagpur - Gadchiroli – 180Km,

Gadchiroli to Darshani Mal – 20 Km from Gadchiroli on
Gadchiroli - Chamorshi High Way.
Chamorshi to Darshani Mal – 16 Km from Chamorshi on
Chamorshi – Gadchiroli High Way.
5 Nearest Telephone and Telephone and Telegraph facilities are available at

Telegraph facility. Chamorshi which is about 16 km from work site.
6 Nearest Petrol and Diesel pump. Petrol, Diesel and lubricant are available at Chamorshi
which is about 16 km from work site.
7 Position of land acquisition. JMR are done, the land acquisition in progress by directly
purchase from farmers by VIDC.
8 Position of funds. Funds are available with VIDC.

25
E. INFORMATION FOR OBTAINING TENDER PAPERS & ITS SUBMISSION :-

(Para of Detailed Tender Notice)
1.1 Name of Work TALODHI MOKASA LIFT IRRIGATION

SCHEME.
Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Flood wall,
Fore bay, Pump House, Manifold, Rising Main,
Distribution chamber & all allied works.
1.2 Blank Tender Cost (Non- Rs. 5,000/-+ GST 18%

Refundable)
1.3 Estimated Cost Rs. 3364.87 lakh
1.4 Earnest Money (EMD) Rs. 16,82,500/-

(Rs. Sixteen lakhs eighty two thousand five hundred only)
Contractor shall pay the amount of EMD via Net Banking as
per online process given on Website
i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in
No exemption to any bidder shall be allowed from
payment of EMD, though it is specifically mentioned in
Registration Certificate.
1.5 Performance Security Condition regarding Perfomance Security (Please refer

P.W.D. G.R. NoB.D.G. 2016/प.क.2/ इमा. dated
12.02.2016 संकेतांक 201602121256501118&Corrigendum
date 17.03.2016 संकेतांक 201603171748270318)
1.6 Security Deposit (S.D.) Total 2% of the accepted tender cost.Rs. 67.30 Lakh.
1.6.1 S. D. (2% of Cost put to a) Rs. 67.30 lakhs in the form of D. D. OR
tender) b) In the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee (BG) of
any Scheduled / Nationalised Bank Branch situated in the
state of Maharashtra for the period equal to time limit
plus period of defect liability.
1.7 Date, Time and place Pre- Date at AM/PM

Tender conference. in the office of The Chief Engineer, Water Resources
Department, Sinchan Seva Bhavan, Nagpur
1.8 Contact Details of

Executive Engineer The Executive Engineer
Name of Division Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur
Address: Civil Line, Nagpur Road, Chandrapur 442 401
Email: midcd@rediffmail.com
Phone: 07172-250521
Fax: 07172-255590
Superintending Engineer The Superintending Engineer
Name of Circle Chandrapur Irrigation Project Circle, Chandrapur
Address: Near railway Station, Jal Nagar, Chandrapur 442 401
Email: secipc.nrega@gmail.com
Phone: 07172-252506
Fax: 07172-255188

26

Chief Engineer The Chief Engineer
Name of Regional Office Water Resources Department, Nagpur
Address: Sinchan Seva Bhavan, Civil Line, Nagpur 440 001
Email: cewrdngp@gmail.com
Phone: 0712-2565309
Fax: 0712-2532310
1.11 Bank Account Details of The Executive Engineer

Executive Engineer Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur
Name of Bank: Union Bank of India,
Branch: Chhota Bazar Branch, Chandrapur 440 402
Account No: 407801010025009
IFSC Code: UBIN0540781
1.12 Tender Opening Authority The Superintending Engineer

Chandrapur Irrigation Project Circle, Chandrapur
Near railway Station, Jal Nagar, Chandrapur 442 401
1.13 Tender Acceptance Authority The Principal Secretary

Water Resources Department,
Mantralya, Mumbai
F WORK AND SITE CONDITIONS :-
2.1 Location The work site is situated on the Left bank of Wainganga
river, near village Darshani Mal on Gadchiroli Chamorshi
High way in Ta. Gadchiroli of Dist. Gadchiroli.
2.2 Nearest railway Station. Mul Tal. Mul. Dist. Chandrapur
2.3 Nearest Airport. Nagpur.
2.4 Roads. Nagpur - Gadchiroli – 180Km,

Gadchiroli to Darshani Mal – 20 Km from Gadchiroli on
Gadchiroli - Chamorshi High Way.
Chamorshi to Darshani Mal – 16 Km from Chamorshi on
Chamorshi – Gadchiroli High Way.
2.5 Nearest Telephone and Telephone and Telegraph facilities are available at
Telegraph facility. Chamorshi which is about 16 km from work site.
2.6 Nearest Petrol and Diesel pump. Petrol, Diesel and lubricant are available at Chamorshi
which is about 16 km from work site.
2.7 Position of land acquisition. JMR are done, the land acquisition in progress by directly
purchase from farmers by VIDC.
2.8 Position of funds. Funds are available with VIDC.

27
G PERIOD OF COMPLETION AND PROGRAMME OF WORK :-

1) Period of completion including monsoon period is 24 calender months.
2) The construction programme is enclosed at the end of the Schedule “C” of the tender
documents. The physical programme prepared by the department, is based on the quantities to
be executed. If the tenderer does not agree with this programme, he shall submite his own
programme, without changing total period of tender documents inclusive of the physical
programme. Subject to the provision that 50% of the work shall be completed in 50% of the
contract time.
H EARNEST MONEY/ SECURITY DEPOSIT :-
Earnest Money (EMD) Rs. 16,82,500/-

3.1
(Rs. Sixteen lakhs eighty two thousand five hundred only)
Contractor shall pay the amount of EMD via Net Banking as
per online process given on Website
i.e. https://mahatenders.gov.in
No exemption to any bidder shall be allowed from
payment of EMD, though it is specifically mentioned in
Registration Certificate.
Performance Security Condition regarding Perfomance Security (Please refer
3.2
P.W.D. G.R. NoB.D.G. 2016/प.क.2/ इमा. dated
12.02.2016 संकेतांक 201602121256501118&Corrigendum
date 17.03.2016 संकेतांक 201603171748270318)
Security Deposit (S.D.) Total 2% of the accepted tender cost. Rs. 67.30 Lakh.
3.3
Initial S. D. (2% of Cost put to a) Rs. 67.30 lakhs in the form of D. D. OR
3.4
tender) b) In the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee (BG) of any
Scheduled / Nationalised Bank Branch situated in the
state of Maharashtra for the period equal to time limit plus
period of defect liability.
Name of Executive Engineer- Executive Engineer
3.5
in-charge of the work in Minor Irrigation Division
whose name payments are to Chandrapur
be made deawn.
Contractor shall pay the amount of EMD vis Net Banking as per on line process given on the
website. i.e. https://mahatender.gov.in
No exemption to any bidder shall be allowed from payment of earnest money deposit, though it
is specifically mentioned in Registration Certificate.
I PRICE ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION:-

(Vide para 33 of Special conditions of contract.)
Sr. Components Centre/ Place Percentage

No.
1 Labour Component (K1) Nagpur 58.27%
2 Material Component (K2) Nagpur 15.06%
3 POL Component (K3) Mumbai 26.67%

28
4 Cement Nagpur Actual
5 Steel bars for TMT Reinforcement Nagpur Actual
6 Steel plates for Pipe/ Structural steel Nagpur Actual
The Star Rates for the materials considered for the estimate are as under.
Sr. No. Material Star Rate*
1 Cement Rs. 307/- per Bag or

Rs. 6140/- per M.T.
2 Mild steel/ HYSD/ TMT Steel bars Rs. 39883.25 per M.T.
( Reinforcement Steel)
3 Mild Steel Plates for Pipes Rs. 45937.50 per M.T.
( Structural Steel)

29
SECTION – II
B-1 TENDER FORM
B-1 TENDER FORM

30
B-1 TENDER FORM
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
CIRCLE : Superintending Engineer, Chandrapur Irrigation Project Circle, Chandrapur.

DIVISION : Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur.
General Rules and Directions for the Guidance of Contractors.
1. All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in The Government of

Maharashtra website (http://mahatenders.gov.in) during notice publicity period and at the office of
the Executive Engineer during office hours.
This form will state the work to be carried out as well as, the date for submitting an opening
tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount earnest money to be
deposited with the tender and the amount of the security deposit to be deposited by the successful
tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from bills. Copies of the specifications, designs
and drawings, estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with
work, which shall be signed by the Executive Engineer, for the purpose of indentification and shall
also be open for inspection by contractors Government of Maharashtra website
(http://mahatenders.gov.in) during notice publicity period and at the office of the Executive
Engineer during office hours.
Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recommended by
a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the Corporation, such specifications
with designs and drawings shall form part of the accepted Tender.
2. In the event of the Tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by each partner thereof,
and in event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on his behalf by a person holding a
power of attorney, authorizing him to do so.
2.A] i) The Contractor shall pay along with the tender the sum as stipulated in Annexure –A (Clause
H page No. 27) as and by way of earnest money. The contractor shall pay the said amount as per
mode of payment mentioned in that clause only.
ii) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer or modifies the same, or if,
after the acceptance of his tender the contractor fails or neglects to furnish the balance of security
deposit, without prejudice to any other rights and power of the Corporation here under or in law,
Corporation shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the earnest money deposited by him.
iii) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of earnest money deposited by the
contractor shall, unless it is prior forfeited under the provisions of sub-clause (iii) above be refunded to
him on his passing receipt therefore.

31
3. Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm shall also be
signed by all the partners except where the contractors have described in their tender as firm, in
which case the receipt shall be signed in the name of the firm by one of the partners, or by other
person having authority to give effectual receipts for the firm.
4. Any person who submits a tender shall fill up the usual printed form, down-load from the said
web-site, stating at what percentage above or below the rates entered in Schedule ‘B’ (Memorandum
showing items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake each item of the work. Only one
rate or such percentage on all the estimated rates/ schedule rates shall be named. Tenders, which
propose any alteration in the works specified in the said form of invitation to tender, or in the time
allowed for carrying out the work, or which contain any other conditions of any sort, will be liable for
rejection. No down-loaded and printed form of Tender shall include a tender for more than one work,
but contractors who wish to tender for two or more works, shall submit a separate Tender of each.
Tender shall have the name and the number of the work to which they refer written outside the
envelope.
5. The officer indicated in Annexure-A (2.10) of Detailed Tender Notice or his duly authorized
assistant will open the tenders in the presence of any intending contractors who have submitted
tenders or their representatives who may be present at the time, and he will enter the amounts of the
each tender in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a tender being accepted,
the contractor shall for the purpose of identification, sign copies of the specifications and other
documents. In the event of tender being rejected, the Competent Officer shall refund the amount of
the earnest money deposited by the contractor making the tender on his giving receipt for the return
of money.
6. The officer competent to dispose off the tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the
tenders without assigning any reasons, therefore.
7. No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to any matter
relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on the Corporation unless it is signed
by the Executive Engineer.
8. No materials of any type required for the work shall be supplied by the Corporation. All the work
shall be executed by the tenderer with contractors’ own material(s). The memorandum of work to be
tendered for shall be filled in & completed by the office of the Executive Engineer before Tender form
is made available on Government of Maharashtra website (http://mahatenders.gov.in) through Sub-
Portal of http://vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in. If it is not filled complete the intending tenderer shall
request the said office to have this done before he completes, and delivers his tender.
9. All work shall be measured by standard measure and according to the rules and customs of the
Irrigation Department and without reference to any local custom.

32
10. Under no circumstance shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for items in this
contract.
11. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual methods in use in the
Corporation and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive
Engineer’s decision as to what is the usual method in use in the Corporation will be final.
The measurements shall be recorded in the measurement book (MB) on the basis of Field
Book (FB) (for levelling purpose) in black ink. The measurement Book (s) and Field Books shall be
got issued from the Executive Engineer by the authorized Engineer and acknowledged by the
contractor. The MB (s), FB (s) shall be the property of Corporation. The rules of measurements as
stipulated in the MPW Manual shall be applicable “Mutatis-Mutandis”. On completion of the work/
termination of contract the MB(s) and FB (s) shall be returned to the corporation.
The contractor shall submit certified (certified by the concerned SDO/ SDE/ AE-1/ AEE) Copies
of the measurement sheet (s) related to the R.A. Bill/ Final Bill, along with the R.A. Bill/Final Bill
Abstract, without which his R.A. Bill / Final Bill shall not be considered for payment. In the case of loss
of measurement Book (s) / Field Book (s) for any reason whatsoever, while in custody of the
contractor, he shall have to pay a penalty of Rs. 10,000/- (Rs. Ten thousand only) per measurement
Book / Field Book.
12. The contractor will have to construct a shed for storing valuable materials at work site, having
double locking arrangement. The materials will be taken for use in the presence of the departmental
person. No materials will be allowed to be removed from the site of works without prior permission of
Engineer-in-charge.
13. Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the competent authority
accepting the tender a valid and current license issued in his favor under the Contract Labour
(Regulation and abolition) Rule 1970 before starting the work. On failure to do so the acceptance of
the tender will be liable to be withdrawn and also the earnest money will be forfeited to Corporation.
The contractor shall also submit certified copy of registration under ESIS and PF Act before payment
of the first R.A. Bill is made.
14. The payment of Bills will be made as & when funds are available with VIDC. No claim will be
entertained on account of delay in payment due to paucity of funds.

33
B-1 TENDER FORM
PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
1. I/We here by tender for the execution for the Vidharbha Irrigation Development Corporation
(here in before and here in after referred to as “Corporation”) of the work specified in the
memorandum as enclosed with the time specified in such memorandum at* In figures
_______________________% as well as in words _____________________________
______________________ Percent below / above the estimated rates entered in Schedule-B
(memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) and, in accordance, in all respects with the
specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Rule-1 hereof.
2. I/We agree that the offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum period of 120 days
and thereafter until it is with-drawn by me/us by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority
opening the tenders and send by registered post A.D. or otherwise delivered at office of such
authority.
The receipt of Corporation / Bank of Maharashtra in respect to the *Amount to be specified sum of Rs.
……………………………………….. in words Rupees* ………………….. in words and in figures
……………………………..…………………………………………….representing the earnest money
forwarded herewith.
The amount of earnest money shall not bear interest and shall liable to be forfeited to the
Corporation, should I/We fail to (i) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open for the period
mentioned above or (2) sign and complete the contract documents as required by the Engineer and
furnish the security deposit and additional security deposit if any as specified in item (e) and (f) of
memorandum enclosed within the time limit laid down in clause (1) of conditions of the contract. The
Tenderer should furnish an agreement in the enclosed format as per Annexure ‘B’ on a non-judicial
stamp paper of Rs. 50/-. The amount of earnest money may be adjusted towards the security deposit
or refunded to me/ us if so desired by me/ us in writing, unless the same or any part there of has been
forfeited as aforesaid.
3. Should this tender be accepted, I / We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and
provisions of the conditions of the contracts and special conditions of contract included in this booklet
so far as applicable in default thereof to forfeit and pay to Corporation the sum of money mentioned in
and said conditions.

34
MEMORANDUM
a. General description : Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure,

Fore bay, Pump House, Manifold Rising main, Distribution
Chamber & all allied works of Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation
Scheme. Ta. Chamorshi Dist. Gadchiroli.
b. Estimated Cost : Rs. 3364.87 Lakhs.
c. Earnest Money (EM) : Rs 16,82,500/-

d.Performance Security: Condition regarding Perfomance Security (Please refer P.W.D. G.R. No.
B.D.G. 2016/प.क.2/ इमा. dated 12.02.2016संकेतांक 201602121256501118&Corrigendum date 17.03.2016
48
संकेतांक201603171748270318)
e. Security Deposit (SD) :
i) Before Workorder (In cash / D.D.) 2% : Rs. 67.30 lakh
Total Rs. 67.30 lakh
f. Time allowed for the work from 24 calendar months

date of written order to commence ( including monsoon)
*Signature of Contractor Signature of Witness

Address :…………………………….… Address …………….…………..
………………..………………………. *………..………………………….
Dated the …………………. day of …….. 20 ……… Occupation ……………
The above tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of the Corporation,
Signature of the Officer by whom accepted.

Dated day of 20
*To be filled by tenderer.

35
ANNEXURE – B
AGREEMENT
Articles of agreement executed on this ………….. day of …………………… ………………… Two

Thousand and ………………………………………………….. between the executive engineer,
V.I.D.C………………………………………………..….one part and Shri…………………………
……………………………………………….. (Name and address of the tenderer) (here-in-after referred
to as ‘the bounden’) of the other part.
Where as in response to the notification No. ………………. Dated ……………….. the bounden has
submitted to the VIDC a Tender for the work ………………………. specified therein subject to the
terms and conditions contained in the said Tender.
Whereas the bounden has also deposited with VIDC a sum of Rs ………….. as ……… for execution
of an agreement undertaking the due fulfillment of the contract in case his Tender is accepted by the
VIDC.
Now these present witness and it is mutually agreed as follows –
1. In case the Tender submitted by the bounden is accepted by the VIDC and the contract for
…………… is awarded to the bounden, the bounden shall within ……………………. days of
acceptance of his Tender execute an agreement with the VIDC incorporating all the terms and
conditions under which the VIDC accepts his Tender.
2. In case the bounden fails to execute the agreement as aforesaid incorporating terms and
conditions governing the contract, the VIDC shall have power and authority to recover from the
bounden any loss or any damage caused to the VIDC by such breach, as may be determined by the
earnest money is found to be inadequate the deficit amount may be recovered from the bounden and
his properties, movable and immovable, in the manner hereafter contained.
3. All sums found due to the VIDC under or by the virtue of this agreement shall be recoverable
from the bounden and his properties, movable and immovable, under the provision of the
Maharashtra Land Revenue Code for the time being in force all such sums as arrears of land revenue
and in such other manner as the VIDC may deem fit.
In witness where of Shri………… ……… …… ……… …… …… … ……….
……………………………………………………………………….……… (Name and designation) for and
on behalf on the VIDC and Shri …………………………… …. ………… ……
……………………………………….. the bounden have hereunto set their hands the day and year
shown against their respective signature.
Signed by Shri ……………………………………… date ………………………...
In the presence of witness.
1 …………………………………………………………………………………….
2 …………………………………………………………………………………….

36
SCHEDULE “A”
MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CORPORATION: NIL
NAME OF WORK :- Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Fore bay, Pump
House, Manifold, Rising main, Distribution Chamber & all allied works of
Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme.Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli.
Schedule showing approximate quantities of the various materials required for the work.
Name of
Sr. No. Approximate quantity Remarks
materials
required
1. 2. 3. 4.
Cement
1. (OPC/PPC-43
3085 M.T.
grade)
Contractor has to make
his own arrangement for
2. Steel (HYSD procurement of all
714 M.T.
bars) materials at his own cost.
3.
Steel (Plates) 1115 M.T.

37
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR MATERIAL
(Cement, M.S. plates / H.Y.S.D. Bars etc.)
Brought by Contractor at Site
1. All materials such us Cement, M.S. plates & HYSD bars etc. required for execution of work
shall be brought by contractor at his own cost at site.
2. The contractor shall maintain the record of these materials (cement, steel etc.) in the
prescribed proforma and register as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The sample of prescribed
proforma is attached separately. The register shall be signed by the contractor and representative of
Engineer-in-charge. The register shall be written and completed up to date by the Corporation and
shall be signed by both ie Corporation representative and contractor’s authorised representative. The
register shall be in custody of department, and shall be maintained by the Corporation.
3. The material required only for this work shall be kept in the godown at site. No material shall
be shifted away from the site except for the work for which this agreement entered, without prior
approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
4. The material i.e. cement, steel etc brought on the work site shall be accompanied with the
necessary Company/ Manufacturing firm’s test certificates. In addition these material shall be tested
as per frequency prescribed by the department and the cost of such testing shall be born by the
contractor. If the results are satisfactory, then and then only the material shall be allowed to be used
on the work. If the test result are not as per standard these material shall be immediately removed
from the work site at contractor’s cost. In case of cement, if so requested by the contractor in writing,
material shall be allowed to be used before receipt of test results but this will be entirely at the risk
and cost of the contractor.
5. The contractor shall produce sufficient documentary evidence i.e. bill for the purchase receipts
etc for the purpose of material brought on the work site at once it so requested by the Corporation.
6. All these material i e. cement, steel etc shall be protected from any damages, rain etc. by the
contractor at his own cost.
7. The contractor will have to erect temporary shed of approved specifications for storing of
above material at work site having double lock arrangement (by double lock it is meant that godown
shall always be locked by two locks, one lock being owned and operated by contractor and other by
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative) and door shall be opened only after lock are
opened.
8. If required, the weighment of cement bags/steel etc. brought by the contractor shall be carried
out by the contractor at his own cost.

38
9. The contractor shall not use cement and other material for the item to be executed outside the
scope of this contract except for such ancillary small items as are connected and absolutely
necessary for execution of this work as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
10. The Corporation shall not be responsible for the loss in cement and steel during transit to
work site. The cement brought by the contractor at the work site store shall mean 50 kg. equivalent to
0.0347 Cum per bag by weight. The rate quoted should correspond to this method of reckoning.
11. In case the material brought by contractor became surplus owing to the change in the design
of the work or otherwise for any reason, the material should be taken back by the contractor at his
own cost after permission of the Engineer-in-charge.
12. Contractor shall purchase the pipes, required for the work, only from Maharashtra Small Scale
Industrial Development Corporation and that of I.S.I. marked only.

39
NAME OF WORK:- CONSTRUCTION OF FOREBAY, GATED INTAKE STRUCTURE,

APPROACH CHANNEL, PUMP HOUSE/ JACK WELL, MANIFOLD, RISING MAIN,
DISTRIBUTION CHAMBER & ALLIED WORKS OF TALODHI MOKASA
LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME
Tah: Chamorshi Dist: Gadchiroli
SCHEDULE "B"
(Schedule of Quantities & Rates for Item as estimated by Corporation)
Quantity Rate
Items of Work Unit Amount
Estimated In Fig In Words
Item No.1:- Excavation for
foundation in all types Soft
Strata, soils, sand, gravel, Rupees
soft murum, Hard Murum, One
Soft Rock etc. including Hundred
121757.65 shoring and strutting as 106.36 six & M3 12950144
necessary and disposing off paise
excavated stuff with all leads thirty six
as directed with Contractor's only.
own material with all leads &
lifts etc. complete.
Item No.2:- Excavation for Rupees

foundation in Hard Strata by Four
blasting including shoring Hundred
and strutting as necessary ninety
19196.48 and disposing off excavated 499.77 nine & M3 9593825
stuff with all leads as paise
directed with contractor's seventy
own material with all leads & seven
lifts etc. complete. only.
Item No. 3:- Providing Steel
anchor dowels in rock for
steining, including drilling
holes up to 2.5 m. depth in Rupees
rock, placing dowels in Seven
position and effectively Thousand
595.00 7092.40 No. 4219978
grouting holes (32 mm dia ninety two
steel rod of 4.0 m length & paise
grouted upto 2.5 m depth) forty only.
with contractors own
material with all leads & lifts
etc. complete.

40
Item No. 4:- Providing and

laying dry stone rubble Rupees
masonary and filling voids One
with sand, watering Thousand
compacting manually with
seven
contractors own material
38.21 with all leads & lifts etc. 1786.25 hundred M3 68253
complete. eighty six
& paise
twenty five
only.

Rupees
filling in sand boxing in
trenches with sand of
One
approved quality including Thousand
watering with contractors two
2701.35 own material with all leads & 1290.70 hundred M3 3486632
lifts etc. complete. ninety &
paise
seventy
only.

laying in situ cement
concrete of All grades of
trap/ granite / quartzite /
graded metal for foundation,
Super Structures with
Batching Plant and Transit
Mixer including compacting,
curing, etc. with contractors
Rupees
Six
Thousand
six
357.96 A) C.C. M-10 (40 MSA) 6669.94 hundred M3 2387572
sixty nine
& paise
ninety four
only.
Rupees
Six
Thousand
eight
56.72 B) C.C. M-15 (40 MSA) 6817.25 hundred M3 386674
seventeen
& paise
twenty five
only.

41
Rupees
Eight
Thousand
one
1622.96 C) C.C. M-20 (40 MSA) 8116.36 hundred M3 13172528
sixteen &
paise
thirty six
only.
Rupees
Nine
Thousand
5074.59 D) C.C. M-20 (20 MSA) 9009.32 nine & M3 45718605
paise
thirty two
only.
Rupees
Eleven
Thousand
five
1036.09 E) C.C. M-25 (20 MSA) 11548.29 hundred M3 11965068
forty eight
& paise
twenty
nine only.
Item No. 7:- Cutting, Rupees

bending, hooking, laying in Sixty one
position and tying M.S./Tor Thousand
Steel bars for reinforcement four
686.26 of R.C.C. work as per 61424.03 hundred MT 42152855
detailed drawing etc. with twenty
contractors own material four &
with all leads & lifts etc. paise
complete. three only.
Item No. 8:- Providing and Rupees

fixing AC/ UPVC pipes of One
110 mm dia. and of required Hundred
length for relieving water
1404.85 169.35 sixty nine Rmt. 237911
pressure, stone filter as
directed etc. with contractors & paise
own material with all leads & thirty five

42

fixing PVC water stopper Three
central bulb type as directed Hundred
131.40 308.55 Rmt. 40543
with contractors own eight &
material with all leads & lifts paise fifty
etc. complete. five only.

laying expansion/ One
construction joint with thousand
Shalitex super expansion five
pad (Jute fiber) 12 mm thick
174.88 1550.85 hundred M2 271213
including sealing the joints
with shalitex sealing fifty &
compound with contractors paise
own material with all leads & eighty five
Item No. 11:- Providing Fly
ash lime Brick masonry Rupees
(Bricks conforming to I.S. Six
12894:1990 and of size 19 thousand
cmx9 cmx9 cm ) in Cement six
mortar 1:6 in Super structure
187.63 6628.00 hundred M3 1243612
including striking joints,
racking out joints, watering twenty
and scaffolding complete eight &
with contractors own paise zero
material with all leads & lifts only.
etc. complete.
Item No. 12:- Providing

Internal cement plaster 20
mm thick in a single coat in
C.M 1:3 to concrete, brick Rupees
surfaces in all position& Three
including scaffolding and hundred
1230.04 360.10 M2 442937
curing, providing groove at sixty &
joint of B. B. masonry and paise ten
concrete members with only.
with all leads & lifts etc.
complete.

43

Rough cast cement plaster
externally in two coats with
coloured cement finish to
concrete/ brick/ stone
masonry surfaces to all
positions with base coat 12 Rupees
to 15 mm thick in C.M. 1:4 Four
using gray cement and hundred
1116.49 rough cast treatment 12 mm 452.35 fifty two & M2 505044
thick in proportion of 1:1.5:3 paise
using coloured pigment thirty five
including scaffolding and only.
curing, providing groove at
joint of B. B. masonry and
concrete members with
complete.

laying machine cut polished
kota stone Flooring 20 mm Rupees
to 25 mm thick Plain pattern One
on a bed of C.M. 1:6 thousand
including cement float, filling five
399.14 1580.50 M2 630841
joints with neat cement hundred
slurry, including rubbing, eighty &
polishing and cleaning with paise fifty
contractors own material only.
complete.

fixing factory made
Hydraulically pressed
Mechanically vibrated and
compacted precast inter
locking cement concrete
paving blocks 80mm thick in
M-40 grade of approved size
and shape for city streets,
small/medium market Rupees
roads,low volume roads, One
utility cuts on arterial roads thousand
etc.as specified and as per three
1222.92 IS 15658:2006 including cost 1383.50 hundred M2 1691910
of all materials, eighty
manufacturing, curing, three &
transportation of blocks to paise fifty
work site including loading,
only.
unloading as directed,
laying paver blocks in
position over prepared bed
of sand of 50 mm thickness
including necessary bed,
compacting blocks by plate
vibrator with contractors own
etc. complete.

44
Item No.16:- Providing and

appling washable oil bound
distemper of approved
colour and shade to internal
new plastered surface in two Rupees
coats including scaffolding if Forty six &
1230.04 46.40 M2 57074
necessary, cleaning and paise forty
preparing the surface only.
including primer coat with
complete.

appling water based exterior
emulsion cement paint of
approved colour and shade Rupees
to exterior new plastered One
surface in two coats
hundred
1116.49 including scaffolding if 192.30 M2 214701
necessaty, cleaning and
ninety two
preparing the surface & paise
including primer coat with thirty only.
complete.

fixing rolling steel shutters
fabricated from 20 gauge Rupees
steel laths with slide guides, Three
bottom rail, brackets door thousand
suspension shaft, housing
three
18.00 box at the top including 3384.50 M2 60921
mechanical gear operation
hundred
arrangement and one coat of eighty four
red primer etc with & paise
contractors own material fifty only.
complete.

fixing 18 gauge M.S. sheet
door with frame work
40x40x6 mm M.S. angle
including locking Rupees
arrangements, hold fast One
including appling thousand
9.39 anticorrosive primer coat of 1087.40 eighty M2 10211
red lead paint & two coats of seven &
oil paint and 12 mm square paise forty
bar at bottom as per only.
specification etc with
complete.

45

fixing steel windows of
various sizes as per detailed
drawings with welded square
bars 12 mm at 10 cm centre
to centre without hot dip zinc
coating without/ with Rupees
ventilator including Three
fabrication, glazing with non- thousand
acetinic/ plain/ obscured seven
63.36 3768.00 M2 238740
glass panels of approved hundred
type and quality, all fixtures sixty eight
and fastening without teak & paise
wood boxing, and zero only.
architraves and finishing with
one coat of primer complete.
(with flush butt welding) etc
etc. complete.

fixing mild steel grill railing of
25 kg/sqm with 50mm dia.
MS pipe hand rail and sill of Rupees
25mm x 3mm and newel Two
posts for stair cases Thousand
including fabricating fixtures five
220.78 erecting the grill work with 2599.92 hundred M2 574010
one coat of anticorrosive ninty nine
paint and two coats of oil & paise
paint of approved colour to ninety two
the sill, hand rail and the
only.
newel post with contractors
Item No.22:- Providing and

fabricating structural steel
work in rolled sections fixed
with connecting plates and
angles or angle cleats in
main and cross beams hip
and jack rafters purlins
connecting to truss members Rupees
and the like as per detail Sixty six
design and drawings or as thousand
directed including cutting, three
4.40 66335.90 MT 291878
fabricating, hoisting, hundred
errecting, fixing in position, thirty five
making rivete/bolted/welded & paise
connections and one coat of ninty only.
anticorrosive paint and two
coats of oil paint of approved
colour to the sill, hand rail
and the newel postwith
complete.

46
Item No. 23:-

Manufacturing, Providing
and Supplying spirally
welded / ERW / SAW /
fabricated M.S. pipes
(Commercial Quality) made
out of MS plate conforming
to IS 2062:1992 including
procurement of plates, gas
cutting to required size,
rolling, tack welding,
assembling in suitable
lengths to form pipes, all
continuous
spiral/circumferencial and
longitudinal welding to forma
pipe on automatic welding
machine using electrodes
having weldmark E7018
(Low Hydrogen electrodes)
and forming 'V' edge on both
ends of pipes, third party Rupees
inspection charges One
1058253.0 insurance, ,lowering and 100.05 hundred & Kg 105878213
laying to correct position on paise five
prepared bedding or on only.
pedestals or chairs, field
hydraulic testing at specified
test pressure as per IS 5822:
1994 sec 11,field welding to
join pipes after laying,
ultrasonic ( 10%) testing of
welds including all
equipments submitting
report, expert personnel
required for testing,
interpreting and submitting
report along with developing
film where applicable, all
incidental charges etc
complete as per IS -
3589:2001 and as per
specifications (No negative
Tolerance in thickness is
permissible) with contractors

47
Item No. 24:-

and Supplying short pipes,
cants made out of MS plate
conforming to IS 2062:1992
including procurement of
plates, gas cutting to
required size and shape,
rolling, tack welding, full
welding on either automatic
welding machine or
manually and forming 'V'
edge on both ends for
welding it to pipe, including
fabrication and full welding
of stiffeners as per design
requirements, insurance Rupees
,lowering & laying to correct One
position etc, complete as per
IS - 3589 and IS - 5504 as
hundred &
47200.53 100.80 Kg 4757813
applicable as per detailed paise
specifications. Cost of eighty
longitudinal welding and " V only.
" edging required for
circumferencial welding
required to connect MS
special to Rising main
/delivery pipes is inclusive in
the rate. (No negative
Item No. 25:-

and Supplying Y connection
with crotch plate made out
of MS plate conforming to IS
2062:1992 including
procurement of plates, gas
cutting to required size and Rupees
shape, rolling, tack welding, One
full welding on either hundred
3354.50 automatic welding machine 118.80 eighteen & Kg 398515
or manually and forming 'V' paise
edge on all the three both eighty
ends for welding it to pipe, only.
including fabrication and full
welding of stiffeners as per
design requirements,
insurance ,lowering & laying
to correct position etc,
complete as per IS - 3589
and IS - 5504 as applicable

48
as per detailed
specifications. Cost of
welding of crotch plate is
included in the rate. cost of
longitudinal welding and " V
" edging required for
circumferencial welding
required to connect MS
special to Rising main
/delivery pipes is inclusive in
the rate. (No negative
Item No. 26:- Providing &

applying Liquid epoxy
coating system to the interior
surface of Rising Main Pipes
as per Annex - B of IS
3589:2001, preferably by
airless spray with one coat
of Zinc rich epoxy primer
(90% zink, DFT 40 micron ,
coverage 9 Sqm / lit) and
three coats of coal tar epoxy
paint (DFT 120 X 3 micron
coverage 5 Sqm/Lit/coat) Rupees
including cleaning the Nine
surface to the satisfaction of hundred
Engineer in charge by sand Sq.
16909.62 915.15 fifteen & 15474839
blasting / chemical cleaning / M
paise
scraping removing oil,
fifteen
grease, other foreign
materials including all only.
necessary materialwith
complete.

49

applying external 25 mm
thick cement mortar coating
in CM 1 : 3 (cement
consumption 15.94 kg/sqm)
pneumatically under
pressure of 2.1 to 2.8 kg /Sq
cm, with weld mesh 50 x 50 Rupees
x 2.54 mm (13 gauge), after Six
duly cleaning the surface by
wire brushing, degreasing hundred Sq.
17107.87 695.00 11889970
etc., including necessary ninety five M
admixtures (200 ml / bag of & paise
cement), curing, rehandling
zero only.
the pipe from fabrication
shop to guniting place and
from guniting place to laying
location etc. with
complete.

fixing in position Expansion
joints manufactured by ISO
9001 certified manufacturing
company for M.S. Rising
Rupees
Main of specified diameter Two Lacs
conforming to detailed seventy
specifications including thousand
matching the strakes and Six
2 270605.35 No. 541211
steel ring, all materials like hundred
synthetic rubber, rubber ring, five &
packings, nuts, bolts, etc paise
complete with all taxes, thirty five
transporting, loading,
only.
unloading etc with
complete.
Item No. 29A:- Supplying,

fixing and commissioning
Zero velocity valve with M S
fabricated body with flanged
Rupees
ends manufactured by ISO Twenty
9001 certified manufacturing Lacs fifty
company, conforming to IS: nine
1538 / AWWA standards of 2059784. thousand
1 No. 2059785
specified diameter with all 50 Seven
fixtures including all taxes, hundred
third party inspection, eighty four
transportation, loading, & paise
unloading, etc. with
fifty only.
complete.

50
Item No. 29B:- Supplying,

C.I. Tamper proof double
orifice type Kinetic Air Valve
manufactured by ISO:9001 Rupees
certified manufacturing Fifty nine
company, body and seat ring Thousand
of bronze, conforming to IS: six
8 59681.10 No. 477449
14845, of specified diameter hundred
with all fixtures including all eighty one
taxes, third party inspection, & paise
transportation, loading, ten only.
complete.
Item No. 29C:- Supplying,

C.I. Scour Valve (sluice
valve) manufactured by
ISO:9001 certified
manufacturing company,
body and seat ring of
bronze, conforming to IS:
14846 of specified diameter Rupees
and to withstand specified Fifty one
pressure with all accessories Thousand
true to line and perfect eight
3 linking with pipes on either 51818.85 hundred No. 155457
side including lifting and eighteen &
placing in position, cleaning paise
ends, inserting gaskets into eighty five
correct position, jointing
only.
pipes and valve to form
water tight joint, including all
taxes, third party inspection,
transportation, loading,
complete.

51
Item No. 29D:- Supplying,

installing, testing and
commissioning (SITC)
electrically actuated Double
flanged Butterfly valve
conforming to IS:13095, of
specified diameter and
manufactured by ISO 9001
Rupees
certified manufacturing
company, with gear box, Thirteen
electric motor and extension lakhs thirty
stem and all other three
accessories for perfect thousand
1 linking with pipes on either 1333334.45 three No. 1333334
side including lifting and hundred
placing in correct position, thirty
cleaning ends, inserting four&
gaskets into correct position,
paise forty
jointing pipes and valve to
form water tight joints,
five only.
including all taxes, third
party inspection,
transportation, loading,
complete.
Item No. 29E:- Supplying,

installing, testing and
commissioning ISI mark CI Rupees
D/F Non Return valve Twenty
(Reflux valve) manufactured seven
by ISO 9001 certified Lakh fifty
manufacturing company, three
comforming IS 5312( part I & 2753119.4
1 thousand No. 2753119
II) of Specified diameter with 0
all fixtures including all one
taxes, third party inspection, hundred
transportation, loading, nineteen &
unloading, etc. with paise forty
contractors own material only.
complete.
Item No. 30:- Radiographic

testing of welded butt joints
in Rising main as per
Procedure given in IS Rupees
4853:1982 including cost of One
all materials, equipments & thousand
expert personnel required for seven
testing, developing,
3340.40 1786.65 hundred Rmt. 5968126
interpreting and submitting
report along with developed eighty six
films, including all incidental & paise
charges, transportation to sixty five
site and local transportation only.
on site etc. with contractors

52

fixing mild steel Gate and
Rupees
Trash Rack for Gated Intake One lakh
structure including fifty nine
embedment, Stem rod, thousand
hoisting arrangement etc. six
5.18 159623.45 MT 826849
including cleaning surface by hundred
sand blasting, painting with twenty
anticorrosive paint etc with three&
contractors own material paise forty
five only.
complete.
Item No. 32:- Back filling the

trenches in layers not
exceeding 300 mm, each
layer shall be consolidated
by watering and ramming Rupees
without disturbing the pipe Two
line with excavated stuff as hundred
111464.38 directed including breaking 209.33 nine & M3 23332839
of clods of soil etc. with paise
contractors own material thirty three
with all leads & lifts etc. only.
complete. (The backfilling on
the two sides of the pipeline
should be carried out
simultaneously.)

Casing Embankment using
selected impervious/
excavated materials
available directly from
excavation in layers
including cost of materials, Rupees
machinery, labour, all ather One
operations such as collection hundred
of material, spreading soil in twenty
41887.79 128.91 M3 5399755
layers of specified thickness, eight &
sorting out breaking clods, paise
levelling, sectioning edges, ninety one
watering, compacting each only.
layer to required density or
as stipulated using vibratory
compactor etc with
complete.

53

constructing 300mm thick
dry rubble stone pitching for
embankment of forebay and
450 mm thick dry rubble
stone pitching for Rupees
embankment around pump Five
house with pin headers at
hundred
4761.18 2/sqm using stones and 509.56 M2 2426107
stone chips as from
nine &
approved source including paise fifty
cost of all materials, labour, six only.
header packing/ wedging,
stone chips, finishing etc.
etc. complete.
Item No. 35:- Carrying out

plate load test for computing Rupees
safe bearing capacity at
Two lakh
1 foundation level for Pump 200000.00 Test 200000
house etc with contractors & paise
own material with all leads & zero only.
Total Amount of
Rs. 336487061
Schedule "B"
(Rupees Thirty three Crores sixty four lakhs eighty seven thousand sixty one only.)
Certified that the Quantities, Rates & Amounts in Schedule “B” are based on the estimate technically sanctioned
by Chief Engineer, Water Resources Department, Nagpur Registred No. 402/TS-11/Talodhi Mokasa
LIS/T.S./2017 vide letter No. 3952 dt. 14.09.2017
Executive Engineer
Chandrapur

54
TALODHI MOKASA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME
Tah : Chamorshi Dist. : Gadchiroli.
SCHEDULE – C
Schedule of reference to Specifications for the Item as estimated by Corporation

Name of Work : Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Fore bay, Pump House,
Rising main & all allied works of Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme.
Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli.
Sr. Item of work Reference to specification

No.
1 Item No.1:- Excavation for foundation in all types Soft Strata,

soils, sand, gravel, soft murum, Hard Murum, Soft Rock etc.
including shoring and strutting as necessary and disposing Section -VI 1&2 P. No.158 - 175
off excavated stuff with all leads as directed with Contractor's
own material with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
2 Item No.2:- Excavation for foundation in Hard Strata by

blasting including shoring and strutting as necessary and Section - VI 1&2 P. No. 158 - 175
disposing off excavated stuff with all leads as directed with
contractor's own material with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
3 Item No. 3:- Providing Steel anchor dowels in rock for

steining, including drilling holes up to 2.5 m. depth in rock,
placing dowels in position and effectively grouting holes (32 Section - VI 3 P. No.176 -177
mm dia steel rod of 4.0 m length grouted upto 2.5 m depth)
with contractors own material with all leads & lifts etc.
complete.
4 Item No. 4:- Providing and laying dry stone rubble masonary
and filling voids with sand, watering compacting manually Section - VI 4 P. No.178 - 181
with contractors own material with all leads & lifts etc.
complete.
5 Item No. 5:- Providing and filling in sand boxing in trenches

with sand of approved quality including watering with Section - VI 5 P. No.182
contractors own material with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
6 Item No. 6:- Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of

All grades of trap/ granite / quartzite / graded metal for
foundation, Super Structures with Batching Plant and Transit
Mixer including compacting, curing, etc. with contractors
own material with all leads & lifts etc. complete. Section - VI 6 P. No.183 - 205
A) C.C. M-10 (40 MSA)
B) C.C. M-15 (40 MSA)
C) C.C. M-20 (40 MSA)
D) C.C. M-20 (20 MSA)
E) C.C. M-25 (20 MSA)
7 Item No. 7:- Cutting, bending, hooking, laying in position and

tying M.S./Tor Steel bars for reinforcement of R.C.C. work as Section - VI 7 P. No.206 - 211
per detailed drawing etc. complete

55
8 Item No. 8:- Providing and fixing AC/ UPVC pipes of 110 mm
dia. and of required length for relieving water pressure, stone Section - VI 8 P. No.212
filter as directed etc. with contractors own material with all
leads & lifts etc. complete.
9 Item No. 9:- Providing and fixing PVC water stopper central
bulb type as directed with contractors own material with all Section - VI 9 P. No.213
leads & lifts etc. complete.
10 Item No. 10:- Providing and laying expansion/ construction

joint with Shalitex super expansion pad (Jute fiber) 12 mm Section - VI 10 P. No.214 - 215
thick including sealing the joints with shalitex sealing
compound etc. complete.
11 Item No. 11:- Providing Fly ash lime Brick masonry (Bricks
conforming to I.S. 12894:1990 and of size 19 cm x 9 cm x 9
cm) in Cement mortar 1:6 in Super structure including Section - VI 11 P. No.216 - 223
striking joints, racking out joints, watering and scaffolding
complete at contractors cost.
12 Item No. 12:- Providing Internal cement plaster 20 mm thick

in a single coat in C.M 1:3 to concrete, brick surfaces in all
positiond including scaffolding and curing, providing groove Section - VI 12 P. No.224 - 226
at joint of B. B. masonry and concrete members complete at
contractors cost.
13
Item No. 13:- Providing Rough cast cement plaster externally
in two coats with coloured cement finish to concrete/ brick/
stone masonry surfaces to all positions with base coat 12 to
15 mm thick in C.M. 1:4 using gray cement and rough cast Section - VI 12 P. No.224- 226
treatment 12 mm thick in proportion of 1:1.5:3 using coloured
pigment including scaffolding and curing, providing groove at
joint of B. B. masonry and concrete members complete at
contractors cost.
14 Item No. 14:- Providing and laying machine cut polished kota
stone Flooring 20 mm to 25 mm thick Plain pattern on a bed
of C.M. 1:6 including cement float, filling joints with neat Section - VI 13 P. No.227 - 228
cement slurry, including rubbing, polishing and cleaning with
15
Item No. 15:- Providing and fixing factory made Hydraulically
pressed Mechanically vibrated and compacted precast inter
locking cement concrete paving blocks 80mm thick in M-40
grade of approved size and shape for city streets,
small/medium market roads,low volume roads, utility cuts on
arterial roads etc.as specified and as per IS 15658:2006 Section - VI 14 P. No.229
including cost of all materials, manufacturing, curing,
transportation of blocks to work site including loading,
unloading as directed, laying paver blocks in position over
prepared bed of sand of 50 mm thickness including
necessary bed, compacting blocks by plate vibrator etc.
complete at contractors cost.
16 Item No.16:- Providing and appling washable oil bound

distemper of approved colour and shade to internal new
plastered surface in two coats including scaffolding if Section - VI 15 P. No.230 - 234
necessary, cleaning and preparing the surface including
primer coat complete at contractors cost.

56
17
Item No. 17:- Providing and appling water based exterior
emulsion cement paint of approved colour and shade to
exterior new plastered surface in two coats including Section - VI 15 P. No. 230 - 234
scaffolding if necessary, cleaning and preparing the surface
including primer coat complete at contractors cost.
18
Item No. 18:- Providing and fixing rolling steel shutters
fabricated from 20 gauge steel laths with slide guides,
bottom rail, brackets door suspension shaft, housing box at Section - VI 16 P. No.235 - 236
the top including mechanical gear operation arrangement
and one coat of red primer etc complete at contractors cost.
19 Item No. 19:- Providing and fixing 18 gauge M.S. sheet door
with frame work 40x40x6 mm M.S. angle including locking
arrangements, hold fast including appling anticorrosive Section - VI 17 P. No.237 - 240
primer coat of red lead paint & two coats of oil paint and 12
mm square bar at bottom as per specification etc complete at
contractors cost.
20 Item No. 20:- Providing and fixing steel windows of various

sizes as per detailed drawings with welded square bars 12
mm at 10 cm centre to centre without hot dip zinc coating
without/ with ventilator including fabrication, glazing with non-
acetinic/ plain/ obscured glass panels of approved type and Section - VI 17 P. No.237 - 240
quality, all fixtures and fastening without teak wood boxing,
and architraves and finishing with one coat of primer
complete. (with flush butt welding) etc with contractors own
material with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
21 Item No. 21:- Providing and fixing mild steel grill railing of 25
kg/sqm with 50mm dia. MS pipe hand rail and sill of 25mm x
3mm and newel posts for stair cases including fabricating
fixtures erecting the grill work with one coat of anticorrosive Section - VI 18 P. No.241 - 242
paint and two coats of oil paint of approved colour to the sill,
hand rail and the newel post with contractors own material
with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
22 Item No.22:- Providing and fabricating structural steel work in

rolled sections fixed with connecting plates and angles or
angle cleats in main and cross beams hip and jack rafters
purlins connecting to truss members and the like as per
detail design and drawings or as directed including cutting, Section - VI 18 P. No.241 - 242
fabricating, hoisting, errecting, fixing in position, making
rivete/bolted/welded connections and one coat of
anticorrosive paint and two coats of oil paint of approved
colour to the sill, hand rail and the newel postwith contractors
own material with all leads & lifts etc. complete.

57
23
Item No. 23:- Manufacturing, Providing and Supplying

spirally welded / ERW / SAW / fabricated M.S. pipes
(Commercial Quality) made out of MS plate conforming to IS
2062:1992 including procurement of plates, gas cutting to
required size, rolling, tack welding, assembling in suitable
lengths to form pipes, all continuous spiral/circumferencial
and longitudinal welding to forma pipe on automatic welding
machine using electrodes having weldmark E7018 (Low
Hydrogen electrodes) and forming 'V' edge on both ends of
pipes, third party inspection charges insurance, ,lowering Section - VI 19 P. No.243 - 255
and laying to correct position on prepared bedding or on
pedestals or chairs, field hydraulic testing at specified test
pressure as per IS 5822: 1994 sec 11,field welding to join
pipes after laying, ultrasonic ( 10%) testing of welds
including all equipments submitting report, expert personnel
required for testing, interpreting and submitting report along
with developing film where applicable, all incidental charges
etc complete as per IS - 3589:2001 and as per specifications
(No negative Tolerance in thickness is permissible) with
24 Item No. 24:- Manufacturing, Providing and Supplying short

pipes, cants made out of MS plate conforming to IS
2062:1992 including procurement of plates, gas cutting to
required size and shape, rolling, tack welding, full welding on
either automatic welding machine or manually and forming
'V' edge on both ends for welding it to pipe, including
fabrication and full welding of stiffeners as per design
requirements, insurance ,lowering & laying to correct position
etc, complete as per IS - 3589 and IS - 5504 as applicable
as per detailed specifications. Cost of longitudinal welding Section - VI 19 P. No. 243 - 255
and "V " edging required for circumferencial welding
required to connect MS special to Rising main /delivery pipes
is inclusive in the rate. (No negative Tolerance in thickness is
permissible) with contractors own material with all leads &

58
25 Item No. 25:- Manufacturing, Providing and Supplying Y

connection with crotch plate made out of MS plate
conforming to IS 2062:1992 including procurement of plates,
gas cutting to required size and shape, rolling, tack welding,
full welding on either automatic welding machine or manually
and forming 'V' edge on all the three both ends for welding it
to pipe,
including fabrication and full welding of stiffeners as per
design requirements, insurance ,lowering & laying to correct
position etc, complete as per IS - 3589 and IS - 5504 as Section - VI 20 P. No.256 - 259
applicable as per detailed specifications. Cost of welding of
crotch plate is included in the rate. cost of longitudinal
welding and " V " edging required for circumferencial
welding required to connect MS special to Rising main
/delivery pipes is inclusive in the rate. (No negative
Tolerance in thickness is permissible) with contractors own
material with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
26 Item No. 26:- Providing & applying Liquid epoxy coating

system to the interior surface of Rising Main Pipes as per
Annex - B of IS 3589:2001, preferably by airless spray with
one coat of Zinc rich epoxy primer (90% zink, DFT 40 micron
, coverage 9 Sqm / lit) and three coats of coal tar epoxy paint
(DFT 120 X 3 micron coverage 5 Sqm/Lit/coat) including Section - VI 21 P. No.260 - 262
cleaning the surface to the satisfaction of Engineer in charge
by sand blasting / chemical cleaning / scraping removing oil,
grease, other foreign materials including all necessary
materialwith contractors own material with all leads & lifts
etc. complete.
27
Item No. 27:- Providing and applying external 25 mm thick
cement mortar coating in CM 1 : 3 (cement consumption
15.94 kg/sqm) pneumatically under pressure of 2.1 to 2.8 kg
/Sq cm, with weld mesh 50 x 50 x 2.54 mm (13 gauge), after
duly cleaning the surface by wire brushing, degreasing etc., Section - VI 22 P. No.263 - 264
including necessary admixtures (200 ml / bag of cement),
curing, rehandling the pipe from fabrication shop to guniting
place and from guniting place to laying location etc.
complete with all leads & lifts.
28
Item No. 28:- Providing and fixing in position Expansion
joints manufactured by ISO 9001 certified manufacturing
company for M.S. Rising Main of specified diameter
conforming to detailed specifications including matching the Section - VI 23 P. No.265 - 266
strakes and steel ring, all materials like synthetic rubber,
rubber ring, packings, nuts, bolts, etc complete with all taxes,
transporting, loading, unloading etc complete.
29A
Item No. 29A:- Supplying, fixing and commissioning Zero
velocity valve with M S fabricated body with flanged ends
manufactured by ISO 9001 certified manufacturing company, Section - VI 24 P. No.267 - 272
conforming to IS: 1538 / AWWA standards of specified
diameter with all fixtures including all taxes, third party
inspection, transportation, loading, unloading, etc. complete.

59
29B Item No. 29B:- Supplying, fixing and commissioning C.I.

Tamper proof double orifice type Kinetic Air Valve
manufactured by ISO:9001 certified manufacturing company,
body and seat ring of bronze, conforming to IS: 14845, of Section - VI 24 P. No. 267 - 272
specified diameter with all fixtures including all taxes, third
party inspection, transportation, loading, unloading, etc.
complete.
29C
Item No. 29C:- Supplying, fixing and commissioning C.I.
Scour Valve (sluice valve) manufactured by ISO:9001
certified manufacturing company, body and seat ring of
bronze, conforming to IS: 14846 of specified diameter and to
withstand specified pressure with all accessories true to line Section - VI 24 P. No. 267 - 272
and perfect linking with pipes on either side including lifting
and placing in position, cleaning ends, inserting gaskets into
correct position, jointing pipes and valve to form water tight
joint, including all taxes, third party inspection, transportation,
loading, unloading, etc. complete.
29D
Item No. 29D:- Supplying, installing, testing and
commissioning (SITC) electrically actuated Double flanged
Butterfly valve conforming to IS:13095, of specified diameter
and manufactured by ISO 9001 certified manufacturing
company, with gear box, electric motor and extension stem
and all other accessories for perfect linking with pipes on Section - VI 24 P. No. 267 - 272
either side including lifting and placing in correct position,
cleaning ends, inserting gaskets into correct position, jointing
pipes and valve to form water tight joints, including all taxes,
third party inspection, transportation, loading, unloading, etc.
complete
29E
Item No. 29E:- Supplying, installing, testing and
commissioning ISI mark CI D/F Non Return valve (Reflux
valve) manufactured by ISO 9001 certified manufacturing Section - VI 24 P. No. 267 - 272
company, comforming IS 5312( part I & II) of Specified
diameter with all fixtures including all taxes, third party
inspection, transportation, loading, unloading, etc. complete
30 Item No. 30:- Radiographic testing of welded butt joints in

Rising main as per Procedure given in IS 4853:1982
including cost of all materials, equipments & expert
personnel required for testing, developing, interpreting and Section - VI 25 P. No. 273 - 274
submitting report along with developed films, including all
incidental charges, transportation to site and local
transportation on site etc. complete
31
Item No. 31:- Providing and fixing mild steel Gate and Trash
Rack for Gated Intake structure including embedment, Stem Section - VI 26 P. No.275 - 278
rod, hoisting arrangement etc. including cleaning surface by
sand blasting, painting with anticorrosive paint etc complete
32
Item No. 32:- Back filling the trenches in layers not
exceeding 300 mm, each layer shall be consolidated by
watering and ramming without disturbing the pipe line with Section - VI 27 P. No.279 - 280
excavated stuff as directed including breaking of clods of soil
etc complete. (The backfilling on the two sides of the pipeline
should be carried out simultaneously.)

60
33
Item No. 33:- Providing Casing Embankment using selected
impervious/ excavated materials available directly from
excavation in layers including cost of materials, machinery,
labour, all ather operations such as collection of material,
spreading soil in layers of specified thickness, sorting out Section - VI 28 P. No.281 - 289
breaking clods, levelling, sectioning edges, watering,
compacting each layer to required density or as stipulated
using vibratory compactor etc with contractors own material
with all leads & lifts etc. complete.
34 Item No. 34:- Providing and constructing 300mm thick dry

rubble stone pitching for embankment of forebay and 450
mm thick dry rubble stone pitching for embankment around
pump house with pin headers at 2/sqm using stones and Section - VI 29 P. No.290 - 291
stone chips as from approved source including cost of all
materials, labour, header packing/ wedging, stone chips,
finishing etc. with contractors own material with all leads &
35 Item No. 35:- Carrying out plate load test for computing safe
bearing capacity at foundation level for Pump house etc Section - VI 30 P. No.292
complete

61
TALODHI MOKASA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME

Tah : Chamorshi Dist: Gadchiroli
QUARTER WISE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME/ BAR CHART
Name of Work : Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Fore bay, Pump House,
Manifold, Rising main, Distribution Chamber & all allied work of Talodhi
Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme. Ta. Chamorshi Dist. Gadchiroli.
25% 25% 25% 25%

10) Miscellaneous Items like Testing/
Finishing(JOB)
3000 1761
9) Dry Rubble Pitching(M²)
30000 11888
8) Embankment(M³)
2000 1915
7) M.S. Pipe line with supply,
fabrication, Epoxy painting, Cement
morter lining & Lawaring(M)
200 50 200 200 36
6) TMT Reinforcement(MT)
800 500 323
5) C. C. for Thrust Blocks(M³)
200 200 300 300 36
4) C. C. for Columns, Beams &
Slabs(M³)
1200 1200 1000 900
3) C. C. for walls(M³)
1135
2) C. C. for Raft(M³)
30000 50000 30000 30954
1) Excavation in Soft & Hard Strata(M³)
July- Oct.-
Feb.- Apr.-Jun July- oct - Jan.- Apr.- Sept. Dec.
Mar.18 18 Sept. 18 dec. 18 Mar.19 Jun.19 19 19
Certified that the Quantities shown in the bar chart are verified by me & found correct.
Executive Engineer
Chandrapur

62
SECTION – III
FORMS

63
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
To,
Superintending Engineer,
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------
Subject :-Submission of Bid Capacity application for the work of –Construction of Approach Channel,
Gated intake structure, Fore bay,Pump House, Manifold, Rising main, Distribution Chamber
& all allied works of Talodhi Mokasa Lift Irrigation Scheme.Ta. Chamorshi, Dist. Gadchiroli.
Sir,
Having examined the details given in information and instruction to applicants for the
work. (Enter the name of work mentioned at the para 1.1 to Annex-A)
I (We) hereby submit the bid capacity information and relevant documents as
mentioned in the check list.
I (We) hereby certify the truth and correctness of all statements made and information
supplied.
I/We have furnished all information and details necessary for the bid capacity as
bidder(s) and that no further information remains to be supplied.

I/We authorize the project authorities to verify the correctness therefore as well as to approach any
Govt. department individuals, employees, firms and/or corporation to verify correctness of information
submitted by me/us to prove my/our competence and general reputation.
Signature of Applicant/Contractor.
Seal of applicant.
Date of submission:

64
CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE UPLOADED ALONG WITH

BID CAPACTY DOCUMENTS.
( To be filled in by the Contractor)
Sr. Name of Document Attached

No.
Yes / No
1. Information of Company in Format-I
2. PAN CARD.
3. Goods and Service Tax Registration Certificate
4. Professional Tax Registration Certificate
5. Certificate of enrollment Under EPF Act.
6. Dead of partnership/ Article of Association/ copy of MOU
for J.V.
7. Copy of Power of Attorney
8. Undertaking in Format-II
9. Bid Capacity: Declaration in Appendix-K
10. Bid Capacity: Declaration of A-1 in Appendix-J
11. Bid Capacity: Declaration of A-2 in Appendix-J
12. Bid Capacity: Declaration of B in Appendix-J
13. Work done certificates in proforma 1,1a,1b for each work
considered for bid capacity evaluation.
14. Details of Plant & Machinery Appendix-B & E
15. Details of Technical Personnel Appendix-A
16. Aadhar card
17. Similar type of work
Signature of the Contractor

65
Format – I
Information of Company
1. Name of applicant.
2. Whether the Applicant is

Individual / proprietary firm /
Limited company /
subsidiary of a large organization /
Joint Venture consortia
3. Year of Establishment of Company
4. Office Address,
e-mail address,
Telephone Number
Fax Number.
5. Name of Power of Attorney holder,
6. PAN No. issued by Income Tax department :

7. G.S.T. Registration Certificate issued by Sales Tax Department:
8. Details of EPF Registration
Certified that the above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge
and belief.
Signature of contractor

66
Format-II
Declaration of contractor regarding Poor Quality Work & Correctness of information supplied.
To,
The Superintending Engineer
-------------------------------------
Sir,
1) I/We declare that the information submitted by me/us for bid capacity
qualification evaluation is true / correct & complete to the best of my/our knowledge.
2) I/We, declare that any contract allotted to me/us by any government/
semi-government authority is not terminated/ withdrawn for reasons attributable to me
including action under clause 3 of B-1 agreement .
3) I/ We, have given all relevant information & not hide any relevant information.
4) I / We authorize project authorities to verify correctness of information

supplied as well as to approach any Government department individuals employees,
firms and or corporation to verify correctness of information & certification submitted
by me/us.
5) I/ We will have no objection if I/ We are disqualified at any stage of
bidding, or my/our contract is terminated, if it is proved that I/We have submitted
false/ incomplete information. If contract is terminated on this ground, I/We have
no objection to forfeit my/our Security Deposit with VIDC.

67
Proforma- 1
(Separate information for each work)
CERTIFICATE
For the work completed / under progress As on 31 March 2017
1. Name of work
2. Estimate cost
3. Agreement No.
4. Name of Contractor
5. Tendered Cost
6. Date of work order
7. Stipulated period of completion
8. Scheduled date of completion
9. Extension granted
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
10. Final date of completion
11. Revised cost of work
12. Cost of work executed
13. Balance cost of work
14. Reasons for non-completion of

work in scheduled period of
completion
15. Whether any penalties / fine /
stop notice / compensation /
liquidate damage imposed

68
16 Details of work done :
Earth Cost of
Lining in Concrete
Unit work Structures work Rs.
Sq.m. Cu.m.
Cu.m. In Lakh
Tendered
Quantity
Revised Quantity
Executed
Quantity
Year wise Break-
up
IIIrd (2014-15)
IInd (2015-16)
Ist (2016-17)
17. Remarks about performance of contractor about physical progress and quality of
work:
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
Outward No.: Seal

Date:
(E.E. Stamp with name)
(Stamp with name)

69
PROFORMA– 1(a)
Details of the works completed
(Separate information for each works).
1. Name of work
2. Agreement No. and year
3. Place and country
4. Total tendered cost of work (Rs. in lakhs)
5. Brief description of works including principal feature and quantities of main items
of the work
6. Annual Turnover
Items Unit Quantities executed
(Certificate of concerned authorities is essential)
6.1 Physical IIIrd year IInd year Ist year
Items as stated in Para 5.52
1 Excavation in various Strata Cum
2 Concrete of various grades Cum
3 Earth Work Cum
4 Steel MT.
6.2 Commercial Rs. in Lakhs Rs. in

Commercial.turnover Lakhs
Defined as billing for
works.(excluding advance
payments received duly
certified by Concerned
authorities)
7 Period of completion
a) Date of Commencement
b) Originally stipulated period of completion
a) Scheduled date of completion
d).Extended date of completion
e).Actual time taken for completion
f).Certificate of concerned authority regarding completion
of work if completed in time (Y/N)
g).Reasons for non completion of work in stipulated time
limit, if so

70
8 Where there any penalties/fines/stop

notices/compensation /liquidated damaged imposed
(Yes or No. if yes, give amount and explanation)
9 Name , Designation, and complete address with whom
the contents of the preceding Para 1 to 8 could be
verified.
10 Name of applicant’s Engineer-in-charge of the work and
educational qualification
11 Give details of your experience in monthly placement of
important items.
12 Give details of your experience in mobilizing large
value contracts with modern technology on the
deployment of latest heavy construction equipment
13 Details of quality control arrangements made by the
contractor of his own on these works
14 Whether bidder penalized under clause 2 for slow
progress of work
15 Whether work abandoned by the bidder under clause 3.
Whether rescinded contracts as incomplete work.
16 Whether recorded bad quality of works by Quality
control authority
17 Whether valid bad, poor performance published in
media.
18 Whether evidence of rude behavior of contractor with
office bearers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certified that the above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief
Signature of Contractor

71
PROFORMA -1 (b)
Details of works in hand

(Separate information for each work.)
1. Name of work
2. Agreement No. and Year
3. Place and country
4. Tendered cost of work (Rs. in lakhs.)
5 Name of applicant/ Engineer-in-charge with educational qualification
6. Annual turnover
Sr. Item Quantities executed
No. (Certificate of concerned authorities of Quantities
Unit executed is essential )
6.1 Physical IIIrd year IInd year Ist year
1 Excavation in various Strata Cum
2 Concrete of various grades Cum
3 Earth Work Cum
4 Steel MT.
6.2 Commercial turnover : Rs. in

lakhs

72
7)i) Percentage of physical completion

ii) Cost of work completed(Rs. in lakhs)
iii) Revised tendered cost (Lakhs)
iv) Balance cost on the date stipulated
(Refer Para 5.60 )
v) Stipulated date of completion
vi) Anticipated date of completion
8) Whether work progress is as per tender
programme (Yes or No) If not explain the
reasons.
9) Expected year wise programme of
completion (ref. para 5.62)
i) Present year
ii) Next year
10) Were there are any fines, claims or stop
notices filed by the Employer (Yes or No.)
11) Details of quality control arrangements
made by the contractor of his own on these
works
12) Name, Designation, Department and
complete address with whom the contents can
be verified.
Certified that the above information is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief
Signature of Contractor

73
APPENDIX ‘A’
DETAILS OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WITH THE CONTRACTOR
VIDE PARA 9 (vi) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Description Name Length of Qualifications Professional Aadhar Card Remarks
No. service in experience and No.
firm details of (As per GR
works carried dtd.4/2/2017)
out
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. Project Manager
2. Works Manager(Civil Senior
Engineer)
3. Engineers (Civil)
4. Supervisors
Note :1. If there is no technical personnel with your firm please give details (in remark column) as to how can your firm manage the
construction work?
1).The names of Technical persons who are proposed to be posted at site shall be identified in the remarks column.
2) Certified copies of technical competency for technical personnel should be attached.
3) Information of Administrative staff and supervisors shall be given by the contractor in suitable format.
4) More sheets should be used, if required.

74
APPENDIX ‘B’
DETAILS OF PLANTS AND MACHINERY OWNED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Sr. Name of equipment No. of Units Kind and Capacity Age and Present Remarks
No. make condition Location
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Note : If no machinery is available with the firm please give details ( in remark column) how your firm will manage the same.

75
APPENDIX ‘C’
DETAILS OF WORKS OF SIMILAR TYPE AND MAGNITUDE CARRIED BY THE TENDERER
Sr. Name of Work Place Tendered Cost Rs. Time in months Stipulated Date Principal features
No. In Lakhs by of completion /
which Actual Date of
completed completion with
reasons.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

76
APPENDIX ‘D’
DETAILS OF OTHER WORKS TENDERED FOR AND IN HAND ON THE DATE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER
Sr. Name Place Works in Hand Works tendered for Remarks
No. of Tendered Cost of Anticipated Estimated cost Rs. Date by which Stipulated
Work cost Rs. In remaining work date of In Lakhs decision is date or period
Lakhs Rs. In lakhs completion expected of completion
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

77
APPENDIX ‘E’
DETAILS OF PLANTS AND MACHINERY PROPOSED TO BE USED FOR THIS WORK BUT NOT IMMEDIATELY
AVAILABLE VIDE PARA 9 (vi) of Detailed Tender Notice
Sr. Name of equipment No. of Units Kind and make If already owned If to be Remarks
No. purchased
Age and Present Probable date (when ? month
condition Location of availability and year)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

78
APPENDIX ‘F
(Vide Para 36 of Special Conditions of Contract)
DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR
1. I/We……… ……. Contractor(s)

hereby undertake that I/We shall pay the labours engaged on the work as indicated in
Section – I Detailed Tender Notice, wages as per Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and
amendments thereto applicable to the zone in which work lies and act accordingly. I/We
also undertake to abide by the various laws in force and extend necessary facilities and
amenities to the staff and workers employed by me/us.
2. I/We hereby declare that I/We have made myself/ourselves thoroughly conversant with
the local conditions regarding all materials and labour on which I/We have bided my/our
rates for this work. The specifications of this work have been carefully studied and
understood by me/us before submitting this Tender.
3. I/We hereby undertake to indemnify and hereby indemnify the Corporation against all
liabilities arising out of application of all labour laws viz. the minimum wages act, ESIS
and PF Act etc. with reference to labour engaged on subject work.
4. All leads and lifts charges for construction materials required are included in the rates of
items under the contract and are agreed by me/us unconditionally. No claim for lead & lift
will be admissible is clear to me/us and I/We give an undertaking that no claim on this
issue will be performed by me/us in this contract.
5. I/We give an undertaking that I/We will not claim any interest for delay in payment of
bills of works (due to non availability of adequate funds ) normally for the period of one year
and in exceptional circumstances for two years .
6) I/we understand that the rates of items are inclusive of relevant lead and lift charges,
wherever applicable and I/We will not claim any compensation against such charges in any
form .
7) I/we also understand that the cost of preparation of approach roads to quarries & work place
along with the cost of its maintenance & repairs is included in the rates of relevant items.
Signature of the Contractor
Contractor No. of Corrections Executive engineer

79
APPENDIX ‘G’
(Vide Para 9 of Detailed Tender Notice)
MODEL FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND

GUARANTEE BOND
1) This deed of Guarantee is made on the _________________________
__________________________________by _________________________________having
his head office at ___________________________________________________________
[hereinafter called the ‘said Contractor(s)’] from the demand under the terms and conditions of
Agreement dated_______________________________________________________made
between____________________________________________and _________________for
_________________________(hereinafter called ‘the Agreement’) of additional security
deposit for the due fulfillment by the said contractors of the terms and conditions contained in
the said Agreement on production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs. ___________
(Rs_________________________________________only) We,______________________
(hereinafter referred to as ‘the Bank’) at the request of ______________________(contractor)
do hereby undertake to pay to the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, NAGPUR
hereinafter referred to as Corporation, an amount not exceeding
Rs___________________________ against any loss or damage caused to or suffered by the
Corporation by reasons of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the terms or conditions
contained in the said Agreement.
2) We,___________________________(indicate the name of bank) do hereby undertake to

pay the amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand
from the Corporation stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to
or would be caused to or suffered by the Corporation by reason of breach by the said
Contractor(s) of any of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or any reason of
the contractor(s) failure to perform the said agreement. Any such demand made on the Bank
shall be conclusive as regards to the amount due and payable under this Guarantee shall be
restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs._____________________.
(3) We undertake to pay to the Corporation any money so demanded not withstanding any
dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor(s)/supplier(s) in any suit or proceeding pending
before any court or tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present work being absolute
and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be valid for discharge of our
80
liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s)/Supplier(s) shall have no claim against us
for making such payment.
(4) We, _______________________________ (indicate the name of Bank) further agree

that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that
would be taken for the performance of the said Agreement and that it shall continue to be
forceable till all dues of the Corporation under or by virtue of the said Agreement have been
fully paid & its claims satisfied or discharged or till _______________________
(office/Corporation) of_____________________________________ (indicate the name of
Administrative officer) certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully
and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this Guarantee.
Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before
the________________________________. we shall be discharged from all liabilities under this
Guarantee thereafter.
(5) We, ___________________ (indicate the name of Bank) further agree with the
Corporation that the Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without consent and without
affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the
said Agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or
postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Corporation
against the said Contractor(s), and to force or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to
the said Agreement, and we shall not to be relieved from our liability by reason of any such
variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s) or for any forbearance, Act or
Commission on the part of the Corporation or any indulgence by the Corporation to the said
Contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to surety
would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
(6) This Guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank
or the change in the constitution of the Contractors/suppliers.
(7) We, _______________________ (indicate the name of Bank) lastly undertake not to
revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Corporation in
writing.
Dated the ______________ day of ____________________ 20
For__________________________
(indicate the name of bank)

81
APPENDIX ‘H’
INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES
(For use in cases in which the contract is for finished work and the Contractor has entered into
an Agreement for the execution of a certain specified quantity of work in a given time.)
THIS INDENTURE made the _______________________day of ___________ between

__________________________________(hereinafter called ‘the contractor which expression
shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to include his executors, administrators
and assigns) of the one part and THE Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur(
hereinafter called as the Corporation which expression shall where the context so admits or
implies be deemed to include his successors in office and assigns) of the other part.
WHEREAS by an agreement dated __________________________ (hereinafter called ‘the said

Agreement’) the Contractor has agreed.
AND WHEREAS the Contractor has applied to the Corporation that he be allowed advance on
the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by him to the site of the work,
the subject of the said Agreement for use in the construction of such of the works as he has
undertaken to execute at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of the cost of material and
labour and other charges.)
AND WHEREAS the Corporation has agreed to advance to the Contractor the sum of
Rupees________________ (in words, Rupees _______________ ___ __ __ __
______________________) on the aforesaid security and has reserved to himself the option of
making any further advance or advances on security of aforesaid nature, the quantities and other
particulars of the materials on the security of which the advance or advances are made being
detailed in Part – ll of the running account bill for the said works, signed at the time being by the
Contractor.
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESS that in pursuance of the said Agreement and in
consideration of the sum of Rs. ______________________________on or before the execution
of these presents paid to the Contractor by the Corporation (the receipt whereof the Contractor
both here by acknowledge) and of such further advances (if any) as may be made to him as
aforesaid, the Contractor does hereby convenient and agree with the Corporation and declare as
follows :

82
(1) That the said sum of Rs. ____________________ so advanced by the Corporation to the
Contractors as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractor in or towards expediting the
execution of the said works and for non other purpose whatsoever.
(2) That the materials detailed in the said running account bill which have been offered to
and accepted by the Corporation as security are absolutely the contractor’s own property and
free from encumbrance of any kind and the Contractor will not make any application for or
receive a further advance on the security of materials which are not absolutely his own property,
and free from encumbrances of any kind and the Contractor indemnifies the Corporation against
all claims to any materials in respect of which an advance has been made to him as aforesaid.
(3) That the materials detailed in the said running account bill and all other materials on the
security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be made as aforesaid
(hereinafter called ‘the said materials’) shall be used by the Contractor solely in the execution of
the said works in accordance with the directions of the Divisional Officer, Division (hereinafter
called ‘the Divisional Officer’) and in the terms of the said Agreement.
(4) That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate arrangement
for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the said materials and that
until used in construction as aforesaid, the said materials shall remain at the site of the said
works in the Contractor custody and on his own responsibility and shall at all times be open to
inspection by the Divisional Officer or any officer authorized by him. In the event of the said
materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged, the Contractor will forthwith
replace the same with other materials of like quality or repair and make good to same as
required by the Divisional Officer.
(5) That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site of the said
works except with the written permission of the Divisional Officer or an officer authorized by
him in that behalf.
(6) That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor receives
payment from the Corporation of the price payable to him for the said works under the terms
and provisions of the said agreement, provided that if any intermediate payments are made to the
Contractor on account of work done, then on occasion of each such payment, the Corporation
will be at liberty to make a recovery from the Contractor’s bill for such payment by deducting
therefore the value of the said materials then actually used in the construction and in respect of
which recovery has not been made previously, the value for this purpose being determined in
83
respect of each description of materials, at the rates at which the amounts of advances made
under these presents were calculated.
(7) That if the Contractor shall at any time make any defaults in the performance or
observance of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or of these presents, the
total amounts of the advance or advances that may still be owing to the Corporation shall
immediately on the happening of such defaults be repayable by the Contractor to the
Corporation, together with interest thereon at 20(Twenty) percent per annum from the date of
respective dates of such advance or advances to the date of repayment and with all costs,
charges, damages and expenses incurred by the Corporation in or for the recovery thereof or the
enforcement of this security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractor and the
Contractor hereby convenience and agrees with the Corporation to pay and pay the same
respectively to him accordingly.
(8) That the contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the repayment to the
Corporation of the said of Rs. _______________ ______ and any further sum or sums advanced
as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable under these presents
PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything in
the said Agreement and without prejudice to the powers contained therein, if and whenever
convenient for Payment and Repayment herein before contained shall become enforceable and
the money owing shall not be paid in accordance therewith, the Corporation may at any time
thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as it may deem best :
a) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the said
works on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in
the said agreement, debiting the Contractor with the actual cost of effecting such completion and
the amount due in respect of advances under these presents and crediting the Contractor with the
value of work done, as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement and at the
rates thereof provided if the balance is against the Contractor, he is to pay the same to the
Corporation on demand.
b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and out of the
moneys arising from the sale, retain all the sums aforesaid repayable to the Corporation under
these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.
c) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the security deposits or any sum due to
the Contractor under the said Agreement.
84
9) That except in the event of such default on the part of the Contractor as aforesaid,
interest on the said advances shall not be payable.
10) That in event of any conflict between the provisions of these present and the said
Agreement, the provision of these presents shall prevail and in the event of any dispute or
difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents the settlement of which has
not been herein before expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the Superintending
Engineer.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF the said ___________________________________ and

_________________________________________________ by the order and under the
direction of the Corporation have here unto set their hands the day and year first above written,
Signed, sealed and delivered by the said Contractor in the presence.
Witness :
Signature :
Name :
Address :
Signed by :
By the order and direction of the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur in
presence of :
Witness : Name :
Signature : Address:

85
APPENDIX ‘J’
( Format for computation of "A1")
(Declaration of Contractor regarding value of Civil Engineering Works executed in last 3 years
based on Work done certificates in Proforma 1)
I) A1 = Maximum value of Civil Engineering work executed during any of the last three years in
following format.
Sr. Name of work Agreement Ref. of work done Value of Civil Engineering work done
No. No. certificate issued by during year.(Excluding value of
Ex. Engr. mobilization & mech. Adv.) (Rs. Lakhs)
Name of Outward III rd year II nd Ist
Division No. & (2014-15) year (2015- year
Date 16) (2016-17)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Total
Factor for updating 1.210 1.100 1.000
Updated value
Maximum of updated value from column 6
Value A1 = to 8
Note :-
1) Information in column 2 to 10 shall be supported by a work done certificate issued by an
officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer in case of Govt./Semi Govt. works and
Project authorities in other works.
2) The bidder will be declared disqualified and his offer will be rejected
a) If bidder fails to attach scanned copy of work done certificate in support of
information in column 2 to 10 above.
b) If the information declared by the bidder in formats do not tally with the information in
supporting certificate.
c) If the information in original certificate is found tampered or certificate is found fake, strict
action will be taken against bidder. The Contractor will be black listed/EMD will be forfeited.
Contractor will be banned for minimum three years from bidding in VIDC and action will taken
under appropriate laws.

86
APPENDIX ‘J’
( Format for computation of "A2")
(Declaration of Contractor regarding (A2) Value of Civil Engineering Works executed in last 5
years ascertained from total receipts on account of Civil Engineering Contracts received in a
year shown in Balance Sheet submitted to I.T. Department.)
Certificate of maximum value of Civil Engineering works executed during period of last
five years.
This is to certify that M/s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . has received amounts as shown in column

3 below in years as shown in column 2 below from Civil Engineering Contracts. The necessary
supporting documents will be produced when asked to do so.
No of Year Amount received against Civil Engr. Multiplying Updated value

year works executed. IT certificate/ factor (Rs. Lakhs)
Balance sheet. (Rs. Lakhs)
1 2 3 4 5
III 2012-2013 1.464
III 2013-2014 1.330
III 2014-2015 1.210
II 2015-2016 1.100
I 2016-2017 1.000
Value of A2 =
Contact Phone No & Seal & Signature of Chartered Accountant

Address of Chartered Accountant
Note : 1)The bidder will be disqualified if the information is not certified by Chartered Accountant.
2) The maximum yearly financial turnover for last 5 years will be considered for post
qualification criteria of Annual Turnover of Rs. 12.61 crores.
3) Value of civil engineering works executed in last 3 years will be considered for computation
of value of ‘A2’ for bid capacity calculations.

87
APPENDIX ‘J’
Format B
Declaration of Contractor regarding value of Existing Commitments (B) in the period stipulated
for completion of work.
Sr. Name of works in Agreement Name of Division Balance Value (B) Multi Update
No. hand No. issuing certificate in cost of work to be - d value
proforma 1(b) work on executed in plyin of B
Name of Ref. & date period g Rs.
Division Date of given in given in facto Lakhs.
certificate proforma Annexure- r
Rs. A (1.8)Rs.
Lakhs. Lakhs.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Updated value of B = Rs. Lakhs.
Date Signature of contractor

88
APPENDIX ‘K’
Bidders ( self declaration regarding Bid Capacity )
Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their available bid
capacity is more than the total bid value. The available bid capacity will be
calculated as under:
Assessed Available Bid capacity = ( A*N*2 - B )
where
A = Maximum value of civil engineering construction works executed in any one year during
the last five years (updated to 2016 – 17* price level) taking into account the
completed as well as works in progress; as specified in Appendix “J”
(A= Maximum value between A1 & A2)
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of the works for which bids are invited.
B = Value, at 2016 – 17* price level, of existing commitments and on-going works to be
completed during the next Year (period of completion of the work for which bid is
invited) as specified in Appendix “D”
Note: The statements showing the value of existing commitments and on-going works as
well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works listed
should be countersigned by the Engineer in charge, not below the rank of Executive
Engineer .
A= Maximum value between A1 & A2.

A1= Value as declared in Appendix-J (Format A1) = Rs. ------------- Lakhs
A2 = Value as declared in Format A2 = Rs. ------------- Lakhs

N = Time period of tender in years as specified in Annexure ‘A’ = 2 years
B = Value as declared in Format B = Rs. ------------- Lakhs
Bid Capacity = ( A x N x 2 ) – B

89
SECTION – IV
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

90
B-1 TENDER FORM
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Clause - 1
(A) Security Deposit
The person/persons whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor, which
expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs, executors,
administrators, and assigns) shall (A) within ten days, (which may be extended by the
Superintending Engineer concerned up to fifteen days if the Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do
so) of the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender, deposit with the
Executive Engineer in the form of Bank guarantee endorsed in favour of the Executive Engineer a
sum sufficient which will make up the full security deposit specified in the tender Form at para (e) of
memorandum. It shall be lawful for Corporation at time of making any payment to the contractor for
work done under the contract to make up the full amount of the security deposit as specified in
memorandum at para (e) by deducting a sufficient sum at the rate specified at (g) of memorandum
from every such payment as last aforesaid until the full amount fo the security is made up.
Compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to Corporation under the terms of
this contract may be deducted from or paid by the sale of sufficient part of his security deposit or
from the interest arising there from, or from any sums which may be due or may become due by
Corporation to the contractor under any other contract or transaction of any nature or any amount
whatsoever and in the event of security deposit be reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale
as aforesaid, the contractor shall within 10 days thereafter, make good in cash or Corporation
securities endorsed as aforesaid any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or raised
by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof . The security deposite referred to when paid in
cash may, at the cost of depositor, be converted into interest bearing securities provided that the
depositor has expressly desired this in writing.
(B) CONDITION REGARDING PERFORMANCE SECURITY
Following action shall be taken about making available Demand Draft of performance
security/returning Demand Draft etc.
i) Demand Draft shall be drawn on the name of Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division,
Chandrapur.
ii) Demand Draft shall be drawn from Nationalized or Scheduled banks.
iii) Validity of Demand Draft shall be minimum 3 months from the date of submission of tender.
iv) Scanned copy of Demand Draft shall be uploaded by the contractors at the time of e-
tendering.

91
v) Contractor shall submit Demand Draft in sealed envelope in the office of the Executive
Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur within 5 working days from the date of
submission of tender. Name of work and e-tender no. shall be written on the envelope.
vi) It is essential to have Bank’s MICR and IFSC code no. on Demand Draft.
vii) On opening the tender, if papers in Envelope no.1 don’t fulfil the essential qualification
requirements, then Executive Engineer, shall return the envelope of Demand Draft to concerned
contractor within 7 days from the date of opening of tender.
viii) Offer in envelope no.2 shall be opened of those contractors whose documents in envelope
no.1. fulfill the essential qualification requirements. Envelope of Demand Draft of these
contractors, except 2 lowest tenderers, shall be returned within 7 days. The offer in envelope 2
without demand Draft of appropriate amount of performance security shall be treated as invalid
offer.
ix) Demand Draft of second lowest tenderer shall be returned within 3 days after issuing work
order to the lowest tenderer.
x) EMD of the contractors submitting false documents / Demand Draft in above process shall
be forfeited and registration of the said contractors shall be recommended for blacklisting.
xi) Executive Engineer shall issue the work order only after encashing the Demand Draft
of the lowest.
xii) Executive Engineer shall return the Perfomance Security to contractor within 3
months, after satisfactory completion ot the work.
Clause - 2 Compensation for Delay
The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in tender shall be strictly observed by
the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is given to
the contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all
due deligence (time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor)
and further to ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall be bound
in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month to complete the part works in
specified time slice as per programme given in Section I- Detailed Tender Notice/enclosed at the
end of Schedule ‘B’ If the contractor has not achieved the target as per physical programme of all
items with respect to time as given in Section I – Detailed Tender Notice/enclosed at the end of
Schedule ‘B’ then the compensation will be recovered with prior notice to the contractor till the
achievement of particular target as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of the contractor
failing to comply with this condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to
one percent or such smaller amount as the Superintending Engineer (whose decision in writing shall
be final) may decide, of amount of the estimated cost of the whole work for everyday that the
quantity of work remains incomplete, uncommenced or unfinished after the proper dates.

92
Providedalways that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of this clause
shall not exceed 10% of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the Tender. Superintending
Engineer, shall be the final authority in this respect.
Clause - 3 : Action when whole security deposit is forfeited
If any case in which under any clause of this contract, the contractor shall have rendered
himself liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit as specified at
para (e) of memorandum or in the case of abandonment of the work owing to serious illness or
death of the contractor or any other cause the Executive Engineer, on behalf of the Corporation
shall have power to adopt following course. To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice in
writing to the contractor under the hand of Executive Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) and in
that case the security deposit and additional security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited
and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation.
In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause above, the contractor shall not be
entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work therefore actually performed by him under this
contract unless and until the Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the performance of
such work and the amount payable to him in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid
the amount so certified. The contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained
by him by reason of his having purchased, or procured any materials, or entered into any
engagements or made any advances on account of, or with a view to the execution of the work or
the performance of the contract. The contractor shall also be not eligible to tender for the work
remaining unexecuted work under this contract.
Clause - 4 : Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory
If progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory, the Executive Engineer shall
not withstanding that the general progress of the work in accordance with the conditions mentioned
in clause 2, be entitled to take action as under after giving the contractor 10 day’s notice in writing.
The Engineer-in-charge will have to order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to
take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out of his hands, and to give it to another contractor
to complete, in which case all expenses incurred on advertisements for fixing a new contracting
agency, additional supervisory staff including the cost of work executed by the new contract agency
will be debited to the contractor and the value of the work done or executed through the new
contractor (including escalation due) shall be credited to the contractor under the terms of his
contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as so all the cost of the work and other expenses
incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work done by the new contractor and as to the
value of the work so done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. In case of the work
executed through a new contractor and other allied expenses exceeding the value of such work
credited to the contractors, the amount of excess shall be deducted from any money due to the

93
contractor by Government or Corporation under the contract or otherwise howsoever or from his
security deposit and Additional security deposit or the sale proceeds thereof provided, however, that
the contractor shall have no claim against the Corporation even if the certified value of the work
done through a new contractor exceeds the certified cost of such work and allied expenses. The
contractor shall have no claims to compensation, for any loss sustained by him by reason of his
having purchased, or procured any materials, or entered into any engagements, or made any
advances on account for with a view to execution of the work or the performance of the contract.
The Contractor of the whole work shall not be considered eligible to tender for the execution of work
so withdrawn from this contract.
The contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss sustained by him owing to such
action.
Clause - 5:- Power to take possession of or required removal of or sell contractor’s plant.
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by clauses 3
and 4 hereof shall have become exercisable and the same shall not have been exercised, the non-
exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiving of any of the condition hereof and such powers shall
not withstanding be exercisable in any future case of default by the contractor for which under any
clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his
security deposit and liability of the contractor for past and future compensation shall remain
unaffected. In the event of the Executive Engineer taking action under sub-clause he may if he so
desires, take possession of all or any tools, plant, materials and stores, in or upon the work or the
site thereof or belonging to the contractor or produced by him & intended to be used for the
execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or allowing for the same account at the contract
rates, or in the case of contract rates not being applicable at current market rates to be certified by
the Executive Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative, the Executive
Engineer, may, after giving notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the work, foreman or
other authorized agent require him to remove such tools, plant, materials, or stores from the
premises within a time to be specified in such notice, and in the event of the contractor failing to
comply with any such requisition, the Executive Engineer may remove them at the contractor’s
expenses or sell them by auction or private sale on account of the contractor and at his risk in all
respects, and the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the expenses of any such removal and
the amount of the proceeds and expense of any such sales shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor.

94
Clause - 6 : Extension of time
If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of work on ground of his
having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other ground he shall apply in writing to
the Executive Engineer before the expiration of the period stipulated in tender or before the
expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause
for asking for extension occurred, whichever is earlier and the Executive Engineer may with prior
approval of Superintending Engineer or Chief Engineer as the case may be if in his opinion, there
are reasonable grounds for granting an extension, grant such extension as he thinks necessary or
proper. The decision of the Chief Engineer in this matter shall be final.
Clause – 6 (A) –
In case of delay in handing over the land required for the work due to unforeseen causes the
contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation whatsoever from Government or Corporation,
on the ground that machinery or labour was idle for certain period, contractor may apply for
extension of time limit which may be granted on the merit of the case.
Clause - 7 : Final Certificate -
On the completion of the work the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by Executive
Engineer (hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion, but no such certificate shall
be given nor shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed
from the premises on which the work shall have executed, all scaffolding, surplus materials and
rubbish, and shall have cleaned off the dirt from all woodwork, doors, windows, walls, floor or other
parts of any building in or upon which the work has been executed or of which he may have had
possession for purpose of executing the work or until the work shall have been measured by
Engineer-in-charge or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinates until they
have received approval of the Engineer-in-charge the said measurements being binding and
conclusive against the contractor. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this
clause as to the removal of scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or
before the date fixed for the completion of the work the Engineer-in-Charge may at the expense of
the contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and dispose off the same as
he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of
all expenses so incurred, but shall have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus
materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof .
Clause - 8 : Payment on Intermediate certificate to be regarded as advances.
No payment shall be made for any, work estimated to cost less than rupees one thousand, till
after the whole of the said work shall have been completed and certificate of completion given. But
in the case of works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand the contractor shall, on
submitting a monthly bill thereof, be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of the work
95
then approved and passed by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval and
passing of the sum so payable shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. All such
intermediate payments shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the final payment
only & not as payments for work actually done and completed & shall not preclude the Engineer-in-
charge from requiring any bad, unsound, imperfect or unskillful work to be removed or taken away &
reconstructed or re-erected nor shall any such payment be considered as an admission of the due
performance of the contract or any part there of in any respect or the accruing of any claim nor shall
it conclude determine or effect in any other way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final
settlement and adjustment of the accounts, or otherwise, or in any other way vary or affect the
contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for the
completion of the work, otherwise the Engineer-in-charge’s certificate of the measurements and of
the total amount payable for the work shall be final and binding on all parties.
Clause - 9 :- Payments at reduced rates on account of items of work not accepted as

completed to be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge.
The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs 1000/- agreed to within
shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having been completed fully in
accordance with the sanctioned specification. In cases where the items of work are not accepted as
so completed the Engineer-in-charge may make payment on account of such item at such reduced
rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or on account bills.
Clause - 10: Bills to be submitted monthly
A bill shall be submitted, by the contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the
Engineer-in-charge for all work executed in the previous month, and Engineer-in-charge shall take
or cause to be taken the requisite measurement for the purpose of having the same verified, and the
claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible within ten days from the presentation of
the bill. If the contractor does not submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in-
charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in the presence of the contractor or
his duly authorized agent whose counter signature to the measurement list shall be sufficient
warrant, and Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which shall be binding on the
contractor in all respects.
Payment of Bills shall be made subject to the availability of funds. No claim shall be
entertained for any delay in payment of bills.
Clause – 11 : Bill to be submitted on printed forms
The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms in the format approved by Engineer-
in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at the rates specified in
tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditons, and not mentioned
or provided for in the tender at the rates hereinafter provided for such work.
96
Clause - 12: Stores supplied by Corporation
If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any special description of
materials to be supplied from the store of the Corporation or if it is required that the contractor shall
use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge (such materials & stores and the price
to be charged therefore as herein after mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of
the contractor but not so as in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in
the schedule or memorandum here to annexed), the contractor shall be supplied with such materials
and stores as may be required from time to time to be used by him for purposes of contract only and
the value of the full quantity of the material and stores, so supplied shall be set off or deducted from
any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract, or otherwise
or from the security deposit, or the proceeds of sale thereof if the security deposit is held in
Corporation securities, the same or a sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be sold for the
purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of Corporation
and shall on no account be removed from the site of the work and shall at all times be open for
inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials unused and in perfectly good condition at
the time of completion or termination of the contract shall be returned to the Corporation store, if the
Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in writing given under his hand, but the contractor shall
not be entitled to return any such materials except with such consent of the Engineer-in-charge and
he shall have no claim for compensation on account of any such material supplied to him as
aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage to any such materials.
Clause-12 (A) :
All stores of controlled materials such as cement, steel etc. if supplied to the contractor by the
Corporation shall be kept by the contractor under lock and key and they will be accessible for
inspection by the Executive Engineer or his authorized agent at all the times.
Clause - 13:Works to be executed in accordance with specifications drawings, orders etc.
The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial
and workman like manner and both as regards materials and in every respect in accordance with
the specifications. The contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and faithfully to the designs,
drawings and instructions in writing relating to work by the Engineer-in-charge and lodged in his
office and to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection at
such office or on the site of the work during office hours. The contractor will be entitled to receive
three sets of contract drawing and working drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted
tender along with the work order free of cost. Further copies of the contract drawings and working
drawing if required by him, shall be supplied at the rate of Rs. 500/- per set of contract drawing and
Rs. 100/- per working drawing except where otherwise specified.

97
Clause - 14: Alteration in specifications and designs not to invalidate contracts.
Rates for works not entered in estimate or Schedule of rates of the district.
The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alteration in or additions to original
specification, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or
advisable during the progress of the work and the contractor shall be bound to carry out the work in
accordance with any instruction in this connection which may be given to him in writing signed by
the Engineer-in-charge and such alteration shall not invalidate the contract and any additional work
which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall
be carried out by the contractor in the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the
main work at the same rate as specified in the tender for the main work. And if the additional and
altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this contract then such class
of work shall be carried out at the rates entered in the Schedule of rates of the Division or at rates
mutually agreed upon between the Engineer-in-charge and the contractor, whichever are lower. If
the additional or altered work for which no rates are entered in the schedule of rates of the Division
is ordered to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon then the contractor shall within seven
days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform the Engineer-in-charge
of the rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work, and if the Engineer-in-charge
does not agree to his rates he shall by notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out
such class of work and arrange to carry out in such manner as he may consider advisable provided
always that if the contractor shall commence work or incur any expenditure in regard thereof before
the rates shall have been determined as lastly herein before mentioned, then in such case he shall
only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to
the date of determination of the rates as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed
by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of a dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of
the Circle will be final.
Where however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawing and
specifications, recommended by the contractor and accepted by the competent authority the
alteration above referred to shall be within the scope of such designs, drawings, and specifications
appended to the Tender.
Extension of time in consequences of additions or alterations.
The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that the,
increase in its cost carried by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the original contract work,
and the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportion shall be conclusive. However
such an extension will be governed by provisions of Clause 6.

98
Clause - 15:No claim to any payment or compensation for alteration in or restriction of work.
1) If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer-in-charge shall for
any reason whatsoever (other than default on the part of the contractor for which the Corporation is
entitled to rescind the contract) desires that the whole or any part of the work specified in the tender
should be suspended for any period or that the whole or part of work should not be carried out at all,
he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such desire & upon the receipt of such notice the
contractor shall forth with suspend or stop the work wholly or in part as required, after having due
regard to the appropriate stage at which the work should be stopped or suspended so as not to
cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof provided that
decision of the Engineer to the stage at the which the work or any part of it could be or could have
been safely stopped or suspended shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. The
contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in
pursuance of any notice as aforesaid, on account of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment
except to the extent specified hereinafter.
2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continues for a continuous period
exceeding 90 days the contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual obligations
under the contract so far as it pertains to the unexecuted part of the work by giving a 10 days prior
notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge, within 30 days of the expiry of the said period of 90 days,
of such intention and requiring the Engineer-in-charge to record the final measurement of the work
already done and to pay final bill. Upon giving such notice the contractor shall be deemed to have
been discharged from his obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under his contract.
On receipt of such notice the Executive Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurement and
make such payment as may be finally due to the contractor within a period of 90 days for the work
already done by contractor. Such payment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the
contractor to any further compensation under the remaining provision of this clause.
3) Where the Engineer-in-charge required the contractor to suspend the work for a period in
excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the aggregate the contractor shall be entitled to apply to
the Engineer within 30 days of the resumption of work after such suspension for payment of
compensation to the extend of pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery
remained idle on the site or on the account of his having had to pay the salary or wages of labour
engaged by him during the said period of suspension, provided always that the contractor shall not
be entitled to any claim in respect of any such working machinery, salary or wages for the first 30
days whether consecutive or in the aggregate or such suspension or in respect of any suspension
whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory work or any other default on his part. The decision of the
Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

99
4) In the event of
i) Any total stoppage of work on notice from the Engineer-in-charge under Sub clause (1) in that
behalf
ii) Withdrawal by the Contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the remaining
unexecuted work under sub clause (2) on account of continued suspension of work for a period
exceeding 90 days.
OR
iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on account of any alteration,
omission or substitutions in the specifications, drawings, designs or instructions under clause 14
where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity and the value of the quantity curtailed beyond 25%
at the rates for the item specified in the tender is more that Rs. 50,000/-
OR
It shall be open to the contractor, within 90 days from the service of (i) the notice of
stoppage of work or (ii) the notice of withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the contract
on account of the continued suspension of work or (iii) notice under clause 14 resulting in such
curtailment, to produce to the Engineer-in-charge satisfactory documentary evidence that he had
purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work, before receipt by him of
the notice of stoppage, suspension or curtailment and require the Corporation to take over on
payment such materials at the rates determined by the Engineer-in-charge, provided, however, that
such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which the same was acquired by the contractor. The
Corporation shall thereafter take over the materials so offered, provided the quantities offered, are
not in excess of the requirements of the unexecuted work as specified in the accepted tender and
are of quality and specifications approved by the Engineer
Clause 15 (A) No claim to compensation on Account of loss due to delay in supply of

materials.
The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Corporation for the loss
suffered by him on account of delay by the Corporation in supply of materials where such delay is
caused by-
i) Difficulties relating to the supply of railway wagons.
ii) Force majeure
iii) Act of God
iv) War or Act of enemies of the States or any other reasonable causebeyond the control
of Corporation.
In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Corporation shall grant

100
such extension of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to the Executive Engineer to
be reasonable in accordance with circumstances of case. The decision of Executive Engineer as to
the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor and will be governed by the
provision of Clause-6.
Clause - 16 Time limit for unforeseen claims.

Under no circumstances whatever shall the contractor be entitled to any compensation from
Corporation on any account unless the contractor shall have submitted a claims in writing to the
Engineer-in-charge within one month of the case of such claim occurring, subject to provision in
clause (30) and (40).
Clause - 17 Action and Compensation payable in case of bad work.

If at any time before the security deposit or any part thereof is refunded to the contractor it
shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the work, that any work has
been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship or with materials of inferior
quality, or that any materials or articles provided by him for execution of the work are unsound or of
a quality inferior to that contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall
be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and then
notwithstanding the fact that the work materials or articles complained of may have been
inadvertently passed, certified and paid for to the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify, or
remove and reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part as the case may require or if so
required, shall remove the materials or articles so specified and provide by other proper and suitable
materials or articles at his own charge and cost, and in the event of his failing to do so within a
period to be specified by the Engineer-in-charge in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor
shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on the amount of the estimate for
everyday not exceeding ten days during which the failure so continues and in the case ofany such
failure the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove and re-execute the work or remove and
replace the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the risk and expense in all
respects of the contractor. Should the Engineer-in-charge consider that any such inferior work or
material as described above may be accepted or made use of it shall be within his discretion to
accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore subject to Clause 9.
Clause - 18 Works to be open to inspection. Contractor or responsible agent to be present
All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all
times be open to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates and
the contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours, and at all other times at which
reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates, to visit the work
shall have been given to the contractor either himself be present to receive orders and instructions

101
or have a responsible agent duly accredited in writing to be present for that purpose. Order given to
the contractor’s duly authorized agent shall be considered to have same force and effect as if they
had been given to the contractor himself. Contractor should provide safe arrangement for inspection
of work at his cost.
Clause - 19 Notice to be given before works is covered up.
The contractor shall give not less than five days notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge
or his subordinate in-charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach
of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions thereof
taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement and shall not
cover up or place beyond the reach of measurement any work without the consent in writing of the
Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in-charge of the work, and if any work shall be covered up or
placed beyond the reach of measurement, without such notice having been given or consent
obtained the same shall be uncovered at the contractor’s expenses, and in default thereof no
payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for the materials with which the same was
executed.
Clause - 20 Contractor liable for damage done and for imperfections or 24 months after
certificate.
If during the period of 24 months from the date of completion as certified by the Engineer-in-
charge pursuant to clause 7 of the contract 24 months after commissioning the work, which ever is
earlier in the opinion of the Executive Engineer, the said work is defective in any manner
whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from the Executive
Engineer, duly commence execution and completely carry out at his cost in every respect all the
work that may be necessary for rectifying and setting right the defects specified therein including
dismantling and reconstruction of unsafe portions strictly in accordance with and in the manner
prescribed and under the supervision of the Executive-Engineer. In the event of the Contractor
failing or neglecting or commence execution of the said rectification work within the period
prescribed therefore in the said notice and/or to complete the same as aforesaid as required by the
said notice, the Executive Engineer may get the same executed and carried out departmentally or
by any other agency at the risk on account and at the cost of the contractor. The Contractor shall
forthwith on demand pay to the Government the amount of such costs, charges and expenses
sustained or incurred by the Government of which the certificate of the Executive Engineer, shall be
final and binding on the contractor. Such costs, charges and expenses shall be deemed to be
arrears of land revenue and in the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on
demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Government, the
same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue. The Government shall also
be entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be payable or which may there
after become payable by the Government to the contractor either in respect of the said work or any
102
other work whatsoever or from the amount of security deposit retained by Corporation.
However, for the purpose of security towards the maintenance in the defects liability period
the SD at the time of final bill shall be converted into an irrevocable BG from any branch of a
Nationalized/Scheduled Bank in the State of Maharashtra. The BG shall be for a total period of two
year with values being adjusted as below from the date of completion certificate.
(Please see clause 7 of Conditions of Contract)
From 0 to 24 months 100% value of SD
Clause -21 Contractor to supply Plant, Ladders, Scaffolding etc.
The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such special materials, if
any as may, in accordance with the contract, be supplied from the Corporation Stores) plant, tools,
appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle scaffolding and any temporary works requisite for
the proper execution of the work, whether in the original, altered or substituted from & whether
included in the specification or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these
conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the
requirements of the Engineer-in-charge as to any matter on which under these conditions he is
entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together with carriage there for to and from
the work. The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the
means and materials necessary for the purpose of setting out works and counting, weighing and
assisting in the measurement or examination at any time and from time to time of the work or the
materials, failing which the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expense of the
contractor and expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor under the contract
or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof. The
contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from accident,
and shall also be bound to bear the expenses of defense of every suit, action or other legal
proceedings, at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the
above precautions and to pay any damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit,
action or proceedings to any such person or which may with the consent of the contractor be paid in
compromising any claim by any such person. The contractor indemnifies the Corporation against all
such claims.
Clause - 21(A)
The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platform gangways and stair
ways and shall comply with the following regulations in connection therewith
a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be safely done
from a ladder or by other means.
b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down or substantially altered except,
i) Under the supervision of a competent and responsible person and
103
ii) as far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind
of work.
c) All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall,
i) be of sound material
ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which they will be
subjected and
iii) be maintained in proper condition.
d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part there of can be displaced in consequence of
normal use.
e) Scaffolds shall not be over-loaded and so far as practicable the load shall be evenly
distributed.
f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to ensure the
strength & stability of the scaffolds.
g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person.
h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall, whether the
scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully
with the regulations herein specified.
i) Working platform, gangways, stairways shall
1) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally.
2) be so constructed and maintained having regard to the prevailing conditions as to reduce as
far as practicable risks of persons tripping or slipping, and
3) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.
j) In the case of working platform, gangways, working places and stairways at a height
exceeding 3 Meters.
i) every working platform & every gangway, working place and stair ways at a height of 3
meters,
ii) every working platform and gangway shall have adequate width and
iii) every working platform, gangway, working place and stairway shall be suitably fenced.
k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall except for the time and
to the extent required to allow the access of persons or the transport or shifting of material
be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or material.
1) When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling from a height
exceeding 3 Meters suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or
materials.
m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might
fall from scaffolds or other working places.
n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platform and other working places.
o) The contractor(s) will have to make payments to the labourers as per Minimum Wages Act

104
and will have to strictly follow all relevant labour laws.
Clause - 21 (B)
The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the Hoisting Appliances
to be used by him.
a) Hoisting machines and tackles, including their attachments, anchorages and supports shall-
i) be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from
patent defect &
ii) be kept in good repair and in good working order.
b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall be of

suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect.
c) Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and adequately tested after erection on the
site and before use and re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed by the
Corporation.
d) Every Chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering
materials or as a means of suspension shall be periodically examined.
e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.
f) No person who is below the age of 18 years, shall be in control of any hoisting machine,
including any scaffold winch, or give signals to the operator.
g) In the case of every hoisting machine and of every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel and
pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension, the safe working load
shall be ascertained by adequate means.
h) Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in preceding regulation shall be plainly
marked with the safe working load.
i) In the case of hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each, safe working load
and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.
j) No part of any hoisting machine or any gear referred to in regulation(s) above shall be
loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.
k) Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting
appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguards.
l) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a minimum risk of
the accidental descent of the load.
m) Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any part of a

105
suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.
Clause - 22. Measures for prevention of fire.
The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees, bush wood or grass without a
written permission from the Executive Engineer. When such permission is given and also in all
cases when destroying out or dug up trees, bush wood, grass etc. by fire, contractor shall take
necessary measures to prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding property.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for drinking water & other necessary facilities for
the labour employed by him.
Clause - 23 Liability of contractor for any damage done in or out side work area
Compensation for all damages done intentionally or unintentionally by contractor’s

labour whether in or beyond the limits of Corporation property including any damage caused by the
spreading of fire mentioned in Clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge or such other
officer as he may appoint and the estimate of the Engineer -in-charge subject to the decision of the
Superintending Engineer on appeal shall be final and contractor shall be bound to pay the amount
of the assessed compensation on demand, failing which the same will be recovered from the
contractor as damages in the manner prescribed in Clause I or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge
from any sums that may be due or become due from Corporation to contractor under this contract or
otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceedings
that may be brought by any persons for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to
prevent the spread of fire and he shall pay any damages and cost that may be awarded by the court
in consequence. The contractor indemnifies the Corporation against all such legal actions and
consequences thereof.
Clause - 24 Employment of female labour
The employment of female labourers on works in the neighborhood of soldier’s barracks

should be avoided as far as possible.
Clause - 25 Work on weekly holidays.
No work shall be done on weekly local holidays without the sanction in writing of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Clause -26 Contract may be rescinded and security deposit forfeited for subletting
without approval or for bribing a Corporation officer or if contractor becomes insolvent.
The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer-in-
charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempts to do so or become
insolvent or commence any proceedings to get himself adjudicated as insolvent or make any

106
composition with his creditors, or attempt so to do or if bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite, reward of
advantage, pecuniary or otherwise shall either directly or indirectly be given promised or offered by
the contractor or any of his servants or agents to any Corporation officer or person in the
employment of Corporation in any way relating to his office of employment, or if any such officer or
person shall become in any away directly or indirectly interested in the contract, the Engineer-in-
charge may thereupon by notice in writing resend the contract and the security deposit of the
contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation, and the
same consequences shall beensue as if the contract had been rescinded under Clause 3 hereof
and in addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore
actually performed under the contract.
Clause - 27 Sums payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable

compensation without reference to actual loss.
All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions
shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Corporation without
reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has or has not been
sustained.
Clause – 28 Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified
In the case of tender by partners any change in the constitution of a firm shall be forthwith notified
by the contractor to the Engineer-in-charge for his information.
Clause – 29 Direction and control of Superintending Engineer
All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and
control and subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer of the circle for
time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be
commenced, and from time to time carried out.
Clause - 30. 1
Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the powers delegated to him
by Corporation under the code, rules then in force, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of
the circle for the time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties of the contract upon
all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications, designs, drawings and instruction herein
before mentioned and as to the quality or workmanship, or material used on the work, or as to any
other questions, claim, right, manner or thing whatsoever, in any way arising out of or relating to the
contract designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders, or these conditions, or
otherwise concerning the works, or the execution or failure to execute the same, whether arising
during the progress of work or after the completion or abandonment there of.

107
Clause - 30. 2
The contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of any order passed by the
Superintending Engineer of the Circle as aforesaid appeal against it to the Chief Engineer,
concerned with the contract work or project provided that-
a) The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 100 Lakhs
(Rs. One Hundred Lakhs)
b) Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 lakh (Rs. One Lakh)
Clause - 30. 3
If the contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief Engineer as
aforesaid the contractor may within 30 days of receipt by him of any such order appeal against it to
the Executive Director, Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur, who if convinced that
prima-facie the contractor’s claim rejected by Superintending Engineer/Chief Engineer is not
frivolous and that there is some substance in the claim of the contractor as would merit a detailed
examination and decision by the Executive Committee/Claim Committee at Corporation level for
suitable decision.
Clause – 31 Stores of European or American manufacturer to be obtained from Corporation.
The contractor shall obtain from Corporation all stores and articles of European or American
manufacture which may be required for the work or any part of the work or in making up any article
required thereof or in connection therewith unless he has obtained ‘permission in writing from the
Engineer-in-charge to obtain such stores articles elsewhere. The value of such stores and articles
as may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to the contract in his
account at the rates shown in schedule ‘A’ attached to the contract and if they are not entered in the
said schedule, they shall be debited to him at cost price which for the purpose of this contract shall
include the cost of carriage and all other expenses whatsoever, which shall have been incurred in
obtaining delivery of the same at the stores aforesaid.
Clause – 32 Lump sum in Estimate
When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of parts of the
work, the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part
of the work in question at the same rate as are payable under this contract for each item, or if the
part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge capable of measurement,
the decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final & conclusive against the contractor with regard to
any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of this clause.
Clause - 33 Action where no specifications
In the case of any class of work for which there in no such specification as is mentioned in

108
Rule I such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Divisional specifications, and in the
event of there being no Divisional specifications, then in such case the work shall be carried out in
all respects in accordance with all instructions & requirements of the Engineer-in-charge.
Clause - 34 Definition of Work
The expression “work” or “works” where used in these conditions, shall unless there be
something in the subject or contract repugnant to such construction, be construed to mean the work
or works contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract, whether temporary or
permanent and whether original, altered, sub-situated or additional.
Clause - 35 Contractor’s percentage whether applied to net or gross amount of bill
The percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from/added to the gross amount
of the bill before deducting the value of any stock issued.
Clause - 36 Payment of Quarry fees & Royalties
All quarry fees, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking material, if any shall be paid by the
contractor. The tendered rates shall be excluding of all the liability under Maharashtra minor mineral
extraction rules and the contractor shall take all steps necessary as are essential in terms of
Maharashtra minor mineral extraction rules. The Royalties that contractor paid for the materials like
metal/ sand shall be reimbursed by producing Royalty passes/ proof. The Royalty of the excavated
material like soil, murum shall be paid by VIDC to the Revenue Dept. directly.
Clause - 36 (A)
The bill wise royalty charges for construction material payable to the revenue department shall be
calculated separately from payment made to the contractor. The amount of royalty charges so
calculated shall be paid by VIDC directly to revenue department. If any royalty charges are paid by
the contractor directly, it will be reimbursed after production of satisfactory proofs of payment for
royalty charges to The Revenue Department directly by him.
Clause - 37 Compensation under Workmen’s Compensation Act
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his workmen
payable under the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923), (therein after called the said
Act) for injuries caused to the workmen. If such compensation is payable and/or paid by Corporation
as principle under sub-section (i) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the contractor, this shall
be recoverable by Corporation from the contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section, such
compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid down in Clause 1 above. The contractor
indemnifies the Corporation against such compensation.
Clause-37(A)
The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of providing medical aid

109
to any workman who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such expenses are
incurred by the Corporation the same shall be recoverable from the contractor forthwith & be
deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of Corporation from any amount due or that may
become due to the contractor.
Clause - 37 (B)
The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment and first-aid apparatus
available for the use of the persons employed on the site and shall maintain the same in condition
suitable for immediate use at any time and shall comply with the following regulations in connection
therewith.
i) The workers shall be required to use the equipment’s so provided by the contractor and the
contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those
concerned.
ii) When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of drowning all
necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps shall
be taken for the prompt rescue of any person in danger.
iii) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first-aid injuries likely to be sustained during
the course of the work.
Clause - 37 (C)
The contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of The Apprentices Act 1961’ (III of
1961), the rules made thereunder and the orders that may be issued from time to time under the
said Act and the said Rules and on his failure or neglect to do so he shall be subject to all the
liabilities & penalties provided by the said Act & said Rules. Etc.
Clause - 38 Claim for Quantities of work entered in the Tender Quantities in the Tender are
approximate and no claim shall be entertained for quantities of work executed being either
more or less than those entered in the Tender.
1) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the Schedule - B of the tender are
approximate and no revision in the tendered rate shall be permitted in respect of any of the
items so long as subject to any special provision contained in the specifications prescribing
different percentage of permissible variation in quantity of the item does not exceed the
tender quantity by more the 25 percent and so long as the value of the excess quantity
beyond this limit at the rate of the item specified in the tender, is not more than Rs. 50,000/-
.
2) The contractor shall, if ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge to do so, also carry out
any quantities in excess of the limit mentioned in sub clause (2) hereof on the same
conditions as and in accordance with the specifications in the tender and at the rates (i)
110
derived from the rates entered in current schedule of rates and in the absence of such rates
(ii) at the rates prevailing in the market. The price variation clause shall be applicable with
the initial basic index existing on the date when quantity exceeds/decreases more than 25%
in Schedule `B`. The rates once decided as above shall not be revised till completion of the
quantity under that item.
3) In case the quantity of any item reduced by more than 25%, the rates of such item shall be
revised as per provisions of sub clause 3 of clause 38. However, the total payment of such
item shall be limited to seventy five percent of estimated cost of that item put to tender.
4) Payment for quantities in excess of 125% of tendered quantities, in respect of excavation,

masonry and concrete, will be regulated as per the provisions of para 55 of Special
Conditions of contract.
5) For quantities above 125% V.I.D.C.’s prior sanction shall be essential. V.I.D.C.’s decision on
this issue will be binding on the Contractor.
6) This clause shall be read and operated with Govt. circular No. Tender 0812/(420/2012)/ MP-
1, dt. 11.10.2012.
Clause - 39 Employment of Famine Labour
The contractor shall employ any famine, convict or other labour of a particular kind or class if
ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-in-charge.
Clause - 40 Claims for compensation for delay in starting the work.
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of work on account of
any acquisition of land and in the case of clearance works on any account.
Clause - 41 Claim for compensation for delay in the execution of work
No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the work on account of
water standing in borrow pits or compartments. The rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil,
excavation in mud, sub-soil water or water standing in borrow pits and no claim for an extra rate
shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified in this regard.
Clause - 42 Entering upon or commencing any portion of work.
The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with the written
authority and instructions of the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinate in-charge of the work,
failing such authority the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements of or payment of
work.

111
Clause – 43 Minimum age of person employed, the employment of donkeys and or other
animals.
i) No contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.
ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breeching of string or thin rope.
The breeching must be at least three inches wide and should be of tape (Newar)
iii) The Engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorized to remove from the work, any person or
animal found working which does not satisfy these conditions and no responsibility shall be
accepted by Corporation for any delay caused in the completion of the work by such
removal.
iv) The contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages which will not be below the minimum
wages to the workmen employed by him, in the contract undertaken by him. In the event of
any dispute arising between the contractor and his workmen on the grounds that the wages
paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall be referred without delay to the
appropriate Government authority concerned with labour who shall decide the same. The
decision of the said authority shall be conclusive and binding on the contractor but such
decision shall not in any way affect the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to
be made by Corporation at the sanctioned tender rates.
v) Contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers. Similar amenities shall be
provided to the workers engaged on large work in urban areas.
vi) The contractor shall take precautions against accidents which takes place on account of
labour using garments while working near machinery.
Clause - 44 Method of Payment
Payment to contractors shall be made by cheque drawn on Union Bank of India.
Clause – 45 Acceptance of conditions compulsory before tendering for work
Any contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be allowed to Tender for
work.
Clause - 46 Employment of scarcity labour
If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within 16
Km of the work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work as are suitable for unskilled
labour, any person certified to him by the Executive Engineer, or by any person to whom the
Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief and shall be
bound to pay to such person wages not below the minimum wages which Government may have
fixed in this behalf. Any disputes which may arise in connection with the implementation of this
clause shall be decided by the Executive Engineer whose decision shall be final & binding on the

112
contractor.
Clause - 47
The price quoted by the contractors shall not in any case exceed the control price, if any
fixed by Government or reasonable price which it is permissible for him to charge to a common
purchaser for the same class and description the controlled price or the price permissible under
Hoarding and Prefiguring Act, 1948 as amended from time to time. If the price quoted exceeds the
controlled price or the price permissible under Hoarding and Prefiguring Prevention Act, the
contractor will specifically mention this fact in his Tender along with the reasons for quoting such
higher prices. The purchaser at his discretion will in such case exercise the right of revising the price
at any stage so as to conform with the controlled price as the permissible under the Hoarding and
Prefiguring Prevention Act. This discretion will be exercised by the contractor.
Clause - 48
The rates to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of all Taxes. Tenderer shall quote
his offer considering the GST Act 2017. Government directives in this regard will be final & binding
on the contractor. No extra payments on this account will be made to the contractor.
Clause - 49
In the case of materials, which may remain surplus with the contractor from those
issued for the work contracted, the date of ascertainment of the materials being surplus will be
taken as the date of sale to the contractor, for the purpose of sales tax and the sales tax will be
recovered on such sale.
Clause - 49(A)
Goods and Service (GST) Registration is essential for the contractor, as per Finance
Department, Government of Maharashtra Resolution No. िजएसट�-2017/ प.क. 81/ कराधन-1 dated
19.08.2017 rules are applicable. T.D.S. for GST will be deducted at the rate of 2% of agreemented
value. (1% CGST + 1% SGST). Ammendment if any in respect of GST shall be applicable to the
contractor.
Clause - 50
The contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be employed by him on the said
work from locally available labour and shall give preference to those persons enrolled under
Maharashtra Government Employment and Self Employment Departments Scheme; provided,
however, that if the required unskilled labour are not available, and there after may with the previous
permission, in writing of the Executive Engineer-in-charge of the said work obtain the rest of the
requirement of unskilled labour from outside the above scheme.

113
Clause – 51 Wages to be paid to the skilled and unskilled labourers engaged by the
contractor:
The contractors shall pay to the labourers, according to the wages prescribed by Minimum
Wages Act of 1948 applicable to the area in which the work of the contractor is located.
Clause - 52 All amounts whatsoever which the contractor is liable to pay to the Corporation in
connection with the execution of the work including the amount payable in respect of (i) materials
and/or stores supplied/issued hereunder by the Corporation to the contractor (ii) hire charges in
respect of heavy plant, machinery and equipment given on hire by the Corporation to the contractor
for execution by him of the work and (iii) any outstanding advance have been given by the
Corporation to the contractor shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land Revenue and the
Corporation may without prejudice to any other rights, remedies of the Corporation recover the
same from contractor as arrears of land revenue.
Clause - 53
The contractor shall duly comply with all provisions of the Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition) Act, 1970 (37 of 1970) and the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)
Rules, 1971 amended from time to time and all other relevant statues and statutory provisions
concerning payment of wages particularly to workmen employed by the contractor and working on
the site of the work. In particular the contractor shall pay wages to each worker employed by him on
the site of the work at the rates prescribed under the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and
Abolition) Rules, 1971. If the contractor fails or neglects to pay wages at the said rates or makes
short payment and the Corporation makes such payments of wages in full or part thereof less paid
by the contractor, as the case may be, the amount so paid by Corporation to such workers shall be
deemed to be arrears of Land Revenue and the Corporation shall be entitled to recover the same as
such from the contractor or deduct the same from the amount payable by the Corporation to the
contractor here under or from any other amount payable to him by the Corporation.
Clause - 54
The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Maharashtra State Tax on
Professions, Trades, Callings and the Employment Act 1975. { See Rule 3(2)}. The contractor shall
obtain certificate of Registration under this Act and shall produce to Corporation clearance
certificate as and when demanded.
Clause – 55
The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Central Goods & Service Tax
& State Goods & Service Tax of Maharashtra state in respect of GST act 2017 involved in the
execution of works contract Act 1989. He shall obtain Registration under this act that he is a
registered dealer {(Inform II, rule 4(i))}. His final bill under this contract will not be paid unless all the

114
dues/ TDS of GST under the act are paid by him. The Corporation will inform to the concerned.
department about the details of the contract awarded to the contractor.

115
SECTION – V
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT

116
SECTION - V
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Pages
Sr.No. Particulars
From To
1 2 3 4
1 Contractor to inform himself fully 119
2 Contract Drawings and Specifications 119
3 Data and Drawings to be furnished by the contractor 120
4 Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies 120
5 Use of site 120 121
6 Contractor not to dispose off soil etc. 121
7 Gold/Silver, Minerals, oils, Relics etc. found on the site. 121
8 Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractors

121 122
9 Cleaning up 122
10 Layout of construction roads. 122
11 Period and hours of work. 123
12 Signing fields books, longitudinal section, cross sections and

123
measurement books.
13 Programme of construction. 123 124
14 Materials 124 127
15 Laboratory for testing work. 127
16 Hire of construction equipments 127 129

117
17 Bills and payments 129
18 Security deposits. 129 130
19 No Interest on money due to the contractor 130
20 Other contractor for the work.103 130
21 Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential 130
22 Access to the Contractor's book 130
23 Breach on part of Corporation not to annual contract 131
24 Local Laws 131
25 Personal of the contractor 131 132
26 Death, Bankruptcy etc. 132
27 Notices, How to be given. 132 133
28 Passing of foundation etc. 133
29 Reference to standard specifications 133
30 Communications and Notices by contractors 133
31 Non compliance of contract conditions 133 134
32 Extra items 134
33 Price variation clause 134 139
34 Electric Power 139
35 Co-ordination with other contractors 139
36 Undertaking under Contract labour Act 139
37 Digital Photographic Record of the works 140

118
38 Fencing, lighting and ventilation 140
39 Liability for accidents to persons 140 141
40 The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency of 141

the means employed
41 Covering of work 141
42 Quantities of work 141 142
43 Accuracy of lines, levels and grades 142
44 Excavated materials 142 143
45 Safety measures 143
46 Maintenance 143
47 Sundays and holidays 143 144
48 Bank Guarantee 144
49 Handling over of works 144
50 Instrumentation 144 145
51 Inspection of work 145
52 Opening out works 145
53 Removal of imperfect works 145
54 Jurisdiction of court for disputes 146
55 Mode of payment of quantities of excavation, masonry and concrete

146 147
items executed in excess of 125%
56 Mode of payment in running and final bill 147 148
57 Location and layout 148

119
58 Insurance for contract work 148
59 Special Condition 148 149
60 Colony 149 150
61 Labour Welfare Cess 150
62 Stamp Duty 150
63 Taxes & Duty 150
64 Third Party Inspection 151
65-68 Special Conditions 151 152
69 Shifting of Electric Lines 152
70 No Claims for Delay in Payments 152
71 Land Required for the work 152
72 Condition regarding payments of salaries & wages to all the employees 153
& labours by the contractor.

120
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. Contract to inform himself fully :
The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work and site conditions, the
special conditions, the specifications, schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have visited
the work site, his own quarries for rubble and sand and to have fully informed himself regarding the
availability of construction materials, local conditions of materials, local conditions of ancillary works
required to be done etc. before quoting the offer.
If he shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of the special conditions or the
scope of work or the specifications or any other matter concerning the contract, he shall in good
time, set forth the particulars thereof and submit them to the Engineer in charge. The Engineer-in-
charge generally means the Executive Engineer directly in-charge of the work, but also means the
Superintending Engineer, Chief Engineer of Corporation, for exercising powers under this contract.
2. Contract Drawings and Specifications
2.1 On acceptance of the Tender, three sets of contract drawings and working drawings as well
as one certified copy of the accepted Tender will be supplied to the contractor free of charge within
one week. On request by the contractor and at the discretion of Engineer-in-charge, the contractor
may be supplied additional copies of contract documents to be charged at the rate of Rs, 3000/-
(Rs. Three thousand only) per set.
2.2 The drawings which form part of this contract show the works to be done in such details as
possible to do for the present. They will be supplemented or superseded by such additional detailed
drawings as may be necessary as the work progresses. The contractor shall carry out the work in
accordance with these additional and/or revised drawings as the case may be at the applicable
rates as per the contract. The contractor shall be supplied maximum number of three copies of each
of the such working drawings free of charge. Should the contractor require any additional copy for
his use, the same may be supplied at the discretion of Engineer-in-charge and the contractor will be
charged Rs 500/- per set of contract drawings and Rs. 500/-( Rs. Five Hundred Only) for each of
such additional copy of each drawing.
2.3 The contractor shall check all drawings carefully and intimate the Engineer-in-charge
immediately any errors or omissions discovered. The contractor shall not take advantage of any
kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.

121
3. Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor:-
a) Prior to the commencement of the work, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-
charge for approval, drawings or prints on white ammonia paper of size 1020 mm x 690 mm or
510mm x 345 mm as not be suitable in triplicate showing the location of major pant workshop, if
any, roadways, temporary bridges, unloading facilities and storage yards, etc. which he proposes to
put up at the site.
b) Then contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval within 7 days from the
date of his receiving notice to start work, a layout plan of construction plant and equipment or the
execution of the work which the contractor proposes to adopt at site.
c) Any changes in the approved layout will be subject to further approval.
d) The approval of the drawings, however, will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility
from any errors or omissions.
4. Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies :
In case of errors, omissions and/or disagreement the following order of preference shall
apply.
A) between scaled and written dimensions the latter shall prevail.
B) Between the written description of the item in the schedule of quantities and the detailed
specifications of the same item, the latter shall prevail.
C) Between the quantities in the schedule of quantities and those arrived at from the drawings, the
former shall apply.
D) The details in working drawings shall prevail over contract drawing.
E) The special conditions of contract, the specifications shall prevail over various clauses of B-1
form shall prevail in following order.
1) Itemwise specifications
2) Special conditions of contract.
3) Conditions in B-1 form.
In all cases of omission and /or doubts or discrepancies: in the dimensions or description of
any item, a reference shall be made to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be considered
as authentic and final subject to the clause 30 of B-1 form. The contractor shall be held responsible
for any errors that may occur in the work through lack of such reference and precaution.
5. Use of Site:
a) All land required shall be arranged by the contractor from private land owner/Revenue

122
department at his own cost and no claim on this account shall be entertained.
b) All areas of operation, including those of his staff and labour colonies in case handed over to
the Contractor shall be cleared and handed over back in good condition to the Engineer-in-charge,
except the areas under works constructed from the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall make
good, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, any damage or alterations made to areas which
he has to handover back or to other property or land handed over to him for the purpose of this
work.
c) The lands shall as herein before mentioned, be handed over back to the Engineer-in-charge
within three months after the completion of the work under this contract or the termination of the
contract whichever is earlier. Also no land shall be held by the Contractor longer than the Engineer-
in-charge shall deem necessary and the Contractor shall, on due notice by the Engineer-in-charge
vacate and return the land which the Engineer-in-charge may certify as no longer required by the
Contractor for the purpose of the works. In case the lands are not handed over back to the
Corporation within the time limit; specified above, penal rent as may be decided by the Engineer-in-
charge will be recoverable.
d) The vegetation and forest is noticeable in project area. The contractor should take utmost
care for the preservation of this vegetation and forest. Any damage to this vegetation and forest will
have to be compensated by the contractor and decision from Engineer-in-charge will be final and
binding on contractor.
6. Contractor Not To Dispose Off Soil etc. :
The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the purpose of
this contract, sand, stone, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other substance or materials which may be
obtained from the excavation made for the purpose of this contract or any produce from the site. All
such substance, materials and produces shall be the property of Corporation and shall be disposed
off in a manner and at a place shown in the drawings or as and where the Engineer-in-charge may
direct.
7. Gold/Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relics, etc. found on the site:
All gold, silver, oil or other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins
treasure, relics, antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in or upon the site, shall be
property of Government and the Contractor shall duty preserve the same to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge and shall from time to time, deliver the same to such person or persons as the
Engineer-in-charge may appoint.
8. Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractor:
The Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers fit, from time to time, enter on any lands which
may be in the possession of the Contractor under the contract for the purpose of executing any

123
works not included in the contract and may execute such works not included in this contract by
agents or by other contractors at his option and the contractor shall in accordance with the
requirements of Engineer-in-charge afford all reasonable facilities for execution of the works,
including occupation of lands by structures or otherwise to any other contractor employed by the
Corporation and his workmen or for the workmen of the Corporation who may be employed in the
execution on or near the site of the work not included in the contract, or of any contract in
connection with or specially to the works and in default, the contractor shall be liable to the
Corporation for any delay or expenses incurred by reason of such default. The contractor shall not
however, on account of any such modified, new or extra work erected by or for the sake of
Corporation be entitled to claim relief from the obligation to execute the works the contractor shall
also co-operate with other contractors with all fairness and mutual understanding and use the
common facilities like access roads to quarries, water supply arrangements. etc.
The contractor shall also not cause advertently or inadvertently any obstruction or
impediments in the progress of the other works being executed by Corporation or through other
agencies. In the event of dispute regarding the claim, the responsibility, liabilities etc. in respect of
such facilities, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final.
9. Cleaning up:
a) The contractor shall at all times keep the construction areas and his colony and storage free
from accumulation of waste or rejected materials.
b) Prior to the completion of the work, the contractor shall remove all rubbish from and around
the premises and all tools, scaffolding equipment and materials which are not part of
permanent structures except otherwise asked for or as provided under any other clauses of
this contract, the premises will be left in a manner fully satisfactory to the Engineer-in-
charge.
10. Layout of construction roads.
The contractor shall have to submit detailed plan to the Engineer-in-charge, showing the
layout of the work site, roads and approach roads proposed by him, before he starts the
actual work. Such a road layout plan will be scrutinized by the Engineer-in-charge and any
modifications suggested by him will be binding on the contractor. If it is decided by the
Engineer-in-charge to have some of the roads proposed by the contractor as common roads
for common use of Corporation and other contractors or convenient and for compact and
planned layout of work site, the contractor will be bound to construct them and allow them to
be used simultaneously by other contractors and departments. In case of disputes, the
decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the contractor.

124
11. Period and hours of work:
The work shall be done usually during the day time. In the interest of progress if it is felt
necessary to work during night, the contractor shall obtain specific permission of the
Engineer-in-charge, for the work to be done at night and adequate lighting arrangement
shall be made as directed by the Engineer-in–change.
12. Signing Field Books, Longitudinal Sections, Cross Sections and Measurement Books:
Before starting the work, and at the end before the work is covered, levels for plotting the
longitudinal section (along the axis as decided by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised
representative) and cross sections of the portion of the work shall be taken by his duly
authorised representative and the same shall have to be got attested from the Engineer-in-
charge or his authorised representative in token of acceptance. If the contractor fails to take
measurements and sign them the measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his
representative in the authorised books shall be final and binding on the contractor. For this
purpose, suitable date or dates shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge and intimated to the
contractor at least three days in advance. If the contractor or his duly authorised agent fails
to attend on the appointed date or dates, the levels shall be taken in his absence and such
levels and longitudinal sections and cross sections based there on shall be final and binding
on the contractor. The levels will be taken on such alignment and cross sections as will be
useful for reference permanently and described under specifications for ‘Excavation’. The
point of locations for the level will depend upon the roughness of the area and will also be at
least in conformity with the requirements of specifications for ‘Excavation’ as far as possible.
13. Programme of Construction:
Work and Progress Schedules:
The construction programme is given in Section VI at the end of Schedule ‘B’ of Tender
Document based on which the physical programme is prepared. If the tenderer does not
agree with this programme, he shall submit his own programme without changing total
period of Tender along with Tender Documents inclusive of the physical programme subject
to following phase period.
1/4of work in 1/3 of Contract period
In case, it is subsequently found necessary to alter this programme agreed in

contract document, including the changes in the sequence of the items, the contractor shall
submit in good time a revised programme incorporating necessary modifications proposed
and get the same approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
125
Additional detailed programme for each working season, beginning from October,
showing the progress to be achieved month by month for controlling items shall also be
submitted to the Engineer-in-charge not later than the 31st August preceding the working
season and got approved. The Engineer-in-charge is further empowered to ask for more
detailed programme, say week by week, for any items of special importance, and contractor
shall supply the same as and when asked for without delay.
The submission of the works programme and approval to it by the Engineer-in-

charge shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the
contract, like timely completion, the damages due to flood or other natural calamities etc.
The contractor shall not be entitled for any claims for any damages caused, due to particular
works programme. It is the entire responsibility of the contractor to frame the programme
after anticipating the rains, floods etc. Actual work turned out shall be mainly taken into
account and not just the sum total of the various payments made to the contractor. The
advance on the material brought to the site of the work will be accounted for while arriving at
the progress achieved by the contractor in terms of proportion of the total work tendered for.
14. Materials :
14.1 Petrol Oil and Lubricant
The Contractor shall have to install his own supply arrangements of petrol & diesel at the
site at his own risk and cost. Location of pumps shall have to be approved from the
Engineer-in-charge and usual precautions which are necessary for such installation will
have to be taken.
14.2 Stone for Rubble masonry and for metal
The Contractor shall make his own investigation regarding location of quarries, quality of
stone and its adequacy. Over burden on quarry shall have to be removed by the contractor
at his own cost. The contractor shall seek permission for operation of rubble quarry from
respective department & shall pay royalty & other necessary charges to respective
department.
The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect permanent structures and
should not be near the existing or proposed habitations.
If the quarries located are in private properties, the contractor shall negotiate with the
respective owners and shall attend to legal rights and attend to payments etc. to the
concerned parties for operations of these quarries at his own cost. Similarly he shall make
arrangements for haul roads leading to and from the stone quarries to the work site at his
own cost. And contractor shall maintain the roads. The cost of preparation and maintenance

126
of houl roads shall be born by the contractor.
14.3 Sand
The contractor is advised to make his own investigation regarding adequacy proper quality
sand, approaches to queries etc.
The contractor shall, obtain permission from Revenue and other authorities before removing
the material and shall pay royalty and other taxes, octroi duty escort fee if any for sand
which shall not be reimbursed except royalty. As royalty is not included in schedule B rate it
shall be reimbursed after producing proof of deduction of royalty by him.
The contractor shall have to make his own inquires regarding legal rights and attend to the
aspect of payments etc. for the operation of the quarries.
The contractor shall make his own estimation regarding extent of annual replenishment of
the sand and opt to collect the sand advance quantity.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for quarrying and transport of sand from
the quarries to the work site. Haul roads to the quarries shall also be constructed and
maintained by the contractor at his own cost.
All the cost of transport of sand shall be borne by the contractor and no claims on this
account will be entertained.
Use of crushed sand conforming to the required gradation and specifications may be
permitted by the Engineer-in-charge on written request.
14.4 Cement, Procurement, storage and maintaining cement store account:
14.4.1 Only 43 grade OPC cement shall be used for this work unless otherwise
specified by Engineer-in-charge. The cement shall conform to I.S.269-1967 and subsequent
revisions for Portland Cement and I.S. 1489-1976 and subsequent revisions for Portland
cement and I.S. 1489-1976 and subsequent revisions for Pozollana cement.
14.4.2 All cement required for the work under this contract shall be procured, well in
advance by the contractor in polythene bags as received from the cement factories. In case
where batching plant is used, the procurement of cement through silo will be permitted if
requested by contractor to Engineer-in-charge.
14.4.3 The contractor shall produce proof of purchase of cement from the cement
factories. The purchase bill including GST supported by Delivery challan and gate pass
which shall constitute adequate proof of purchase and shall ne enclosed with the Running
Account bills of work in which said cement in consumed.
14.4.4 Cement shall be stored in such a way as to allow the removal and use of cement
in chronological order of receipt i.e. first received being first used.
127
14.4.5 Cement shall be kept in store under double locking arrangement (One key be
operated by contractor and second key be operated by the authorised person of
corporation) so that it can be taken out or fresh stock admitted with the knowledge of
supervising staff of the corporation. The watch and ward of the cement stores shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
14.4.6 The account of receipt and issue of cement from store shall be maintained by the
contractor in PWD form No. 31 Stock Ledger and PWD Form No. 24 (Bin Cards). Stock
quantity shown in ledger and bin cards should match with physical quantity in store. The
stock account and physical quantity in store will be verified by Engineer-in-charge at any
time. The surplus quantity found will be treated as less use in work and shorted quantity will
be treated as less purchase. Such excess or shortage quantity found will be recovered from
next bill of work. Further the work executed with less use of such cement quantity will be
rejected and not paid for if does not fit into the standard cement consumption.
14.4.7 Daily cement consumption report:
Contractor shall maintain daily cement consumption account for each item in format as
directed by Engineer-in-charge. The daily quantity executed for all the items executed and
cement consumed shall tally with the daily cement issued from store. The report of daily
cement consumed, quantity executed shall be maintained by contractor on site and copy
signed by the site engineer of the corporation shall be submitted to Engineer-in-charge. The
abstract of item wise daily cement cement consumption and quantity executed shall be
enclosed with bills by the contractor, which will form basis of payment of bills.
14.4.8 The empty bags shall be returned to Engineer-in-charge who will arrange to
maintain the account of empty bags.
14.5 Mild Steel/ HYSD/ TMT bars
Mild steel/ HYSD/ TMT steel bars to be used in R.C.C. shall conform to IS 932-
1966 for mild steel and IS 1786-1085 for HYSD steel bars. TMT steel shall be acceptable in
lieu of HYSD. however, no extra charges will be paid for the same.
1) Steel products of Steel Authority of India Limited shall be preferably used.
14.6 Mild steel plates for Rising Main
Mild steel plates to be used for fabricating pipes shall conform to IS 2062-2006.
Steel products of Steel Authority of India Limited shall be preferably used.
14.7 No extra lead charges for material shall be paid on any grounds.
14.8 Advance on Construction Materials
For imperishable materials brought on site by the contractor and meant to be

128
incorporated or consumed in work, secured advance at 75% (Seventy five percent) of the
cost as assessed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be paid provided that such materials are
not in excess of the requirement of the work. The contractor shall furnish indenture bond for
the amount of the advance in the form prescribed by corporation for the same. The recovery
of such advances shall be made from each succeeding work bill, at the rates the material
have been consumed in the relevant finished item.
15. Quality Assurance And Testing:
15.1 Specifications
It is the responsibility of the contractor to assure the desired quality of work.

Whenever the testing of construction materials are required as per the detailed
specifications or otherwise required by the Engineer-in-charge, the same shall be carried out
at the laboratory, selected by the Engineer-in-charge at contractor’s cost. The other field
tests of morter, concrete, colgrout, steel etc. shall be carried out as per specifications in field
laboratory set up by the contractor in presence of quality control representative. Contractor
shall assure the quality of work.
In addition to field test carried out by contractor in his laboratory, surprice test will be
carried out by Quality Control Circle (QCC) as directed by Engineer-in-charge for which
charges will be borned by contractor.
The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including labourers, shall be
supplied by the contractor to the Corporation free of cost. The samples for testing shall be
taken in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his representative present on site.
The contractor or his authorised representative shall have a free access in these
laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing etc. Even if the contractor or
his representative fails to remain present while collecting samples or testing the results will
be considered as authentic and binding on the contractor.
16. Hire of Construction Equipments:
Construction equipment owned by the Corporation, if available and can be given on hire
conveniently, will be made available on specific request, to the contractor at rates that will
be prescribed by Corporation from time to time. Supervision charges will also be levied as
prescribed by the Corporation from time to time. The contractor shall execute the agreement
bond as prescribed by the Corporation, and shall agree to the specific rates of hire and
supervision charges in force on the day of transaction in writing before machinery is taken
out of the Corporation's yard by him. The contractor shall pay irrevocable bank guarantee for
the value equal to 25% of the cost of similar new machinery for a period equal to period of
hire plus three months. Some such items of equipment are indicated below:

129
Ranted Equipments
i) Tanker
ii) Diesel road rollers
iii) Tippers
iv) Dozers
v) Loaders
vi) Seismopactors.
The machinery shall be entirely in the custody of the Corporation. It shall be issued
to the contractor at the yard where they are stationed. The machinery will not be allowed to
leave the work area on any account. All machineries so hired will be entirely operated and
maintained by the Corporation in consideration of the hire charges to be paid by the
contractor. If any equipment is to be used in excess of 8 (eight) hours per day, permission of
the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained in advance.
Reckoning of working hours will start from the time the machinery leaves
Corporation yard, where it has to return to it daily, and in other cases, when the machinery
actually starts working. Closing time of working will be when it returns to the Corporation
yard or actually ceases working for the day, respectively.
Log books shall be maintained by the Engineer or his authorised representative for
each piece of equipment in the form laid down by the Engineer. The Contractor or his duly
authorised agent shall verify and sign in the log book or on the machinery duty slip in lieu
thereof, daily. If the contractor's representative fails to sign the log book, the entries made by
the Corporations representative shall be binding on the contractor. Any complaint or
representation regarding the recorded working hours must be submitted in writing within 24
(twenty four) hours of the close of the shift. The Engineer's decision regarding such disputes
pertaining to working hour shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Complaints or
representations made after lapse of 24 (twenty four) hours limit shall not be considered. The
log books shall form the basis for raising debits against the Contractor.
All expenses in respect of oil, fuel, grease, cotton waste etc. shall be borne by the
Corporation. Crew for operating the equipment shall be provided by the Corporation.
All minor and major repairs shall be carried out by the Corporation, to keep the
equipment in working condition. However, in case of any breakage, damages, slips etc.
which may occur due to the negligence of contractor's labour, equipment or staff or by
reason, for which Corporation personnel are not responsible, the cost of such damages shall
be recovered from the contractor. The decision regarding fixing of responsibility for any
damages shall rest with the Engineer-in-charge and decision given by him shall be binding

130
on the Contractor.
Equipment shall be given on hire only when these can be spared. No claim on
account of sickness or non availability of machinery shall be entertained.
In case of damage to the equipment during haulage to site of work from Corporation
stores or servicing yard, full cost of repairs shall be recovered from the contractor when
damage is due through handing. That damage to trucks/tippers due to bad haulage roads
will also be recovered from the contractor. Decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding of
repairs and cause of damage shall be final and binding on the contractor.
A truck, tipper, tanker and any other equipment may be hired for a single day at a
time and the minimum charges to be levied will be 8 (eight) hours plus mileage or for 8
(eight) hours when mileage is not applicable.
Compressor and concrete mixers shall not be hired for less than a day time and
minimum charges for hire will be that for four hours per day. Crusher shall not be hired for a
period less than a month, at a time. The minimum charges for hire will be those for 25
(twenty five) days and 8 (eight) hours per day.
17. Bills and Payments
1) One running bill in a month is permitted. The bill shall be submitted by the contractor
on or before the date fixed by Engineer-in-charge. Payment of this bill shall be effected as
stated in Clause 10 of B-1 form. Non-submission of the bills on the scheduled dates will
absolve the Corporation of the liability to make payment.
2) The format of running bill on which the bills are to be submitted by the contractor will
be supplied to the contractor by the Corporation. Printed copies of the bill forms as per this
format shall be arranged by the contractor at his cost. The bills in five copies shall be
submitted to the concerned Deputy Engineer, in the standard proforma only.
3) The final bill shall be submitted within one month of the date of issue of completion
certificate. The final bill shall be paid as per the availability of funds.
4) Payment of Bills shall be made subject to the availability of funds. No claims shall be
entertained for any delay in payment of bills.
18. Security Deposit
The security deposit accumulated from deductions from the running account bills
may from time to time and at any time, on application by and at the cost of the Contractor,
be converted into interest bearing Corporation securities, approved by and in the name of
the Corporation. Should the market value of the securities fall, for any reason whatsoever
below that specified, the contractor shall make good the same in cash or as may otherwise

131
be acceptable whenever called upon to do so or to replace the security by other acceptable
to the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall bear all charges for commission and brokerage incidental to the
purchases, safe custody, withdrawal and collection of interest on these securities.
19. No Interest on money due to the contractor:
No omission by the Engineer to pay the amount due upon measurements or

otherwise shall vitiate or make void the contract nor shall the contractor be entitled to
interest on any guarantee bond or payment in arrears nor on any balance which may on the
final settlement of his account be found due to him.
20. Other Contractor for the work:
Corporation has the right to split-up the project work detailed in the Work and Site
Conditions, into distinct items and this contract shall apply only of those items which shall
have been specified in this contract.
Should Corporation enter into other contractors for specified items of the project
work, each contractor shall cooperative with others to the fullest extent and shall allow
others every facility and co-operation for execution of their works simultaneously, and
satisfactorily, as intended in the designs, specifications and drawings.
Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractors for any cause
whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding
the co-ordination, co-operation and facilities to be provided by any of the contractors to
others shall be final and binding on all parties and such a decision or decisions shall not
vitiate any contract nor absolve the contractor of his responsibilities under the contract nor
form the grounds for any claim of compensation.
21. Contract document and matters to be treated as confidential :
All documents, correspondence, decision and other matters concerning the contract
shall be considered as of confidential and restricted nature by the contractor and he shall
not divulge there to any unauthorized person.
22. Access to the Contractor's Books:
Whenever it is considered necessary by the Engineer-in-charge to ascertain the

actual cost of execution of any particular item of work or supply of plant or material he shall
direct the Contractor to produce the relevant documents, such as pay-rolls, records or
personnel, invoices of materials and any/all other data and documents relevant to the item
or necessary to determine its cost etc. and the contractor shall when so required furnish
information to the aforesaid items in the mode and manner that may be specified.

132
23. Breach on part of Corporation not to annul contract.
No breach on non-observation on the part of Corporation of any of the conditions

contained herein shall annul this contract or discharge the contractor from the observance
and performance thereof, but on application to the Engineer-in-charge, an extension of time
may be given to the Contractor in respect of such breach or nonobservance by the
Corporation, which shall be governed by Clause 6 of B-1 form.
The Contractor shall not, however, be entitled to consideration or any extension of

time for any item of the work unless the contractor shall have made an application in writing
to the Engineer-in-charge within one month of the arising of the cause needing such
extension, but the Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion, which shall be conclusive,
waive the condition regarding this period of one month.
24. Local Laws
All local laws in force at the time of entering into the contract and those enacted
thereafter shall be binding on the Contractor and he shall abide by the same.
All import and excise duties, sales tax, local panchayat tax and other taxes shall be
borne by the Contractor and they shall be deemed to have been covered by his quoted
tender rates, except that the contractor shall not be liable to any land tax for the land handed
over to him for the operation in connection with this contract or for his colony or appurtenant
works constructed by him for the purpose of this contract.
The contractor shall also be liable to all relevant provisions of the Indian Income Tax
Act and other Tax laws and labour laws which may be applicable to him from time to time.
The contractor shall protect and indemnify Corporation against all claims or liabilities
arising from or based on the violation of such laws, ordinances, regulations, by laws by him
or his employee.
25. Personnel of the Contractor:
The Contractor shall, at all times, maintain on the work, a staff of duly qualified
engineers and supervisors of sufficient experience of similar other jobs, to assure that the
quality of work turned out shall be as intended in the specifications. The Contractor shall
also maintain at the work, a Works Manager of sufficient status, experience and office, and
duly authorised him to deal with all aspects of the day to day work. All communications to
and commitments by this Works Manager shall be absolutely binding on the Contractor.
The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-charge details of names,

qualifications and experience in regards to all supervisory staff employed by the Contractor
and notify changes when made, and satisfy the Engineer-in-charge regarding the quality
and sufficiency of staff thus employed.
133
The Engineer-in-charge will have the unquestionable right to ask for changes in the
quality and number of contractor's staff. The contractor shall on the written directives of the
Engineer-in-charge, remove from the works any person employed thereon, who may in the
opinion of the Engineer-in-charge be incompetent or has misconduct himself. Such person
shall not be employed again on the work, without the written permission of the Engineer-in-
charge.
26. Death, Bankruptcy etc.:
If the contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy or being a corporation,
commences winding up except for reconstruction purposes or carryon its business under a
receiver, the executors, successors or other representatives in law of the contractor or any
such receiver, liquidator or any person whom the Corporation and shall for one month,
during which he shall take all reasonable steps to prevent a stoppage of work, have the
option of carrying out this contract subject to his or their providing such guarantee as may
be required by the Corporation, but not exceeding value of the work for the time being
remaining unexecuted.
In the event of stoppage of work, the period of the option under this clause shall be fourteen
days only. Should the above option be not exercised, the contract may be terminated by
Corporation, by a notice in writing to Contractor or his successor. The power and provision
reserved to Corporation in this contract of taking of the work out of the Contractor's hand
shall immediately become operative. Copy of such notice shall be pasted on work site and
advertised in newspaper.
27. Notices, How to be given:
Where any legal or other notice or any other document or any other direction is to be
given to or served upon the Contractor, it shall be deemed to be duly given or served, if it
shall have been either delivered to him personally or to his recognized agent or Works
Manager (including in the case of company, the Secretary of such Company) or delivered at
or sent through the post, addressed to the last known place of business, or abode of the
Contractor or by e-mail notice or other documents which shall be so given to or so served on
anyone of the partners in such firms, shall be deemed to have been given or served on all of
them.
27A Work Order Book:
The contractor shall maintain bound work order book at work site as the Engineer-in-
charge may direct. This work order book shall have machine numbered pages in triplicate.
The contractor shall make them available to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative,
whenever called for.

134
Executive Engineer or his representative may record order about works, in this book,
leaving the original copy in the book and removing the second and third copy with him. The
contractor or his authorized representative, shall also sign this work order, in token of it's
acceptance.
All orders recorded in these work order book, shall be deemed to have been served
on the contractor. On completion of the work all the work order books may be handed over
to the Executive Engineer.
In the event of refusal the Contractor's representative on the spot to sign the work
order book, Engineer-in-charge shall take the necessary further steps in respect of further
communication and control, modification or stoppage of work as deemed fit at the entire
responsibility of the contractor.
28. Passing of Foundation etc.:
After the completion of the work of excavation, the same will be checked and passed
by the Executive Engineer. No masonry or concrete or back filling shall be laid unless the
foundation is so passed. No concreting shall commence unless the centering and the
reinforcement is checked and passed by the Engineer-in-charge.
29. Reference to Standard Specification:
The specifications of the work as enclosed with this contract document are drawn
with a specific reference to site conditions and do not every where include the details of the
standard tests and procedures which are already laid down and available in the current
Indian Standard Specification. Wherever such details are not specified in this contract, the
provision under current Indian Standard Specifications and/or the Standard Specifications
(1970) of the Government of Maharashtra shall be deemed to be applicable.
30. Communications and Notices by Contractors:
All communications and/or notices pertaining to work and concerning matters, such
as passing and approving of foundation, reinforcement and framework, measurements,
mark outs etc. shall not be addressed by the Contractor to an officer below the rank Sub-
Divisional Officer. All such notices communications etc. shall be addressed in good time so
as not to hold up the work.
31. Non-Compliance of Contract Conditions:
If the contractor shall neglect or fail to proceed with the works, with due diligence or
he violates any of the provisions of the contract, the Engineer-in-charge may give notice to
the contractor, identifying deficiencies in performance and demanding corrective action. The
Engineer-in-charge, shall also clearly state in the notice the nature of action that shall be
taken, if contractor fails to fulfill by necessary corrective action.
135
Depending on nature of default the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion, shall have
two options, regarding action to be taken in case of default by contractor. He shall withhold
any of the payments due to the contractor or shall terminate the contract in whole or in part.
But Engineer-in-charge shall, clearly mention in his notice, the action that shall be taken if
the contractor fails to take the corrective action. The period of 14 days shall be given to the
contractor to take such corrective action after the issue of such notice.
No claims for compensation of any sort, from contractor will be entertained for
withholding the bills indefinitely till specified requirements are complied with by the
contractor.
After the issue of the notice about default by the contractor, the contractor shall not
remove, from the site any plant, equipment and materials. The Corporation shall have a lien
on all such plants, equipments and materials, from the date of such notice, till deficiencies
have been corrected.
32. Extra Items:
Extra items of work shall not vitiate the contract. The contractor shall be bound to
execute extra items of work as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The rates for extra items
will be governed by the provisions of clause 14 and 30 of B-1 form. However no extra items
can be started without prior written permission for the Engineer-in-charge. The escalation is
payable for the extra items, since the rates for them are fixed as per the current DSR or as
mutually agreed, without yearly revision. The price variation clause shall be applicable with
the initial basic indices of the quarter of the calendar month in which the order for carrying to
extra item is issued by the Engineer in charge.
33. Price Adjustment Clause:
(P.W.D. Govt. Circular No. Sankirn-2017/C.R.121/ Part II/Bldg.2 dated 23.10.2017)
If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i) below, there
shall be any variation, in the Consumer Price Index (New Series) for Industrial workers for
the state as per the Labour Gazette published by the Labour Bureau, Government of India
and/or in the Wholesale Price Index for all commodities published by the Ministry of
Industrial development, Government of India, or in the price of petrol, oil and lubricantsat the
official retail price of High Speed Diesel (HSD) at exiting consumer pump of IOC at nearest
center and major construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various types of metal
pipes etc., then subject to the other conditions mentioned below, price adjustment on
account of .
(1) Labour Component.
(2) Material Component.

136
(3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricants Component.
(4) Cement Component.
(5) T.M.T. Steel Component
(6) Structural Steel Plates component
Calculated as per the formula hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from
these, no other adjustments shall be made to the contract price for any reasons whatsoever.
Component percentages as given below are as of the total cost of work put to tender. Total
of Labour, Material & POL (Excluding cost of Cement & Steel) components shall be 100 and
other components shall be as per actual.
1 Labour Component – Pl (58.27 %)
2 Material Component – Pm (15.06 %)

(Excluding cost of Cement & Steel)
3 POL Component – Pf (26.67 %)
4 Cement Component Actual
5 T.M.T. Steel Component Actual
6 Steel Plates Component Actual
Note: If Cement, Steel, Bitumen, C.I. & D.I. Pipes are supplied on Schedule ‘A’ then
respective component shall not be considered. Also if particular component is not relevant
same shall be deleted.
The Star Rates for the materials as under
Sr. No. Material Star Rate*
1 Cement Rs. 307/- per Bag or

Rs. 6140/- per M.T.
2 Mild steel/ HYSD/ TMT Steel bars Rs. 39883.25 per M.T.
3 Mild Steel Plates for Pipes Rs. 45937.50 per M.T.

137
P.W.D. Govt. Circular No. Sankirn-2017/C.R.121/ Part II/Bldg.2 dated 23.10.2017:-
Price Adjustment Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in

rates and price of labour, materials, fuels and lubricants excluding bitumen, cement and
steel in accordance with the following principles and procedures and as per formula given in
the contract data. The price variation clause to be included shall be read as follows:
(a) The price adjustment shall apply for the work done from the start date
given in the contract data upto end of the initial intended completion date or extensions
granted by the Engineer and shall not apply to the work carried out beyond the stipulated
time for reasons attributable to the contractor.
(b) The price adjustment shall be determined during each month from the
formula given in the contract data.
(c) Following expressions and meanings are assigned to the work done
during each month: R = Total value of work done during the month. It would include the
amount of secured advance granted, if any, during the month, less the amount of secured
advance recovered, if any during the month. It will exclude value for works executed under
variations for which price adjustment will be worked separately based on the terms mutually
agreed. To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is
not covered by the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and
prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency
of such other rise or fall in costs.
Formulas for calculating Labur, Material, POL, Cement, TMT steel bars &
Steel plates are as follows:-
The formula (e) for adjustment of prices are: R = Total value of work done
during the month.
1) Adjustment for labour component:-
(i) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in the cost due to labour shall be paid in
accordance with the following formula:
(ii) VL= 0.85 x Pl/100 x R x (L1- L0)/L0(Where VL= increase or decrease in the cost of work
during the month under consideration due to changes in rates for local labour.)
(iii) L0= the consumer price index for industrial workers for the of Maharashtra on 28 days
preceding the date of opening of Bids as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour,
Government of India.
(iv) L1= The consumer price index for industrial workers for the State of Maharashtra for
themonth under consideration as published by Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour,

138
Government of India.
(v) PI= Percentage of labour component of the work.
2) Adjustment of POL (fuel and lubricant) component:-
(i) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in cost of POL (fuel and lubricant) shall be paid
in accordance with the following formula:
(ii) Vf = 0.85 x Pf/100 x R x (F1– F0)/F0 (Where Vf = Increase or decrease in the cost of
work during the month under consideration due to changes in rates for fuel and lubricants.)
(iii)F0 = The official retail price of High Speed Diesel (HSD) at the existing consumer pumps
of IOC at nearest center on the day 28 days prior to the date of opening of Bids.
(iv) F1 = The official retail price of HSD at the existing consumer pumps of IOC at nearest
center for the 15th day of month of the under consideration.
(v) Pf = Percentage of fuel and lubricants component of the work. Note: For the application
of this clause, the price of High Speed Diesel oil has been chosen to represent fuel and
lubricants group.
3) Adjustment of Other materials Component (Excluding bitumen, steel and cement):-
(i) Price adjustment for increase or decrease in cost of local materials other than cement,
steel, bitumen and POL procured by the contractor shall be paid in accordance with the
following formula:
(ii) Vm = 0.85 x Pm /100 x R x (M1 - M0)/M0 (Where Vm= Increase or decrease in the cost
of work during the month under consideration due to changes in rates for local materials
other than cement, steel, bitumen and POL.)
(iii) M0= The all India wholesale price index (all commodities) on 28 days preceding the date
of opening of Bids, as published by the Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of
India, New Delhi.
(iv) M1 = The all India wholesale price index (all commodities) for the month under
consideration as published by Ministry of Industrial Development, Government of India, New
Delhi.
(v) Pm= Percentage of local material component (other than cement, steel, bitumen and
POL of the work.)
4) Formula for Cement Component :
C 0 (Cl 1 -Cl 0 )
xT
Vc= Cl 0
Where,

139
Vc = Amount of price adjustment in Rupees to be allowed for cement component.
C0 = Basic *Star rate of Cement Rs. 6340/- per metric tonne as considered for working
out value of P.
CI 1 = The all India wholesaleprice index for gray cement as per Economics Department for
the month under consideration.
= The all India wholesaleprice index of gray cement as per Economics Department on
28 days preceding the date of opening of Bids, as published by the Ministry of Industrial
Development, Government of India, New Delhi.
T= Tonnage of cement used in the permanent works for the month under consideration.
5) Formula for T.M.T.Steel Component:
S 0 (Sl 1 -Sl 0 )
Vs= xT
Sl 0
Where
Vs = Amount of price adjustment in Rupees to be allowed for HYSD/ Mild Steel

component.
So = Basic *Star rate of HYSD / Mild steel bars in JPC dt. 02 Jan. 2017 Rs. 39883/- per
metric tonne as considered for working out value of P.
SI 1 = The all India wholesale price index of long bars ie. TMT/ MS bars as per Economics
Department during the month under consideration.
Sl o = The all India wholesale price index of long bars ie. TMT/ MS bars as per Economics
Department on 28 days preceding the date of opening of Bids, as published by the Ministry
of Industrial Development, Government of India, New Delhi.
T = Tonnage of TMT/ MS bars used in the permanent works for the month under
consideration.
6) Formula for Steel Plates for Pipes Component:
S 0p (Sp 1 -Sp 0 )
V sp = xT
Sp 0
Where,
V sp = Amount of price adjustment in Rupees to be allowed for Steel Plates for Pipes
component.
S op = Basic *Star rate of Steel Plates in JPC dt. 02 Jan. 2017 Rs. 45937/- per metric tonne
as considered for working out value of P.

140
Sp 1 = The all India wholesale price index of steel plates as per Economics Department
during the month under consideration.
Sp o = The all India wholesale price index of steel plates as per Economics Department on
28 days preceding the date of opening of Bids, as published by the Ministry of Industrial
Development, Government of India, New Delhi.
T= Tonnage of steel Plates used in the permanent works for the quarter under
consideration.
The following conditions shall prevail:
i) The Operative Period of the Contract shall mean the period commencing from the
date of the work order issued to the Contractor and ending on the date on which the time
allowed for the completion of the works specified in the contract for work expires, taking into
consideration the extension of time, if any, for completion of the work granted by Engineer
under the relevant clause of the conditions of contract in cases other than those where such
extension is necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of the
Engineer as regards the operative period of the contract shall be final and binding on the
contractor. Where compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on
account of delay in completion or inadequate progress under relevant contract provisions,
the price adjustment amount for the balance of work from the date of levy of such
compensation shall be worked out by pegging the indices L1, F1, M1, Cl 1, Sl 1 and Sp 1 to the
levels corresponding to the date from which such compensation is levied.
ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1/B2 & C
form but shall not apply to piece works. The price variation shall be determined during each
month as per formula given above in this clause. However the maximum amount due to
Price Adjustment will be restricted to 5% of accepted contract value excluding the
compensation payble for the material (steel, cement) which have been directly given
difference in purchase price and star rate.
iii) The escalation is payable for extra items or the extra quantities under clause 38
since the rates for them are to be fixed as per current DSR or as mutually agreed to, without
yearly revisions.
iv) This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated above is
in on the plus side, payments on account of the price variation shall be allowed to the
contractor and if it is on the negative side, the Government shall be entitled to recover the
same from the Contractor and the amount shall be deductible from any amounts due and
payable under the contract.
v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is
not entirely covered by the provision of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rate and
prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency

141
of such other actual rise or fall in costs.
34. Electric Power:

Electric power, if required shall be arranged by the contractor at his own efforts and
cost and he shall have to make his own arrangements for laying, installation maintaining the
power lines etc. He should observe all requirements of the Indian Electricity Act. 1910, 1948
Indian Electricity Rules 1956, and ruins in existence and framed from time, failure to which
Corporation accepts no responsibility for any damage, injury or compensation. Further the
contractor shall make local enquiries regarding Load shading in the area. And shall make
by arrangement of diesel generator at his own cost.
35. Co-ordination with other contractors
The contractors should note that there will be other agencies including the
Corporation, working in the same area for works other than included in this contract. The
contractor shall co-operate with these agencies to the fullest extent and shall allow them
reasonable facility and co-ordination for execution of works, simultaneously and satisfactorily
as intended in the contract conditions, specifications and drawings. Agencies, for any cause
whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding
co-ordination and facilities to be provided by all the contractors to others shall be final and
binding on all parties and such decision shall not vitiate any contract or absolve the
contractor of his responsibility under the contract, and shall not form ground for any claim or
compensation.
36. Undertaking under contract labour Act
The contractor shall furnish the undertaking towards implementation of Contract
Labour Act as given in Appendix 'F'.
37. Digital Photographic Record of the works
The contractor shall maintain digital photographic record of all components of the work
showing monthly progress of the work. The digital photographic record (C.D./ Pen Drive)
shall be submitted in five sets to the Engineer-in-charge. The photographic record should
include date and time. The expenses on this account shall be deemed to be included in
contract price.
38. Fencing, Lighting & Ventilation
a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing, guarding and
necessary health and safety measures while executing all works under this contract and for
proper provision of temporary roadways, guards, foot-ways, fences, caution notices, etc. as
far as the same may be rendered necessary by reasons of the work, for the accommodation
of workmen, foot passengers or other traffic and of owners and occupiers of adjacent
property and of the public and shall remain responsible for any accidents that may occur on
account of his failure to take proper and timely precaution.

142
b) Maintenance of Services.
After all the work under this contract is completed and accepted as such, in case the
Engineer-in-charge so directs, the contractor shall maintain the lighting, ventilation,
communication facilities etc. up to a date determined by the Engineer-in-charge, but not
longer than for a period of twelve months. All reasonable charges for such maintenance
otherwise not required by the contractor for his purposes under the contract will be borne by
the Corporation. As regards the reasonableness of such charges, the decision of the
Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
39. Liability for accidents to Persons.

It shall be contractor's responsibility to protect against accidents on the work site. He
shall indemnify the Corporation against any claims for damage to the property, injury to
workers or any other persons, deaths etc.
On the occurrence of an accident resulting in death or which is so serious as to be
likely to result in death, the contractor shall within 24 hours, report in writing to the Engineer-
in-charge, the facts stating clearly about the circumstances in which accident has occurred
and the subsequent action taken. Other minor accidents causing minor injuries and loss to
property should be communicated in writing, promptly to the Engineer-in-charge. In all cases
the contractor shall indemnify the Corporation against all losses or damage resulting directly
or indirectly from the contractor's failure to report in the manner aforesaid or otherwise
arising from such occurrences. This includes penalties or fines, if any, payable by the
Corporation as a consequence of failure to give notice under Workmen's Compensation Act
or failure to conform to the provisions of the said Act in regard to such accidents.
In the event of accident in respect of which compensation may become payable

under the Workmen's Compensation Act, VIII, of 1923 including all subsequent modifications
thereof, Engineer-in-charge may retain the sums of money as may in the opinion of
Engineer-in-charge be sufficient to meet such liability out of the amounts payable to the
contractor. These sums shall be recovered from the immediate payment due to the
contractor in one installment or in more than one installments. The decision of the Engineer-
in-charge regarding this shall be final and binding on the contractor. On receipt of awards
from the Labour Commissioner, the balance amount shall be reimbursed to or re-covered
from the contractor.
It should be noted that though the Corporation is a Principal employer, the complete
responsibility of compensation shall be on the contractor.
40. The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency of the means
employed.
The contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire responsibility of the

143
sufficiency of the scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools, implements and generally of all the
means irrespective of whether such means may or may not have been approved of or
recommended by the Engineer-in-charge and the contractor must accept and discharge all
risks of accidents or damages from whatever cause they may arise, until the completion of
this contract.
41. Covering of work:
The contractor shall give not less than seven days notice in writing to the Engineer-
in-charge of the work which is proposed to be covered up or placed beyond the reach of
measurements so that the measurements may be taken before the work is covered up or
placed beyond the reach of measurements. No work shall be covered up or placed beyond
the reach of measurements, before ensuring that the measurements of work to be covered
up are recorded. Any work covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements without
such notice having been given and consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the
contractor's expenses and in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such
work or for materials with which the same was executed.
42. Quantities of work :

The quantities of work under the various items in the Schedule 'B', Schedule of
quantities and bid rates as estimated by the Corporation, have been provided as could be
reasonable anticipated and should be taken as indicative only. The amount of work will
depend upon the actual conditions that will be encountered in the construction and the
results of detailed designs which will continue to be refined as more field data and
information comes to hand. If the work is started by the Corporation, the quantities put to
tender shall be reduced to the extent the work is done by the Corporation up to the date of
starting the work by the contractor. No claims due to reduction in quantity on this account will
be entertained.
43. Accuracy of lines, levels and Grades Setting out :
a) The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the work and for the
correctness of the position, levels, dimension and alignment of all parts of the work and for the
provisions of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in connection with this.
b) For the purpose of setting out, one permanent bench mark shall be established by the
Corporation near the site, the value of which shall be given to the contractor by the Engineer–
in-charge on demand by the contractor. Similarly the reference line in the form of centre line of
junction wall and of some other components, if found by the Engineer-in-charge for complete
setting out of the structure shall be given. All the setting out shall be with reference to this bench
mark and reference line.
c) If at any time during the progress of works the error shall appear or arise in the position,
level, dimension or alignment of any part of the work, the contractor shall rectify such error to

144
the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost to the Corporation.
d) The periodical checking of these by the Corporation staff shall not absolve the contractor of his
responsibility regarding accuracy. In case of deviation, the contractor shall make good to the
discrepancy at his own cost and without any compensation for the additional work involved.
Wherever such discrepancies, if any are found to arise between the work of different contractors
at the junction of their works, the relative liability to set right their respective discrepancies shall
be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractors
concerned. The Engineer-in-charge shall further have the unquestioned right to rectify the
discrepancies and recover the costs from the contractor or contractors according to proportions
as he may consider reasonable.
e) It is the responsibility of contractor to preserve the bench mark and the reference points
established for setting out.
44. Excavated Material.
All the materials available from excavation will be the property of Corporation and shall be
disposed off only as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials of approved quality
available from the excavation including that carried out by the Corporation may be used by
the contractor in the items of works included in Schedule 'B' or for ancillary or preparatory
work, free of cost. Prior approval of Engineer-in-charge for such use shall, however, be
taken. The Contractor shall make proper arrangements for sorting out and stacking material
of approved quality that he proposes to use as aforesaid. The Corporation will be free to
make use other materials not required or not likely to be required for use by the contractor as
will be determined by the Engineer-in-charge.
The excavated material not to be used by the contractor as above or stacked for his
use, but remaining unused at site after completion of works, shall be disposed off by the
contractor at his own cost in a manner and at place shown in the drawings or as and where
the Engineer-in-charge may direct.
The contractor should utilize material available from excavated stuff for backfilling.
45. Safety Measures:
The Contractor shall arrange for the safety in his operations as required including the
provisions in the safety manual published by the Central Water and Power Commission, New
Delhi. (Jan, 1962 Ed.) In case the contractor fails to make such arrangements the Engineer-
in-charge shall be entitled to cause them to be provided and to recover the cost thereof from
the contractor. The following are some of the measures listed, but the same are not
exhaustive and the contractor shall add to and suggest improvement to these precautions on
his own where necessary and should comply with the directions issued by the Engineer-in-
charge in this behalf from time to time and at all times.
Providing protective head guards to workers in the works like deep excavation to

145
protect them against fall of overburden materials.
Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest trouble due to too
much breathing in fine dust.
Taking such normal precaution like fencing and lighting to excavations or trenches,
not allowing nails or metal parts or useless timber spread around, marking danger area for
blasting, whistles etc.
Providing sufficient suitable and safe accesses to all works spots including ladders,
gangways, platforms, etc. avoiding naked wires, etc. such would electrocute the worker.
Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the use of
machinery before they are allowed to handle them independently and taking all necessary
precautions in and around areas where machines hoists and similar units are working.
46. Maintenance:
After the works are completed in all respects in accordance with the contract
conditions, a completion certificate will be issued by the Engineer-in-charge.
From the date of issue of the completion certificate, till the expiry of twenty four
calendar months, the contractor shall be liable for the replacement of any part of plant or
work found to be defective for the causes arising from faulty materials of workmanship or
other causes, for making good any damage arising therefrom.
47. Sundays and Holidays :
No work shall be done on weekly local holidays or on other Government holidays

duly gazetted or on holidays observed by local usage without the prior sanction of the
Engineer-in-charge. Withholding of such sanction shall not form any grounds for
compensation of time limit.
If on the other hand, the Engineer-in-charge directs that the work shall be proceeded
with on days and during hours otherwise not permissible under this contract, the contractor
shall proceed with the works as directed, without, in any way violating this contract or forming
any grounds for compensation or claim.
The Contractor shall, in his dealing with labour at all times during the period of this
contract, have due regard to local festivals, religious and other customs and all relevant laws.
48. Bank Guarantee :
Bank guarantee shall be given on the stamp paper of Rs. 100/- in the form
prescribed by the Corporation. (Appendix B section VII). The bank guarantees shall be valid
for the entire period of contract, including defect liability period. In case the contract period is
extended it will be the responsibility of the contractor to get validity of Bank Guarantee

146
extended in view of extension proposed, without which extension will not be granted and
Bank guarantee shall be encashed by the corporation.
The Engineer-in-charge of the corporation reserves the right to encash the bank guarantee
in the event of breach of any of the term and condition of the contract and failure to perform as per
contract.
The Executive Engineer is empowered to approach to the Bank for encashment and may
take recourse to approach Reserve Bank of India’s vigilance branch and ‘Ombudsman’ as found
necessary.
49. Handing over of work:
All the work and materials, before finally taken over by the Corporation will be the entire
liability of the contractor for guarding, maintaining and making good any damages of any magnitude.
Interim payments made for such work will not alter this position. The handing over by the contractor
and taking over by the Executive Engineer or his authorised representative will be always in writing
of which copies will go to the Executive Engineer or his authorised representative and the
contractor. It is, however, understood that before taking over such work, the Corporation will not put
it into regular use as distinct from casual or incidental one, except as specifically mentioned else
where or as mutually agreed to.
50. Instrumentation:
In case, it is proposed to have any instrumentation, in work, the instruments and their
accessories will be procured and installed by the Corporation as per programme framed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Care should be taken by the contractor to protect these instruments as well as
their connections during various constructions operations. The Contractor shall also extend all
facilities for installation and observation of these instruments. All the operations required for
facilitating the installation of the instruments shall stand included in the relevant items of tender. No
claim, however shall be entertained due to any delay or obstruction that might be created due to
installation or observation.
51. Inspection of Works:
The Engineer or his duly authorised representative shall have at all times full power to inspect the
work, whenever in progress either on the site, in the contractor's premises or the work site. Further,
contractor shall not without written authorization, permit entry on site of work of any person except
authorised representative of the Corporation or the Engineer or the Contractor's staff and labour
directly engaged on and in connection with the work . The contractor shall, at his cost, provide all
necessary facilities for proper inspection and supervision of the work gangways, platforms,
scaffoldings and ladders, etc. of suitable dimensions and sufficiently strong at appropriate locations
and all accesses to passage etc. shall be well lighted and maintained in good order. The Engineer's
decision about the sufficiency and adequacy thereof shall be final.

147
The contractor shall, during working hours, maintain supervisors of sufficient training and
experience to supervise various items and operations of the work and the said supervisors shall
remain present during inspections of the Engineer. All orders and directions given to such
supervisors or other staff of the contractor shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor
directly. Further the Engineer may, by due notice to the contractor, then remain present on any
specified inspection and the contractor shall comply with such directions.
52. Opening out works:
Should the Engineer consider, if necessary, in order to satisfy himself as to the quality of
work the contractor shall at any time during the continuance of the contract pull down or cut into any
part of the work, and make such openings into and to such an extent through the same as the
Engineer may direct and the contractor shall make good the same at his cost and to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
53. Removal of imperfect work:
If it shall appear, that the work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or of an inferior
quality or otherwise not in accordance with the contract documents, the contractor shall at his own
cost rectify, reform, remove or reconstruct the same, wherein whole or in part as may be, directed
by the Engineer, whether or not, value of any such work or material shall have been included in any
payment made to the contractor. The Executive Engineer may, if he thinks fit, allow provided further
that the rates fixed by the Engineer, be not acceptable to the contractor, he shall have the option to
replace the defective work or materials with ones in accordance with the specified standards.
54. Jurisdiction of court for disputes:
Disputes, if any, arising out of this contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Nagpur
Bench of High Court of Mumbai.
55. Mode of payment of the quantities of excavation, masonry and concrete items
executed in excess of 125%.
Clause No. 38 of B-1 Tender Form pertains to payment of quantities of different items of Schedule
'B' in excess of 125% of the tendered quantities. It is to be clarified that in the case if items of
excavation in soft strata and hard strata, in the present Tender, this clause will become applicable
only if the total quantity of excavation (i.e. quantity executed in excess of 125% of total i.e. quantity
given in schedule 'B' of excavation in soft strata plus quantity given for excavation in hard strata)
exceeds 125% during execution. For payment of quantity executed in excess of 125% of total
quantity of excavation following procedure will apply.
Case 1 : Where quantity of excavation executed, exceeds 125% of total of tendered quantity of
items of excavation in soft strata and in hard strata, but quantity executed of anyone of the individual
items is less than or equal to the. tendered quantity for that item. All the excess quantity beyond

148
125% of total tendered quantity in items .of excavation in soft strata and hard strata; taken together,
will be paid by revising the rate of only that item where excess has occurred.
Case 2 : Where total quantity of excavation executed for both items (excavation in soft strata and
hard strata) exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantity of items of excavation, quantity in excess
of 125% of total tendered quantity will be distributed in the Ratio of = Executed quantity of individual
item of excavation./ Total executed quantity of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata and
will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as per clause 38(2), subject to the provision that
the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond the
tendered quantity.
In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of excavation in soft strata and
hard strata, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above.
Case 3 : Where total quantity of all masonry items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all masonry items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered quantity will
be distributed in the Ratio of = Executed quantity of individual item of masonry./ Total executed
quantity of all masonry items taken together and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as
per clause 38 (2), subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the
quantity of individual item executed beyond the tendered quantity.
In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of all masonry items taken
together, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above.
Case 4 : Where total quantity of all concrete items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all concrete items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered quantity will
be distributed in the Ratio of = Executed quantity of individual item of concrete./ Total executed
quantity of all concrete items taken together and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as
per clause 38(2), subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the
quantity of individual item executed beyond the tendered quantity.
In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of all concrete items taken
together, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above.
For payment of quantities in excess of 125% of tendered quantity for items other than
excavation, masonry and concrete items, provision of clause 38(2) & (B) of B-1 Tender Form will be
applicable.
56. Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill and final bill.
Payment of work done under Items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be made
at 90% of the contract rate in R.A. Bills for all excavated quantities till the final designed cross
section of component as decided by the Engineer-in-charge is reached. The component cross
section as per design shall be deemed to have been reached only if no work remains to be

149
executed between the two adjacent cross sections. 100% of payment at contract rate in R.A. Bills
may be released only after the work of excavation is completed between two adjacent cross
sections.
56 (A): In case of agreement for the "Construction of Earth work & structures on canal the following
provisions shall apply.
i) If the contractor has not achieved the targets as per physical programme on all items of
work particularly with reference to, the structures on canals, where the progress on structures has
not been hampered for want of land, detailed design, or any other difficulties (which the contractor
has pointed out beforehand & duly acknowledged by the Engineer-in-charge) twenty percent (20%)
deduction shall be effected from the payment of items of earth work in the running bills, till the
contractor achieves the desired progress on the works of structures and the payment so deducted
will be released depending upon the progress on work of structures as detailed below. The total
deduction (20% of earth work) so made will be restricted to 10% of the estimated cost of work as
shown in the tender.
Sr.No Progress on Structures Amount to be released
1 25% of cost of work of structures 25% of amount deducted
57. Location and Layout
The VIDC reserves the right to change the location of different components of work, amend the
layout, due to any reason whatsoever. No claim of any nature due to above change shall be
entertained.
58. Insurance of Contract Work
58.1 The insurance charges are included in unit rates of all items included in schedule - B
58.2 Contractor shall take out necessary insurance Policy/Policies (viz Contractors All Risk
Insurance policy, Erection All Risk insurance policy etc as decided by the Directorate Of Insurance)
so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of the awarded contract work for total
contract value and for complete contract period including defect liability period compulsorily from the
150
"Directorate Of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai' only. Its Postal address for correspondence
is 264. MHADA, First floor, Opposite Kalanagar Bandra [E], Mumbai 400051 [Telephone Nos
26590403/26590690) and fax No 26592461/ 26590403]. Similarly all workmen appointed to
complete the contract work are required to insure under Workmen's Compensation Insurance
Policy. Insurance Policy/Policies taken out from any other company will not be accepted. If any
contractor has effected Insurance with any insurance company, the same will not be accepted and
the amount of premium calculated by the Government Insurance Fund will be recovered directly
from the amount payable to the contractor for executed contract work and paid to tile Directorate Of
Insurance Fund, Maharashtra State Mumbai. The contractor shall renew the insurance policy till
defect liability period is over.
58.3 The contractor is entitled for payment of insurance charges on items provided in schedule -B
only at the rate of 1% of gross amount and payable on schedule -B. This payment will be released
on verification of insurance premium paid to Director of Insurance Maharashtra State, on policy of
entire work included in the contract.
58.4 If the contractor failes to submit the insurance policy as described in above sub clause , an
amount of 1% of agreement cost shall be deducted from the 1’ st R.A. bill , and amount due to
contractor under sub clause 58.3 will not be released. Further the non submission of insurance
policy, may also lead to breach of contract.
59. Special Condition :-Deleted
60 COLONY
60.1 Establishment of colony
The contractor shall be allowed to construct his own colony for his workers and supervisory
staff within the limits of corporation land, if available. The land use by the contractor for his staff and
labour colony shall be handed over back to the corporation within 3 months after the physical
completion of work or termination of the contract whichever is earlier duly cleaned and fairly brought
to the original condition. No structures or constructions shall be left on the land at the time of
vacating if without the specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall prepare and
submit his proposed plan of colony. The contractor shall have to construct and maintain all access
and approach roads etc. to his colony area at his own cost. Any modifications, changes and
alterations suggested by the Engineer-in-charge in respect of area of colony, layout of roads etc will
be binding on the contractor and shall have to be done at his own cost.
60.2 Water Supply
The contractor will have to make his own arrangement for the water supply required for his
work, staff and labour. He will have to provide all arrangement for making water potable and safe for
drinking by his staff, labourers and other departments on contractor’s services. Disinfection of all

151
drinking water by chlorination will be obligatory, on the part of the contractor and all such costs are
deemed to be included in the bid.
Fresh and potable drinking water shall be made available by the contractor to all persons working at
work spots in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all working places and in sufficient
quantity.
60.3 Sanitation and up-keep of colony
The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining satisfactory water supply and sanitary
facilities in his labour camp and for his other staff. He will take precautions not to allow any
unhealthy and insanitary conditions in his camp. The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to
inspect the contractors colonies at any time and to suggest improvements, modifications etc with
special regards to cleanliness and sanitation, sludge water and garbage disposal, any other
nuisance, proper layout, which shall be binding on contractor.
The contractor shall provide adequate no of portable ceramic closet for use and urinals and water
closets, and make proper lighting and scavenging arrangements to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-
charge. Separates arrangements should be made for female labour.
60.4 Camp Regulations
The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining law and order in his camp and on his
work and to that end shall employ such officers, watchmen etc as required. Unauthorised and
undesirable persons shall be expelled from the camp and from the works. If in the opinion of
Engineer-in-charge any employee or agent of the contractor misbehaves or causes obstruction in
proper execution of work or otherwise makes himself undesirable, the contractor on respect at
instructions from the Engineer-in-charge shall remove him from premises.
60.5 Medical Aid
The contractor shall arrange all the necessary medical facilities for his staff and labour at his
own cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
61. Labour Welfare Cess :-
As per Industry and Energy Department Government of Maharashtra resolution

BCA-2009/CR-108/Labour 7-A dated 17-06-2010, 1% provision for labour welfare cess is included
in unit rate of all items in Schedule-B .
As per the provisions in the above G.R. 1% of gross amount of every running bill will be deducted
and shall be credited to above cess departmentally. The contractor shall consider this provision
while bidding.

152
62. Stamp Duty
Contractor shall pay the stamp duty on works contract, as per Mumbai stamp Duty Act 1958,
clause 63 at the following rate.
i) For work contract up to 10 Lakhs- Rs. 100/-
ii) For work contract up to 10 Lakhs- Rs. 100/- plus Rs. 100/- for Rs. One Lakhs or part
thereof , subject to maximum of Rs. 5,00,000/- ( Five Lakhs )
iii) No claim for reimbursement of this amount shall be considered on any ground. If
contractor fails to pay this amount; acceptance of the tender shall be liable to be
considered as withdrawn.
63. Taxes & Duty:-
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to pay all relavant taxes and duties to the concerned
department including Goods And Service Tax as applicable.
As the GST is applicable from 1st July 2017 for all works, the agreement shall be
binded as per the provisions specified in the Government Resolutions No. GST-1017/Pra. Kra.
81/Karadhan-1 dated 19 August 2017 and GST-1017/Pra. Kra.155/ Karadhan-1 dated 11 Sept.
2017 of Finance Department of Government of Maharashtra. The GST on the work executed under
contract shall be deducted at the rate of 2% (1% CGST+1%SGST) from the respective R. A. bills.
Revisions / Amendments in the GST Act 2017 if any shall be applicable to the contract/ agreement.
64. Third Party Inspection
Third Party Inspection for the Items of Rising Main, Radiographic and ultrasonic
testing, valves testing is mandatory for contractor. It shall be done by mechanical organisation of
Water Resources Department of Govt. of Maharashtra or by other agency as directed by Engineer-
in-charge. All charges for inspection shall be borne by contractor. The contractor shall consider this
provision while bidding.
65. The work site is located in Naxalite area and Tribal area. Considering the difficulties
involved while working in this area, reasonable provisions are already made while framing the cost
estimates. Unit rates in Schedule-B are included of such provisions.
However, contractor shall make his own enquires in the project areas to anticipate likely difficulties
and quote accordingly.
No claim shall be tenable due to any problem encountered during constructions due to this reasons.
66. Deduction of Income Tax at 2% of the value of work done will be made from the
Contractor’s R. A. bills having valid PAN No. and 20% from contractors not having valid PAN NO.
and surcharge at the appropriate rate in income Tax will be deducted.

153
67. The contractor shall make arrangements to supply fuel for domestic use to all he
labours engaged on site and prevent the labours from cuttingtrees for the purpose of fuel.If the
contractor’s labour found to cut the trees the contractor shall be held responsible for the same and
shall be punished as per the provisions in Forest Conservation Act, 1980.
68. Deleted
69. Shifting of Electric Lines:
In case shifting electric lines is necessary, Engineer-in-charge will initiate the

proposal to concerned authorities. It will be responsibility of the contractor to make good for early
clearance of the proposal so that there should not be any delay in completion of the work.
Contractor should pay the required cost of the shifting of these lines to the concerned authorities.
The same will be reimbursed to the contractor by the Corporation as per availability of funds.
70. No claims for Delay in Payments :
1) Payment will be made to the contractor as per availability of funds with VIDC.
Contractor shall have to make himself well informed about the financial status of VIDC and also
about funds availability status for this work.
2) Contractor shall not claim any amount in view of condition No.1 above for any delay
in payments, increase in period of contract, interest, price index increase etc. Measurement shall be
recorded in the same month when works are carried out.Contractor shall not claim any price
escalation based on the basis of date of payment of the bill and price index on the date of
measurements shall only be applicable irrespective of date of payment.
3) In case of financial crisis of any other reasons VIDC reserves the right to withdraw
above works under contract clause No.15.
71. Land required for the work
71.1 The contractor shall enquire with Engineer-in-charge, regarding status of acquisition
of land required for the work, before mobilising for the work.
71.2 Contractor will not be entitled for any compensation, for delay in handing over of part
or whole of the land required for the work.
71.3 Reasonable extension will be granted for delay in handing over of the land.
71.4 However, contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw unconditionally from the

contractual obligations under clause 15 of B-1 form, If delay in handing over of the land is
more than 90 days. No claim of any kind shall be entertained for such withdrawal from
conditional obligations.The contractor shall enquire with Engineer-in-charge, regarding
status of acquision of land required for the work, before mobilising for the work.

154
72 Condition regarding payments of salaries & wages to all the employees & labours by
the contractor.
As per conditions in G.R. of Govt. of Maharashtra No.839/2016 Dtd. 4/2/2017
“Contractor shall make payments of salaries and wages to all the employees and Labours
through bank account linked to Unique Identification Number (AADHAR CARD) and shall
submit a certificate accordingly to the Engineer- in- charge. The certificate shall be
submitted by the contractor within 60 days from the commencement of contract. If the time
period of contract is less than 60 days, such certificates shall be submitted within 15 days
from the date of commencement of contract.”

155
SECTION – VI
SPECIFICATIONS

156
SCHEDULE SHOWING ITEMS OF WORK AND APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS
Sr.
Section No. Particulars Item No Page No.
No.
1 2 3 4 5
1 Section VI-1 Site Clearance 1 158
2 Section VI-2 Excavation 1&2 159-175
3 Section VI-3 Anchor bars with Drilling and Grouting 3 176-177
4 Section VI-4 Dry stone masonry with sand filling in voids 4 178-181
5 Section VI -5 Filling Sand in trenches 5 182
6 Section VI -6 Cement Concrete 6 183-205
7 Section VI -7 Reinforcement 7 206-211
8 Section VI -8 Weep Holes 8 212
9 Section VI -9 PVC Water Stopper 9 213
10 Section VI -10 Bituminous pad expansion joint 10 214-215
11 Section VI -11 Fly Ash Brick Masonry 11 216-223
12 Section VI -12 Cement Morter Plaster 12&13 224-226
13 Section VI -13 Kota Stone Flooring 14 227-228
14 Section VI -14 Paver Blocks 15 229

157
15 Section VI -15 Oil bound Distemper & Exterior wall Painting 16&17 230-234
16 Section VI -16 Mild Steel Rolling Steel Shutter 18 235-236
17 Section VI -17 Mild Steel Doors & Windows& Railling 19&20 237-240
18 Section VI -18 Structural Steel works 21&22 241-242
19 Section VI -19 M.S. Pipe Rising Main 23&24 243-255
20 Section VI -20 Mild Steel fabricated Specials 25 256-259
21 Section VI -21 Epoxy Painting 26 260-262
22 Section VI -22 Gunniting with Cement Morter 27 263-264
Providing & Fixing Expansion Joint to Rising

23 Section VI -23 28 265-266
Main
Providing & Fixing Verious types Valves to

24 Section VI -24 29A,B,C,D,E 267-272
Rising Main
25 Section VI -25 Radiographic tes of Field Welding 30 273-274
26 Section VI -26 Mild Structural Steel Gate & Trash Rack 31 275-278
27 Section VI -27 Back Filling 32 279-280
28 Section VI -28 Embankment 33 281-289
29 Section VI -29 Dry Rubble Pitching 34 290-291
30 Section VI -30 Carring out Plate Load Test etc. 35 292

158
SECTION - VI
1- SITE CLEARANCE (Item No.1)
1.1 Scope
The item pertains to the provision of site clearing including cutting small shrubs, vegetation
bushes and clearing stumps and molehills in the canal works/ premises.
1.2 Clearing Site

The land width required for component of feeder canal shall be cleared for all trees having a
girth of 30cm and less brushwood, vegetation, bushes, stumps and other objectionable
material. The roots of trees shall be removed to a depth of 30cm. Below the surface of the
foundation land and side slopes and the excavation filled up with excavated material in 15
cm to 20cm. layers and the compacted. Brushwood, vegetation, bushes, stumps etc. shall
be cut flush with the ground. All the material cleared will be the property of corporation.
Useful material shall be arranged in convenient stacks as directed, at convenient place of
disposal and handed over to the Corporation for disposal. Unsuitable material shall be
burned or otherwise disposed off by the contractor at his own cost as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge without causing any nuisance, inconvenience or damage to the property
of the people in neighborhood in all cases, the material shall be disposed off in a neat
manner
1.3 Disposal of Stuff Removed

All the materials removed as a result of clearance shall be property of Corporation. Useful
material shall be arranged in convenient stacks as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Useless material shall be disposed off by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge without causing any nuisance, inconvenience.
1.4 Item to Include

Clearing for Dam embankment appurtenant works including cutting trees having a girth of
30cm removing vegetation roots and molehills and disposal of material removed. All
necessary labour, materials and use of tools for carrying out the item shall be arranged by
the contractor
1.5 Mode of measurement and payment.

This is included in the item of excavation in soft strata and will not be paid separately.

159
SECTION – VI
2- EXCAVATION (Item No. 1& 2)
2.1 SCOPE
This includes excavation required for all component of works covered in this contract.
2.1.1 The item includes furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material required for
carrying out excavation in all strata including conveyance and disposal in a manner
hereinafter specified and all operations within the intent and purpose of the time.
2.1.2 The item of excavation for other purpose shall include furnishing of all tools, plants
and material required for carrying out excavation in different strata for the various parts
as noted in the drawings, and removing and disposal in manner hereafter specified with
leads and lifts, maintaining the excavated slopes and trenches and all operations covered
within the intent and purpose of the item. The excavation in dry and moist / wet condition is
also covered.
2.2 CLEARANCE OF SITE
All area required for construction of dam and appurtenant works and the surface of all
borrow pits shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, roots, vegetation and other objectionable
matter which should be property of Government. All such material shall be removed and
disposed of as directed by Engineer-in-charge from site of work so as not to interfere with
the construction and operation of the project. All necessary precaution should be taken for
preventing the person, the work and private property.
2.3 BASE LINES AND GRADES
Before start of the work, use reference line and two Bench Marks will be established by the
department. Permanent base lines and cross lists shall be established by the contractor as
sufficiently close intervals with Bench mark all end point to serve as Reference Grid. The
contractor shall provide at his expense all templates stacking equipment materials & labour
establishment grid items pillars and shall be responsible for their maintenance during the
whole period construction. These shall be laid out with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-
charge. No base line or bench marks or reference mark shall be used as reference line
mark, or level for the work, without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
The contractor shall maintain a certified copy of such approved reference line marks and
level and shall not remove any of them without the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

160
The reference point and pillars already established by the department in the works area
shall be flatly protected and maintained by the contractor. He shall repair and rebuild the
same in case of any damage, dismentaled or otherwise.
The contractor shall layout the work from, these reference base lines in consultation with the
Engineer-in-charge and shall be responsible for the correctness of all measurements and
levels in connection therewith not withstanding the fact that the same might have been
checked by the staff of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The contractor shall be responsible for the proper execution of work to such lines and
grades as may be specified in the drawing or established or indicated by the Engineer-in-
charge from time to time.
2.4 LINE OUT
All material such as pegs, bamboo’s, strings, and templates, for marking out slopes and
labour required for lines out shall be provided by the contractors at his cost. The centerline
of excavation shall be clearly marked by pegs or by stones at each chain or change of
direction or at short intervals of curves in the beginning. The final line out will be done by
fixing well protected reference stones at suitable distances on either side of central line,
beyond the edges so that they are not distributed during the construction period. The
positions of there stones will be marked on the cross section.
2.5 CLASSIFICATION OF STRATA
The strata of excavation shall be classified as under
1) Hard Strata
2) Soft Strata
DEFINITION OF STRATA
2.5.1 Hard Strata

This hard strata shall include all rock occurring in masses which normally needs regular
blasting for quarrying (Note It has also included rock which owing to proximity of building or
for soy other reasons hosts be cut oat by means of chisels or wedges) or by controlled
blasting. It shall also include boulders in mass & isolated over 0.10 cubic meters each which
normally require blasting or wedging and breaking for easy removal.

161
2.5.2 Soft Strata including soft rock
This shall include all materials which is rock but does not need blasting and could be
removed with pick bar and shovel. It shall include boulders less than 0.10 cubic meter each
which normally do not need blasting and could be removed with a pick bar and shovel.
This also include all kinds of materials such as shale, inducted clay, soil, silt, sand grave,
soft average and hard murum and any other material which can best be removed with a
shovel after loosening with a pick and / or bar, It shall also include isolated boulders up to
0.10 cubic meter each which normally do not need blasting and could be removed with a
pick bar and shovel.
At the change of strata the contractor shall inform the department in writing before
proceeding with the excavation in the hard strata. The Engineer-in-Charge may there upon
cause to take levels of the finished excavation in the soft strata.
The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding classification of strata shall he conclusive

binding on the contractor, unless otherwise specified so distinction shall he made whether
the material being excavated as dry, moist or wet. Any diversion of flow, dewatering or
bailing out that may be required shall be deemed to have been covered by the separate item
under dewatering.
2.6 SAFETY OF EXCAVATION
Before any work of excavation of foundation is taken up, loose rock, detached rock in or
close to the area to be excavated that is liable to fall or otherwise endanger the workmen on
the project shall be stripped. The methods employed shall be such as will not shatter any
rock that was originally sound or safe. Any material not enquiring removal as contemplated
therein, bat which may later become loosened or unstable shall be promptly and
satisfactorily removed. The cost of such clearing shall be deemed to have been included in
the unit rates accepted under the different terms of excavation and up to pay lines.
2.7 SHORING AND STRUTTING
2.7.1 MAINTENANCE OF EXCAVATION SLOPES
Any shoring and shuttering required during construction shall be deemed to be covered by
the rates quoted for the items. The contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy of the
excavated stuff. If any particular locations the contractor considers it necessary in the
interest of safety to provide berms shall forth bring the same to the notice of the Engineer-in-

162
charge and obtain orders thereon. Such additional excavation shall be paid for as the rates
accepted for the particular class of material.
Before excavation of the trenches to the final slope is necessary that the contractor shall first
ascertain the strata classification by excavating a pilot section and only after she strata is
classified, adjust the said slopes to final designed section. The contractor is not entitled for
any extra payment on this account and tendered rate is deemed tobe inclusive of it.
2.7.2 SLIPS
Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips and no slip should occur. the slipped
material shall be removed to slopes as directed. Removal of such slipped material shall not
be paid for. No compensation shall be paid to the contractor because of mishaps arising of
slips.
2.8 BLASTING
2.8.1 OBSERVATION RULES REGARDING BLASTING
In conducting blasting operations proper precautions shall be taken for the protection of
persons, the work and property. All Government laws relating to design and location of
power magazines, transport and handling of explosive and other measures enacted for the
prevention of accidents shall be strictly observed. Warning signals shall be given for each
blast. Specification for blasting given under separate section shall be carefully and rigidly
observed.
2.8.2 STORING OF EXPLOSIVES
Explosives shall be stored in the magazine building to be provided by the contractor under
special care of watchman, so that in case of accidents, no damage occurs to the other part
of the work. Explosives, detonators and fuses shall each be separately stored
2.8.3 RESTRICTION ON BLASTING
a) No blasting which may disturb or endanger the stability, safety or quality of

the foundation will be permitted.
b) Blasting within 30 m of main work in progress of permanent structure shall

not be permitted.

163
c) Progressive blasting shall be limited to two third of the total remaining depth of
excavation.
d) No large scale blasting operation will be restored, when the foundation excavation
reaches the last one meter, and only small charges preferably by black powder may
be allowed so as not to shatter the foundation.
e) The last blast shall not be more than 1/2 meter in depth. Thereafter for finishing the
excavation work and in special location (only in rock) where specially intended or
ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge use of explosive shall be discontinued
and excavation completed barring, wedging, chiseling or other suitable methods
approved or directed by Engineer-in-Charge and cost of such work will be deemed
to have been included in the tendered rate.
2.9 RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATIONS:
GENERAL:
1) The contractors shall acquaint him self with all applicable laws and regulation
concerning storing handing and the use of explosive. All such laws,
regulations and rules etc. as are current from time to time shall be binding
upon the contractor.
2) The provisions detailed in these rules are supplementary to the above laws,
rules and regulations etc. and are applicable except where they conflict with
the aforesaid mentioned laws etc. from time to time. Further the Engineer-in-
charge may issue modifications, alterations or new instructions from time to
time. The contractor shall comply with the same without these being made a
cause for any claims.
MATERIALS:
3) All materials such as explosives, detonators, fuses, tamping materials etc.
that are proposed to be used in the blasting operations, shall have the prior
approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
4) Black Powder and safe explosives (as commonly current in India) shall be
used wherever possible. Explosive with intro glycerin shall be used under
exceptional circumstances and where the above explosives are not effective.
5) The use of fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be
sufficiently water resistant as to be unaffected when immersed in water for

164
thirty minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and less than
4 seconds per 2.5 cm. of length with 10% tolerance on either side. Before
use, the fuse shall be inspected and the moist, damaged or broken ones
discarded. The rate of burning of all new of all new types of fuses, or when
they have been in stock for long, shall be tested use.
6) The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the

explosives. Moist or damaged detonators shall be discarded.
PERSONNEL:
7) Excavations by blasting will be permitted only under personnel supervision of
competent and licensed persons and trained workmen.
8) All supervisors and workmen in charge of making up. Handling storage and
blasting work, shall be adequately insured by the contractor.
9) The storage shall be in change of a very reliable person approved by the

Engineer-in-charge, who may, if necessary, cause police enquires being
made as to his reliability, antecedents etc. The contractor shall have to
produce a security for the person in charge of explosives if and as required
by the Engineer-in-charge or the civil authorities of the district.
10) The contractor shall make sure that his supervisor and workmen are fully
conversant with all the rules to be observed in storing, handling and use of
the explosives. It shall be assured that the supervisor in charge is thoroughly
acquainted with all the details of the handling of the blasting operations.
STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES:
11) The contractor shall build a magazine, for storing the explosives. The site of
the magazine, its capacity and design shall be subject to approval by the
Engineer-in-charge and the inspector of explosive before the construction is
taken up. As a rule, the explosive should be stored in a clean, dry well
ventilated bullet proof and fire building on an isolated site.
12) The Explosives, detonators and fuses shall have to be separately stored.
13) A careful and day to day account of the use of explosive shall be kept by the
contractor in an approved register and in an approved manner. The register

165
shall be produced by the contractor for the inspection of the Engineer-in-

charge when so required by the latter. The Engineer-in-charge may also pay
surprise visits to the storage magazine. In case of any unaccountable
shortage of the explosives or if the account is not found to have been
maintained in a manner prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge the contractor
shall be liable to be penalized with for forfeiture of the security deposit lodged
by him with the Government or his tender shall be liable to be cancelled in
which case he shall not be entitled to any compensation for the losses etc.
The action taken under this clause shall be in addition to that which might be
taken by the competent Civil authorities in court of law.
14) The magazine shall; at any time, be kept scrupulously clean.
15) No un authorised person shall, at any time be admitted inside the magazine.
16) The magazine shall, when not in use of authorised person, be kept well and
security locked.
17) The magazine shall on no account be opened during or in the approach of

thunderstorm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine
during such period.
18) Magazine shoes without shall, at all time, be kept in the magazine and
wooden tub orcement trough about 30 cm. High and 45 cm. in diameter, filled
with water shall be fixed near the door of the magazine.
Person entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which
shall be provided by the contractor for the purpose and be careful.
i) Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine
shoes on.
ii) Not to allow the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clean
floor.
iii) Not to allow any dirt or gifts to fall on the clean floor.
19) Persons with bare feet shall before entering the magazine dip their feet in
water and then step direct from the tub over the barrier (if there be one) on to
clean floor.

166
20) A brush or broom shall be kept on the lobby of the magazine for cleaning out
the magazine oneach occasion it is opened for the receipt, delivery or
inspection of explosives.
21) No person having articles of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the
magazine.
22) Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that
have none of the prohibited articles on their person.
23) Oily cotton rags. waste and articles finable to spontaneous Ignition shall not
be allowed inside the magazine.
24) No tools or implements other than copper, brass, gunmetal or wood shal! be
allowed inside the magazine. All to shall be used with extreme gentleness
and cared.
25) Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown down or dragged along the floor and
shall be stacked on wooden trestles. When there are white ants the legs of
the treaties should rest in shallow copper lead andBrass bowels containing
water. Open boxes of dynamite shall never be exposed to the direct sun.
26) Empty boxes or loose packing material shall not be kept inside themagazine.
27) The magazine shall have a lightening conductor, which shall be got tested at
least once a year by an officer authorised by the Engineer-in-charge. The
testing fee shall be charged on the contractor which will be Rs.20/- for each
inspection. The contractor shall within 15 days comply with all the
recommendations made by the officer testing the lighting conductor, failing
which , the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to comply with the same at
the contractor's expense (which shall not be open to question) or may
consider any action that he may consider fit.
28) A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorized
persons.
29) The following shall be hung near in the lobby of magazine.

167
A) A copy of the rules both in English and in the language which the workers
concerned are familiar with
B) A statement showing the up to date stock in the magazine.
C) A certificate showing the last date of testing the lightening conductor.
D) A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.
30) The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by the officer
representing the Engineer-in-charge who will see that all the rules are strictly
complied with. He will notify all omissions etc. to the contractor, who shall
rectify the defect within a period of 15 days from the date of receipt of the
notice failing which the Engineer-in-charge may take whatever action he
considers suitable.
USE OF EXPLOSIVES:-
31) For the transport of the explosive and detonators between the stores and the
site closed and strong container made of soft material such as timber, zinc,
copper, leather and the like shall be used.
32) Explosives and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and

transported separately. For the conveyance of primers special containers
shall be used.
33) The boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed.
34) Explosives shall be stored & used chronologically to ensure ones, received
earlier, being used first. A makeup house shall be provided at each working
place in which cartridges will be madeup by experienced man as required.
The make up house shall be separated from other building. Only electric
storage battery lamps shall be used in this house.
35) No smoking shall be allowed in the make up house.
DISPOSAL OF DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES:-

36) All deteriorated explosives shall be disposed off on approved manner. The
quantity of the deteriorated explosives to be disposed off shall be intimated to
the Executive Engineer, prior to its disposal.
PREPATATION OF PRIMERS:
37) The primers shall not be prepared near open flames or fires. The work of
preparation of primers shall always be entrusted to same personnel. Primers
shall be used as soon as possible after they are ready for charging of holes.
168
38) The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the
site is completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by
actual inspection.
39) While charging open lamps shall be kept away. For charging with powdered
explosives, naked flames shall not be allowed.
40) Only wooden tamping rods, without any kind of metal on them shall be
allowed to be used.
41) Bore holes must be of such a size that the cartridges can easily pass down
them.
42) Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed home with
the tampingrod. The sand, clay or other tamping material used for filling the
hole completely shall not be tamped too hard.
BLASTING:-
43) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day which shall have
the approval of the Executive Engineer. The Blasting hours once fixed shall
not be altered without prior written approval of the Engineer.
44) The site of blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red

danger flags. The order of fire shall be given only by the supervisor in charge
of the work and this order shall be given only after giving the warning signal
three times so as to enable all the labour, watchman, etc. reach to safe
shelter and after having ascertained that no body is within the danger zone.
45) A bulge with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warnings signals.
The bugle shallnot be used for any other purpose. All the labour shall be
made acquainted with the sound of thebugle and shall be strictly warned to
leave their work immediately at the first warning signal and to make for safe
shelter and not to leave the shelter until the clear signal has been given.
46) All the roads and foot paths leading to the blasting area shall be watched.

169
47) In special cases suitable extra precautions shall be taken. The Engineer may
however permit blasting for underground excavation without restriction of
fixed time provided that he is satisfied that proper precautions are taken to
give sufficient warning to all concerned and that the work of other agencies
on the site is not unduly hampered.
48) For lighting the fuses, a lamp with a strong flame such as a carbide lamp
shall be used.
49) The supervisor shall watch the time required for firing the fuses and shallsee
that all the workmen are under safe shelters in good time.
Electrical firing :-
50) Only the supervisor In-charge shall keep key of the firing apparatus and he
shall keep it alwayswith himself.
51) Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current for the blasting
operations. Power lines shall not be tapped for the purpose.
52) All the detonators shall be checked before use.
53) For blast in one series only detonator of the same manufacture and of the
same group of electrical resistance shall be used.
54) Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging
shall be removed from the site.
55) The firing cable shall have a proper insulating cover so as to avoid short
circuiting due to contact with water, metallic part of rock.
56) The use of the earthas a return line shall not be permitted. .
57) The firing cable shall be checked by a suitable apparatus.
58) Before firing, the circuit shall be checked by a suitable apparatus.

170
59) After firing whether with or without an actual blast, the contact, between firing
cable and the source of the current shall be cut off before any persons are
allowed to leave the shelters.
60) During storms charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended. The
charges already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible,
after taking all safety precautions and giving necessary warnings singles. If
this is not possible the site shall be abandoned till the storm has passed.
Precautions After blast misfires:-

61) If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed sufficient
time shall be allowedto elapse before entering the danger zone. When fuses
and blasting caps are used a safe time should be allowed and then the
supervisor alone shall leave the shelter to see the misfire.
62) Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until! one of the
two following operations have been carried out by the supervisor.
i) The supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay)
extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet or water or compressed air
(using a pipe of soft material) and withdraw the fuse with the primer and
detonator attached. A fresh primer and detonator with fuse shall then be
placed. In this holeand fired.
ii) The supervisor shall get one foot of the tamping cleared off and indicate
the direction by placing stick in the hole. Another hole may then be drilled at
23 cm. away and parallel to it. this hole should then be charged and fired.
The balance of the cartridges and detonators found in the rock shall be
removed.
63) Before leaving his work, the supervisor should inform the supervisor of the
relieving shift of any case of misfire and shall point out the position with a red
cross denoting the same and also state what action, if any he has taken in
the matter.
64) The supervisor shall at once report to the officeall cases of misfire, the cause
of the misfire, the steps taken in connection therewith.
65) The names of the supervisor in charge of day or night shift may be noted
daily in the contractor’s office.
171
66) If misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamitethe

wholequantity of box from which the defective articles was taken must be
returned to the authority as may be directed by theEngineer-in-charge for
inspection to ascertain whether the whole box contains defective material.
67) Re-drilling the holes that have misfired either wholly or partly shall not be
permitted.
68) Precautions after blasting. After the blast the Supervisor shall carefully
inspect the work and satisfy himself that all charges have exploded.
69) After the blast has taken place in underground works, the workmen shall not
be allowed to go to face till all the toxic gases are evacuated from the place.
MODIFICATION IN TENDER PROVISIONS PERMISSION FOR FREE USE

OF SEPARABLE ROCK SPOIL FROM THE WORKS OTHER THAN THOSE
ALLOTTED ON THE SPECIFIC CONTRACT.
70) The Government is pleased to direct that the separable spoils available from
adjacent reaches/canal works etc. Other than those in the tender under
consideration should be permitted to be used by the contractors free of cost
provided these materials are used solely for the specific contract work in
question, with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
A provision to his effect may be made in all future tenders for the normalas
also the World Bank aided works. This is with reference to Government in
irrigation Department circular No. Jan 1080/104543(1290) )MAJ-6 Dated 9th
September 1981.
DEWATERING:-
As per the provisions in Water Resources Department CSR 2016-17 The
Dewatering is considered as 3% of cost of the work (Excavation &
Concreting) below the expected water table level. The Dewatering cost is
adjusted in weighted rate of excavation in hard strata. So separate payment
shall not be done for dewatering in any condition.

172
ITEM TO INCLUDE:-
The item shall include providing all equipment required for carrying out
dewatering of foundation and work area, all labour and all such other
necessary works as providing coffer or diversion dams, channels, lumps,
trenches etc, for dewatering and conveyance of the water to a safe distance
so that it does not seep back into the work area.
2.10 EXCAVATION OUTLINES AND PAY LINE FOR OTHER THAN FOUNDATION
STRUCTURE
All excavation shall be performed in accordance with the lines, grades levels &
dimensions shown in the drawing or established by the Engineer-In-Charge. The dimension
shown in the drawing are tentative during the progress of work it may be found necessary or
desirable to vary the slopes or dimensions of the excavation form those specified in the
drawings. The side slopes to the excavation shall be steep as with stand with safety as
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge, and slopes would be normally as per table given below
or less subject to safety.
Strata Slope
Soil & S.M. 1:1
H.M. & H.M.B. 1/2:1
S.R. 1/2:1
H.R. ¼:1
If the slopes established are found to be steeper and likely to slip they shall be made flatter
removing the additional material and introducing suitable berms if possible and stable faces
established as decided by the Engineer-in-charge will be paid at the rates accepted for
excavation for the particular class of material.
2.10.1 PAY LINES AND EXCESS EXCAVATION IN CASE OF FOUNDATION

STRUCTURES
No payment shall be made for the work done beyond the specified pay lines. Payment
lines for different strata for all excavation is defined as the lines starting from the other
dimensions of masonry or concrete as foundation levels and sloping up confirming to
the side slopes as above specified in the table above. Not withstanding standards given
herein before for the excavation outline the contractor shall take care to see that no slips or
accidents occur and that the slopes are stable. If necessary he shall carry out necessary
shoring and strutting at his own cost.

173
Any oral excavation carried out by the contractor for any purpose or reason shall
unless ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge be at the expense of the contractor,
and if the unauthorized excavation has to be filled with concrete of masonry or with materials
as specified by the Engineer-In-Charge, filling so needed shall be carried out by the
contractor as per specifications of the respective item of work at his own expense.
2.11 PREPARING AND TESTING OF FOUNDATION OF STRUCTURE
2.11.1 SCALING, TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION
After rough excavation to the required depth is completed, scaling and trimming operations
for the removal of all pieces loosened during excavation or partly separated from main rock,
mass by scams or crack’s shall carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
2.11.2 TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS
All weathered or partly decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not to leave on
the foundation any rock other than that which is so integral part of rock mass. Areas of low
bearing capacity, steep inclined seams, faults and crushed zones of an otherwise good
foundation, if permitted to be kept shall be cleared out to a sufficient depth and refilled and
plugged with masonry / concrete as directed by the Engineer-in-charge
2.11.3 FINAL FINISHED SURFACE OF FOUNDATION OF STRUCTURE
The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross section to give added
resistance to sliding. All polished surfaces shall be roughened artificially to give a good
bond. The surface shall be free of steep angles and the edges of benches shall he
chamfered approximately to 45 pinnacles or sharp projection shall be knocked off and
prominent knobs flattened. Neither along the length of the dam nor across it, shall the
foundation normally have a slope steeper than the one vertical, one horizontal and 1
vertical, 4 horizontal respectively unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
2.11.4 TESTING FOR SOUNDNESS
The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking with a heavy hammer and if
any loose portion or foundation rock is revealed by a hollow sound, it shall be excavated
further (without blasting) till a clear ringing sound is obtained.

174
2.12 FOUNDATION TO BE KEPT COMPLETELY DRY DURING CONSTRUCTION
The foundation shall be kept completely dewatered till such times that would be required for
the masonry or concrete to set. The dewatering required for this purpose shall be included in
the separate item of diversion and dewatering. Cost of preparation foundation as specified
herein before shall be included in separate item of preparing foundation
2.13 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be measured and paid for as per actual
sections excavated, limited to the payment lines shown in para 2.10 above or as a dequently
permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. Excavation beyond the approved lines and slopes will
not be paid for.
For each purpose of measurement, initial survey of levels, shall be carried out of the whole
area of excavation along cross section 15 (fifteen) meters apart. Levels shall be taken every
10 meters along those cross section zero will be at the centre line of each component to be
excavated as per exigency of work. Thus establishing level grid of 15m x 10m with levels at
each corner.
The quantities shall be computed from the cross sectional areas by the trapezoidal formula
such irregular features like mounds or ditches, pits and trenches natural or otherwise as are
not likely to be adequately represented in quantities based on section. taken, shall be
measured before hand either for addition to or deductions as the case may be from the
quantities that will be calculated on section measurements.
In such cases the section will disregard variation of levels on account of such local irregular
features and presume the ground to be even between points out side these Soft strata
measurements shall be taken along alternative cross sections, i.e. 10 (ten) meters. Those
for shall beat every cross section measurement of boulders bigger than 0.10 cubic meter
with in soft strata bar not covered by excavation in soft strata shall be taken on stack of
regular size. All such materials for measurements shall be neatly stacked in a compact
manner at a convenient level spot near the excavation work before final disposal to the
specified area without any extra cost. For arriving at quantity to be paid for conversion factor
of 1:1.7 (cut measurements to loose measurements) shall be adopted such quantities of
boulders arrived at for payment will be deducted from the quantity of soft strata and paid
under hard strata.

175
The measurements will be composed by plotting the actual excavated
levels and the original spaces ground or rock levels and calculating the area between the
original and excavated line.
No payment shall be made for any silt debris etc. that might accumulate in excavation pits
during monsoon or summer showers or otherwise on any account and cost of removal of
same be deemed to have been included in tendered cost for the concerned items.
2.13.1 CLASSIFICATION OF STRATA
The classification of the strata shall be made on the basis of average of the strata exposed
on the sides of cutting.
2.13.2 Unit rate of in item provided in the Schedule- B covers
*Cleaning of site both before & after
*Excavation both in dry and wet conditions
*Stacking the excavated material as directed
*Necessary dewatering
*Diversion of surface flow
*Any showing & strutting required
2.13.3 MODE OF PAYMENT
The payment for excavation in hard strata will be released initially at 90% of the item rate of
contract. Remaining amount will be released after completion of all excavation to the final
bed level, width, side, slopes, grade etc. designed for each length of 100 meters. Payment
shall be made at unit rate accepted in Schedule - B

176
SECTION - VI
3 - ANCHOR BAR WITH DRILLING AND GROUTING
( Item No. 3)
3.1 DRILLING ANCHOR HOLES AND FIXING ANCHOR BARS:
i. Scope : The item includes drilling holes about 50 mm in diameter in rock, masonry or
concrete, washing and cleaning holes and tapering the anchor bars and hooking on top and
fixing in cement grout or cement mortar.
ii. Drilling : Holes about 50 mm diameter shall be drilled in rock; concrete or masonry to
required depth at places shown on drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
depths shown are approximate and are liable to be increased or decreased at the time of
execution. The angle for drilling hole may vary from vertical to horizontal through any
degree.
The contractor shall have no claim on account of any delay due to non finalization of the
depth of holes or due to any variation in depth. The holes shall be drilled by wagon drill or
jack hammers or drilling machines. The operation of drilling also includes levelling the
ground for erecting drill machines, orientation, drilling to required depths and dimensions,
cleaning of holes and plugging till anchor bars are inserted in holes.
3.2 ANCHOR BAR IN ROCK:
The type, and dimensions of the anchor bars, locations, diameters and depths of anchor bar
holes shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Anchor bars shall be thoroughly cleaned before being placed. The holes shall be washed
out and cleaned thoroughly and shall then be completely filled with grout. When grout is
used the anchor bars shall be forced into place for full depth before the grout takes its initial
set and shall be vibrated until the entire embedded surface of the bar is in intimate contact
with the grout.
The cement grout shall be of proportion 1:2 (Cement : Sand) and of desired consistency.
The bars should as far as possible be fixed normal to the rock surface, but at any rate not
less than 60° with rock face. Special care shall be taken to ensure movement of bars after
the grout has taken its initial set.
A special wedging arrangement to the bottom end of the anchor may be necessary in the
form of splitting the bar for length upto 100 mm, and putting 6 mm thick steel wedge piece of
177
75 mm. length and 20 mm. breadth tapered on one edge.
The split bar with wedge slightly projecting out at the end when inserted fully in the hole will
be hammered from the top so that due to wedge the split end of bar will get tightly jammed
against the periphery of the hole. This arrangement will give additional strength to the
anchor bar, in addition to usual anchoring by cement grout. The special wedging
arrangement to anchor bars will be deemed to have been covered under item of
Reinforcement.
3.3 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
Measurement for drilling of holes shall be per no. of holes. The cost of fixing anchor bars in
cement slurry or in cement mortar shall be deemed to have been covered in the unit rate
provided for this item of drilling holes, as per Schedule 'B' of tender. The cost of anchor
included in the item of work.

178
SECTION – VI
4 - DRY STONE MASONRY WITH FILLING SAND IN VOIDS
( Item No. 4 )
4.0 INDIAN STANDARDS & SCOPE:
Work shall be carried out to Indian Standards and Code of practices.In absence
International Standards shall be followed. These shall be latest issue. List given hereunderis
not to be considered as conclusive and is for reference and guidance only. Any
discrepancies / conflict noticed shall be directed to the EIC for his direction / approval.
However as a general rule more stringent specification shall take precedence. IS: 1121
Methods of test for determination of strength properties of natural building stones.
Part 1 Compressive strength
Part 2 Transverse strength
Part 3 Tensile strength
Part 4 Shear strength
IS: 1124 Methods of test for determination of water absorption apparent specific gravity and
porosity of natural building stone. IS 1127 Recommendations for dimensions and
workmanship of natural building stones for dry masonry work. IS 1597 Code of Practice for
Part 1 construction of stone masonry: Rubble stone masonry SP 27 Handbook of method of
measurement of building works.
4.1 MATERIALS
4.1.1 Fine Aggregate
Natural sand deposited by stream or glacial agencies as a result of disintegration of rock is

best form of the aggregate. The fine aggregate shall conform to following standards.
i) Mortar and grout:
IS 2116 Specification for sand for masonry mortars.
4.1.2 Sea sand should not be used unless approved by the Engineer. If approved , the
required treatment shall be done at the contractor’s cost. Sand shall be hard, durable, clean
and free from adherent coating and organic matter and shall not contain any appreciable
amount of clay. Sand shall not contain harmful impurities such as iron, pyrites, coal
particles, lignite, mica shale or similar laminated material, alkali and organic impurities in

179
such form or quantities as to affect the strength or durability of concrete or mortar. Also it
should not contain any material liable to attack the steel reinforcement. When tested as per
IS 2386 Part I and Part II, fine aggregate shall not exceed permissible quantities of
deleterious material as given in IS 383. Fine aggregate shall be thoroughly washed at site
with clean fresh water such that the percentage of all deleterious materials is within the
permissible limits laid down. Aggregate shall be stored in such a way that it does not get
mixed with mud, grass, vegetables and other foreign matter. The Best way is to have a hard
surface platform made out of concrete, bricks or planks. It should be to the approval of the
Engineer.
4.2 Stone
4.2.1 Stone to be used in masonry shall be trap, granite, quartzite, gneiss, laterite or any
other type of good stone as specified in the BOQ or as approved by the Engineer. For all
practical purposes good trap, granite, quartzite or gneiss shall be used unless specified
otherwise in the BOQ.
4.2.2 All stones shall be free from defects like cavities, cracks, sand holes, flaws, injurious
veins, patches of loose or soft materials, etc. The percentage of water absorption shall
generally not exceed 5%. The strength of building stones should be adequate to carry the
loads imposed. Table 1 of IS 1597 gives the minimum crushing strength of approved stones.
Minimum strength shall be 200 kg/sqcm unless specified otherwise. Stones used shall be
small enough to be lifted and placed by hand, Length of the stones shall not exceed three
times their heights, and the breadth of the base shall not be greater than three-fourths or the
thickness of wall or less than 150 mm. The height of stones for rubble masonry may be up
to 300 mm. Stones with round faces shall not be used. Individual stones shall have
thickness and width of not less than 150 mm and length not less than 1.5 times its height.
Stones shall be dressed with a mason’s hammer by knocking off weak corners and edges.
4.3 Metal fittings
Metal fittings shall be non-corrosive/non-ferrrous. Use of iron clamps and similar fittings for
embedding into the masonry work shall be avoided. If permitted by the Engineer, they shall
be treated with anti-corrosive treatment.
4.4 SAND FILLING
4.4.1 The sand and water used shall meet the Indian standard specifications. Sand shall be
added suitably to allow for bulkage if required. Bulkage shall be determined as specified in
IS 2386 Part III.
4.5 WORKMANSHIP
4.5.1 Dressing and shaping of stone shall be done before being used in masonry. Quality
of dressing and shaping shall be as approved by the Engineer. All necessary chases for
180
joggles, dowels and cramps should be formed in stone beforehand. Sufficiently wetted,
cleaned stone shall be laid to lines, levels, curves and shapes as shown in the plans. Stones
shall be laid on their broadest face in mortar and settled carefully in place with a wooden
mallet. Clean chips and spells, carefully selected to fit in the spaces shall be wedged to
avoid thick beds or joints of mortar. All connecting walls shall be raised together. In case
one part is required to be left behind, raking back at an angle of 45 degrees or less shall be
done. It is imperative to adjust levels right at the start to achieve correct levels of window sill,
roof, etc. But as this is quite difficult to achieve, it shall be part of the stone masonry work to
provide cement concrete sill of mix in a ratio of 1:4:8 (1 cement, 4 sand and 8 for 20 mm
graded aggregate) of 100 to 150 m thickness in consultation with the Engineer-in-incharge.
The work shall be in perfect plumb or battered as specified. Corners stones shall be well-
dressed and chiseled. These shall be laid header and stretcher alternate. They shall not be
smaller than 0.025 cum and 300 mm in length. Further it must be noted that 25% of the
above shall be made from dressed corner stones. Work of the day shall be raked to a depth
of 20 mm while the mortar is green and cleaned with a coired string brush or wire brush.
Stone surface shall be free of mortar or cement coats. Vertical joints shall be staggered. At
angular junctions, stones at each alternate course shall be well bonded into the respective
courses of the adjacent wall.
4.6 Protection and Curing
Green work shall be protected from rains by suitable covering. Masonry in cement or
composite mortar shall be kept constantly moist on all the faces for a minimum period of
seven days. The top of masonry shall be left flooded with water at close of the day. Care
shall be taken not to disturb or wash out green mortar. In case of stone work in lime mortar,
curing shall commence two days after laying of masonry and shall continue for the next
seven days.
Face stone shall be so dressed that brushing on the exposed face shall not project by more
than 40 mm from the general wall surface. In case plastering is to be done, projection shall
be limited to 19 mm and depression to 10 mm. Bond or through stones shall be 2 piees
(nos.) per sq.m. face area shall be 0.03 sq m and for full width of masonry for walls up to
600 mm stones shall be marked distinctly. Quoins (corners) shall be dressed square to the
face and rough tooled to 100 mm from face, and vertical joints dressed to 40 mm from face.
No quoins shall be smaller than 0.025 cu m in volume and they shall also not be less than
300 mm in length , 25% of them being not less than 500 mm in length. Hearting stone shall
not be less than 150 mm in any direction. In walls upto 500 mm a minimum of 30% stone
shall be 0.010 cu m (10 litres) For thicker walls minimum 30% stone shall be 0.015 cum (15
litres). Stones shall be laid with or without courses as specified. Quoins be laid header and

181
stretcher alternatively. Laying shall be carefully done to form neat and close joints. Face
stones shall extend and bond well in the back. These shall be arranged to break joints.
4.7 Item includes:
The various items shall include the cost of the following irrespective of whether it is stated in
the BOQ or not.
a) Material and labour for proper execution as per specification and site requirement
including temporary erections like scaffolding, centering, shuttering and removal of the
same. Curing and protection shall also be included as directed.
b) Racking out of joints and cleaning of stone surfaces.
c) Preparing tops and sides of existing walls.
d) Bond stones.
e) Making grooves and rebates in the adjoining work for fixingjally.
f) Extra labour involved in dressing of corner stones and jamb stones wherever required.
g) Making holes, openings, outlets etc. embedding pipes, ends of beams, joists, slabs,
trusses, sills etc. whatever required during construction and neatly finishing the exposed
surfaces and opening as per instructions of the Engineer.
4.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:
Measurement for Dry stone masonry & sand filling to be done by tape at least two digits in
Cubic meter. The cost of the masonry shall be deemed to have been covered in the unit
rate provided for this item as per Schedule 'B' of tender.

182
SECTION – VI
5 - PROVIDING & FILLING TRENCH WITH SAND
( Item No. 5 )
Providing and filling in the foundation with sand of approved quality including compaction.
5.1 General:
The item refers to filling sand in the foundations and plinth watering & compaction.
5.2 Materials:
Sand required for filling the foundations and the interfaces in the soiling shall be clean and
coarse and generally obtained from the local sources unless found to be unsuitable. It shall
not contain more than 10% of clay.
5.3 Construction:
The Sand approved by the Engineer-in-charge shall be filled in the foundation trenches as
shown in the approved drawings. The sand shall be filled, watered and compacted in layers
15 cm to 20 cm. thick. Sand shall be compacted to the maximum density with heavy hand
rammers. The total compacted thickness of the sand layer shall be as shown on the
drawings or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.
The sand required to fill the interstices in the soling shall be dry and spread uniformly over
the soling and brushed and watered to fill the interstices fully.
5.4 Item to include:
Providing, filling, watering and compacting the sand in layers in the foundations trenches as
detailed above and all incidental labour, materials & tools etc. required for the satisfactory
completion of the work. When sand is required to fill the interstices of the soling, the item
shall include providing and spreading sand and watering.
5.5 Mode of measurements and payment:
Contract rate for sand used for filling in foundation shall be for a unit of one cubic meter. The
dimensions shall be measured correct up to two places of decimals of a meter and the
quantity worked correct up two decimals of a cubic meter.
When sand is required for filling in the interstices of the soling, the quantity collected shall
be measured before starting. Spreading and the balance remaining shall be measured after
the spreading is completed. The difference shall be paid as the quantity spread. No
deduction shall be made for voids in both cases.
183
SECTION – VI
6 - CEMENT CONCRETE
( Item No. 6 )
6.1 SCOPE OF WORK
The work covered by this shall consist of
i) Furnishing all materials, equipment and labour for the manufacture, transport, placing and
curing of concrete and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto, including
finishing the concrete to the require shape as per drawing,
ii) Installation of all embedded parts in the block outs for gates of penstock irrigation outlets,
pipes for penstock, construction sluice and other metal works, instruments etc shall be
carried out by other agency. The contractor shall initially keep adequate block out, recesses
etc to house such embedment and subsequently concrete the block outs or recesses
around the erected steelwork with concrete of grade M200. This item will not to be paid
separately and will be deemed to be included in the unit rate of concrete or masonry
surrounding the structure. The contractor will have to extend all co-operations for
embedment of parts and speedy erection of such parts. The gangways will be allowed to be
used free of cost. Contractor will also be responsible for cutting of reinforcement required to
be cut for erection of embedded part of gates, penstock, irrigation outlets, spillway gates etc.
No. extra payment claims on account of cutting such reinforcements use of gangways or
labour charge thereof will be entertained.
iii) Providing and removal of all formwork comprising, furnishing all materials, equipment and
labour for the manufacture transport erection, keeping in place with necessary fixture and
supports, oiling complete.
vi) All concrete involved in the R.C.C. work also stands including in this item.
v) As per provisions in WRD CSR 2016-17, Batching plant with Transit mixer compulsory for
the concrete work. No other type mixing shall be allowed.
6.2 The following specification will apply in general to all types of concrete work including R.C.C.
work.
6.3 CEMENT
Cement shall be brought by the contractor at his own cost and confirm to the Indian
Standard Specifications for Portland cement (I. S. 269-1958) and its subsequent revision.
The cost of cement shall be paid to the contractor as per weight of the cement in kg as per

184
designed mix for various concrete M10, M15, M20, M25, M30 subject to condition laid down
under section additional condition for materials brought by the contractor. The tests should
be carried out and report should be submitted by contractor before using of cement.
6.4 SAND
6.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE
The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum size shall be limited to 5
mm.
6.4.2 QUALITY
The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated gritty material obtained form rock
fragment, it shall be free from injurious amount of dust, lumps soft and flaky particles such
as alkali organic matter, loam mica and other deleterious substance. The maximum
percentage of deleterious matter in sand as delivered for use in mortar shall not exceed the
following values.
PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT
Materials passing through .
75 micron IS. sieve 3%
Shale 1%
Coal & lignite 1%
Clay lumps 1%
Total of other deleterious substance such as
alkali, mica, coated grains, soft and flaky particles. 2%
Sieve Size I.S. No. Commutative percentage by weight retained on sieve
4.75 mm Nil
2.36 mm 10 to 25
1.18 mm 25 to 45
600 micron 50 to 70
300 micron 75 to 90
150 micron 90 to 97

185
The sum of percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. The
sand shall be free from injurious amount of organic impurities of sand producing a colour
dark than standard in the colorimetric for organic impurities test for organic impurities shall
be rejected, if the impurities are beyond the acceptable limits stated above, the sand
washed or other wise cleaned to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at the cost
of the contractor.
6.4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS
The natural sand shall be well graded and sieve analysis of the sand should confirm to the
following limits of gradation.The gradation curve of the natural sand shall lie within the
enveloping curve of gradation specified as above.
6.4.4 a) FINENESS MODULUS

The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentages of sand
retained on the 6 standard screens from No. 4 to 100 inclusive A.S.T.M. standard (or 480,
240, 120, 60, 30and 15 sieve of the I.S.I. Specification) and dividing the sum by 100. Any
deviation from the specified range of gradation and fineness modulus shall not be permitted
without the written permission of Executive Engineer. Corrective measures if any required
for improving the fineness modulus shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost as
directed by Engineer-in-charge.
b) NATURAL SAND
Natural sand shall have fineness modulus ranging from 2.60 to 3.30 without
any admixtures.
c) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE
If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be moist, bulkage
will be measured and allowed, provided sand is stacked at the site at least for 48 hours
before use. Bulkage of such a stack will be measured regularly as directed by the Engineer-
in-charge and allowed according to these observation for bulkage will be made as per Indian
standard procedure and allowance will be made as under.
Bulkage observed Allowance to be made
Below 5% Nil
5 to 10 5%
10 to 15 10%

186
15 to 20 15%
20 to 25 20%
25 to 30 25%
30 to 35 30%
6.5 COARSE AGGREGATE

6.5.1 Coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated, crushed
stone and shall be free from injurious amounts of soft. friable, thin, elongated or laminated
pieces, alkaline organic matter or other deleterious substance. Flaky and weathered stones
shall not be used. Aggregate shall be tested in accordance with test prescribed in IS. 516-59
and 1199-59 or subsequent revision.Use of gravel fraction left behind after sieving river
sand shall be permitted in the blending of coarse aggregate if asked for after suitable
experiments and without rate variation.
6.5.2 IMPURITIES
The broken stone shall be free from dust and dirt and shall be washed if necessary to
ensure that all faces of the stones are perfectly clean. The maximum individual percentages
by weight of deleterious substance in any size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed the
following values:
Materials passing through No.100 screen (ASTM) one % by weight

Shale one % by weight
Coal one % by weight
Soft fragments one % by weight
Clay lumps one fourth % by weight
Other deleterious substances one % by weight
The sum of the percentages by weight of all deleterious substances in any size shall not
exceed 5 (Five) Percent % by weight.
6.5.3 GRADING
a) The approximate range in grading of coarse aggregate shall be as under

187
Max. size of Nominal Percentage of coarse aggregate fraction (mm)

Aggregate in Range
mm in mm 80 to 40 40 to 20 20 to 10 10 to 5
20 mm 10 to 20 - - 55 to 67 33 to 45
40 mm 20 to 40 - 40 to 50 28 to 40 18 to 30
80 mm 40 to 80 20 to 36 16 to 36 10 to 30 13 to 29
Sieve analysis shall be done at suitable intervals (but at least once in a week) and
proportion of different stacks shall be determined by the Engineer-in-charge or his
representative. The percentage of materials less than 5 mm shall be treated as part of sand
for the purpose of proportioning.
a)The coarse aggregate shall be of such a size as shall be retained on mesh 5 Sq.Mm.
b)The grading between the limits specified above shall be such as shall produce dense
concrete of the specified proportions and consistency that will work readily in to position
without segregation and without the use of an excessive water content.
6.5.4 SIZE
The maximum size of coarse aggregate for a particular grade of concrete shall be as large
as possible but normally not greater than 1/4 of the minimum thickness of the concrete
member provided in the case of R.C.C. This size present no difficulty to surround the
reinforcement thoroughly and fill up the corners of the formwork fully and is less than
minimum cover, by 6mm. For heavily reinforced concrete members such as ribs of beams,
etc, The maximum size of aggregate shall be restricted to 6mm less than the minimum clear
lateral distance between the reinforcement bars or less than the cover which ever is smaller.
Generally a maximum size of 20mm should be found satisfactory for reinforced concrete
work.
The grading between the maximum size and minimum size of 5mm shall be such
as to produce dense concrete of the specified consistency that will work readily in to
position without segregation and without use of excessive water content.

188
6.6 WATER
Water used in concrete shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of silt, organic
matter, alkali, salt and other impurities, which are likely to be injurious. The turbidity of water
shall not be more than 2000 parts per million and shall preferably be lower
6.7 GRADING AND RELATIVE PROPORTION
The grading of sand and coarse aggregate is liable to be modified beyond the limits
specified above to suit local conditions in order to obtain required strength and workability.
The grading as well as relative proportion of sand and coarse aggregate are liable to be
changed at the direction of the Engineer-in-charge in order to produce dense concrete of
required strength which can be worked readily into position without segregation in a given
ratio of cement and total aggregate (sum of. volumes of sand and of coarse aggregates) no
compensation is payable for adjustment in relative proportion and grading of aggregates. Air
entering agent if considered necessary will supplied by the Department free of cost. This
shall be mixed in concrete in the manner and quantity as may be directed by the Engineer-
in-charge without any extra cost.
6.8 MIX VARIATION AND CLASSIFICATION
Cement variation in the concrete mix shall not constitute an extra item. In case the ratio of
cement to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement content under specific orders
of the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor shall be paid at increased or reduced rate
according to the variation in the cost of cement alone resulting from charge in mix
proportion, calculated as per table given below, at the rate of Rs 240 per Bag for Part I & Rs.
250 per bag for II & Rs. 265/- per bag for Part III (as given in Annexure ‘A’ of Detailed
Tender Notice).
Sr. No. M.S.A. Grade of Assumed cement Bags/cum of

concrete consumption concrete
1 40 M-10 220.00 Kg/Cum 4.4 bag
2 40 M-15 260.00 Kg/Cum 5.20 bag
3 40 M-20 330.00 Kg/Cum 6.60 bag
4 20 M-20 330.00 Kg/Cum 6.60 bag
5 20 M-25 381.00 Kg/Cum 7.62 bag

189
Fine and coarse aggregate shall be measured by dry volumes in suitable wooden
boxes. Overall cement consumption for individual items during working season shall be
within (+) or (-) 2%. In case the cement consumption is less than 2% than that specified, the
work shall be paid at reduced rates.
6.9 PROPERTIES OF FRESH CONCRETE
6.9. 1 Workability of concrete
Workability is a broad term which encompasses a range of properties of fresh

concrete such as consistency (fluidity) , mobility (ability of concrete to move around the
reinforcement and in restricted areas), compatibility, finishibility and pumpability (for pumped
concrete). The degree of workability varies depending upon the type of construction and
method of placing, compacting and finishing. Workability is measured in terms of slump of
concrete using the standard procedure laid down in IS 1199:1959. The IS 456 provides
guidance on the range of workability requirements for different placing conditions and
applications. Consistency of fresh concrete is considered to be a close indication of its
workability and slump test has been the most widely used test for ascertaining consistency
and hence workability. For applications requiring very high slumps (higher than 150mm) the
IS 9103 recommends use of flow table test. For a majority of concrete supplied by RMC
producers, slump test is the most commonly used test.
The IS 4926 specifies the following tolerance limits of workability as criteria for acceptance.
i) Slump: + 25 mm or + 1/3rdof the specified value whichever is less. Compacting factor : +

0.03 For specified value > 0.9
ii) Slump: + 25 mm or + 1/3rdof the specified value whichever is less. Compacting factor : +
0.03 For specified value > 0.9 + 0.04 For specified value < 0.9> 0.8
iii) + 0.05 For specified value > 0.8 Flow Table Test: Acceptance criteria to be established
between the producer and the purchaser.
The test for workability needs to be performed upon discharge from producer’s delivery
vehicle on site or upon discharge into the purchaser’s vehicle. On some occasions, lack of
preparedness on the part of purchaser at construction site may result in delay of placement.
RMC producer will be responsible for maintaining the slump within the permissible range for
a period of 30 minutes starting from arrival of transit mixers at job site. However, after 30
minutes, the IS 4926 clearly states that the responsibility for delay passes on the purchaser.
Slump of concrete is quite sensitive to a variety of environmental and other factors such as
concrete temperature, ambient temperature, surface rate of evaporation, changes in

190
grading, batch mass differences, admixture dosage, presence of mineral admixtures or

otherwise, variation in air content, variation in testing, etc.
. 6.9. 2 Density of concrete:-
The plastic density (unit weight) of conventional normal-weight concrete varies

depending upon the variation in the density of different ingredients , the amount of
entrapped air and entrained air ( if air –entraining agents are used), the maximum size of
aggregate and water and cement contents in the mix. Increasing the aggregate volume and
reducing the cement paste would increase the density of concrete.
Ready Mixed concrete is measured on the basis of volume. The volume of fresh concrete
can be determined by dividing the total weight of all batched materials by the unit weight or
plastic density of concrete determined in accordance with IS 1199. Sometimes there is
likelihood of a discrepancy in the concrete ordered and that actually supplied. Also it should
be understood that the volume of hardened concrete may be or appear to be less than
expected. There could be variety of reasons for this discrepancy. These include wastage
and spillage of concrete, over excavation, miscalculation in form volume, deflection or
distortions of forms, settlement of wet mixes, loss of entrained air, etc. Such difference can
be reconciled if plastic density of concrete is monitored regularly. While carrying out mix
Proportioning, the plastic density of designed (Proportioned) mix is measured and tallied
with the theoretical density. It would be a good practice to measure the plastic density at
regular interval so as that the quantities supplied match orders. The plastic density
measurement can be done by filling a container of known volume with fully compacted
concrete and taking the mass of concrete in that volume by following procedures detailed in
IS1199.
Additionally for concrete of Road and Bridge work the guidelines given in section 1717.7.3
and 1717.7.4 of MORT&H specifications published by IRC (Fifth revision) 2013 as given in
references in Annexure I shall be referred to.
6.9.3 Air content of fresh concrete:-
In most parts of India, tropical weather prevails, necessitating adoption of adequate

precautionary measures associated with hot weather concreting practices. Absence of
adequate measures may lead to rapid loss of workability, accelerated stiffening of concrete,
poor compatibility and finishibility, and cracking of concrete owing to plastic and/or thermal
shrinkage. To avoid adverse effect of hot weather, both RMC producer and the purchaser
need to take adequate precautionary measures. It shall also be noted that generally
retarding effect of retarder is smaller at higher temperatures and sometimes few retarders
seem to be in-effective at extremely high temperatures. Thus it is desirable to keep the

191
temperature of concrete as low as possible. Although in the IS 4926:2003 the requirements

of temperature of concrete has been deleted it is advisable that the temperature of concrete
produced shall not be less than 5ºC and shall not exceed 35ºC Additionally for concrete of
Road and Bridge work the guidelines given in section 1708.5 and 1715.6 of MORT &H
specifications published by IRC (Fifth revision) 2013 as given in references in Annexure I
shall be referred to.
As far as RMC producer is concerned, he needs to design the concrete mix using a
combination of OPC and supplementary cementitious materials or blended cement for
reducing the heat of hydration. The aggregate stockpiles in the plant should be covered to
avoid direct exposure to sun and water should be sprinkled on the stockpile to bring down
the temperature. Some RMC producers use chilled water or ice flakes to bring down the
temperature of mixing water during hot summer months. Covering the drum of transit mixer
by hazen cloth helps in maintaining the temperature of concrete during transit.
The requirements of extreme weather (hot weather conditions) concreting are given in IS
7861(part 1):1975 and shall be referred to.
6.10. PROPERTIES OF HARDENED CONCRETE
6.10.1 Strength of concrete
a. Concrete Cubes:-
When strength of concrete is used as a basis for acceptance of concrete, which is

generally adopted parameter, the standard specimen shall be made, cured and tested at 28
days in accordance with IS 516.The compliance shall be assessed against the requirements
of IS 456. The testing frequencies and sampling shall be as per para 9.0 – sampling and
testing of concrete of this guidelines.
While the strength at 28 days has emerged as a basis for contract specification; in
order to get relatively quicker idea of the quality of concrete, compressive strength at 7 days
may be carried out; however it is important to establish a relationship between early age and
28 days strength for a particular concrete. But in all cases 28 days compressive strength
shall alone be the criteria for acceptance or rejection of concrete.
b. Concrete Cores:-
The most widely accepted method of determining the in-place compressive strength of
concrete in existing structures, pavements and linings is the testing of core specimens
obtained by drilling with a diamond core bit.
192
While core strength tests are more reliable than the less expensive & less tedious non-
destructive test methods now in use, the results can be affected by many structure and
testing variables which must be controlled or taken into consideration while evaluating the
concrete strength.
Where possible, a length to diameter ratio L/D of 2 should be used but the diameter of core
should be at least three times the nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate (MSA) and in
no case shall the diameter of specimen be lower than twice the maximum nominal size of
aggregate(MSA). Any specimen intended for strength testing shall not contain embedded
reinforcing steel.
Testing variables includes considerations such as method of end preparation. Often sawing
is necessary, to thin cores so that ends are perpendicular to the axis of the core, to eliminate
reinforcing steel or honeycombed areas or to eliminate surface irregularities.
Usually cores shall be capped to produce the required plainness for testing and it shall be
ensured that good practices of capping are followed as per IS 516. The capping shall be thin
with a strong material. The use of thick caps or ones that are not properly bonded to the
specimen or are made with a weak material may cause markedly reduced core strengths
specially in short cores of L/D less than 2.0.
Shorter cores with L/D less than 2.0 give a higher indicated strength which increases as L/d
decreases, therefore these higher strengths must be corrected by a factor (correction factor)
given in IS 516 for each ratio which, on the average, will produce a corrected strength on a
parity with the standard L/D = 2.0 specimen. The equivalent cube strength of the concrete
shall then be determined by multiplying the corrected cylinder strength by 5/4.
6.10.2 Acceptance criteria for concrete
a. Cubes:- The IS 456:2000 provides guidance on the acceptance criteria of concrete based
on compressive strength and shall be adhered to. Accordingly,
i.The test results of the sample shall be average of the strength of the three
specimens. The individual variation should not be more than + 15% of the average.
If more, the test results of the sample are invalid.
ii.The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements when both
the following conditions are met.

193
The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive non overlapping test
results complies with appropriate limits in column 2 of Table 1. Any individual test result
complies with the appropriate limits in column 3 of Table 1.
6.11.1 DESIGN MIX: (to be applicable for work costing more than Rs. 1 Crore ):-
The ratio of the volumes of the fine and coarse aggregate may be varied within limits
of1: 1.5 to 1:2.5 as directed by the Engineer-in-charge to suit the maximum size of coarse
aggregates, the grading density, workability and strength without extra cost. The quantity of
water shall be just sufficient, but not more than sufficient to produce a dense concrete of
required workability for its purpose. An accurate control shall be kept on the quantity of
mixing water. An allowance shall be made for surface moisture present in the aggregates
when computing water content is indicated in IS 456-1978.
Nominal mix proportions of concrete are given in Para 8.13.1. However, the exact
proportions in which the materials are to be used for different parts of the work shall
determined by carrying out mix design to obtain the specified strength of the concrete. The
design of mix, shall be submitted by the contractor and got approved from the Engineer-in-
charge at least one month before the commencement of the work. The design may be
changed at any given time at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge during progress of the
work. The samples of aggregates and cement and the resulting concrete as well as the
concrete mix design shall be tested as per relevant I.S. by the Engineer-in-charge,so as to
secure the required workability, density, impermeability, strength and economy.
All the materials going in each batch of concrete shall be weighed before use. The
amount of each individual size of aggregate entering each batch of concrete shall be
determined by direct weighing. The amount of water shall be added after weighing or
volumetric measure. All measuring equipment shall be calibrated correctly and certificate
from the complete authority shall be obtained as and when demanded by the Engineer-in-
charge. All measuring equipment shall be so designed and operated that the combined
inaccuracies in feeding and measuring the materials will not exceed one and half percent for
water or cement and two and half percent for each size of aggregate. Any batch of concrete
not satisfying this requirement is liable to be rejected. No cement older than 60 days from the
date of dispatch from the manufacturer shall be used on the work. The cement to be used
shall be in the order of its receipt so that no stock remains unused for duration longer than 60
days. Cement older than 60 days shall be removed from site as per the directives of
Engineer-in-charge.
The ingredients of concrete shall be properly mixed in mixers, designed so as to
positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component materials through the mass, at the
end of the mixing period. The mixing of each batch shall continue about one and half to two

194
minutes depending upon the revolutions per minute of the mixer and after all materials
except for the full amount of water is added in the mixer. The minimum mixing period
specified above assumes proper control of the rotation of the mixer and of introduction of the
materials, including water. The mixing time shall be increased at the discretion of the
Engineer-in-charge when the charging operation fails to produce concrete of the required
uniformity, composition and consistency within the batch and from the batch to batch.
Contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment for such increase in mixing time.
Excessive mixing requiring the addition of the water to preserve the required concrete
consistency shall be avoided. If the mixing and charging operations are such that the
required uniformity of the concrete is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum
specified without sacrifice of needed workability, the mixing time may be shortened under
order of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done by mechanical means only.
Materials corresponding to one bag mix or half bag mix (depending upon the mixer
capacity) shall be placed in the skip in sequence of metal cement and sand. The skip shall
then be emptied into the drum and specified quantity of water added to material in drum.
The following general principles shall be followed in operation of mixing:-
a) The ingredient shall be fed into the mixer simultaneously.
b) A portion of water (between 5 and 10 percent) shall precede and an equal quantity
shall follow introduction of the other materials. The remainder of the water shall be added
uniformly and simultaneously with the other materials.
c) Care shall be taken that mixing of concrete in the mixer shall be uniform.
6.12 ADMIXTURES:-
Admixture included in the unit rate as per Schedule ‘B’ and such admixture shall not be
considered as amounting to variation in the mix and is not covered by the mix variation
clauses in this section.
6.13 BATCHING:-
Proportions of concrete items mentioned in Schedule “B” are to be designed on the basis of
weight proportion. Each bag before use shall be corrected to weight 50 kg. (Excluding
weight of empty bag which will be considered as 1/2 kg) by adding extra cement is covered
under the unit rate accepted for masonry or concrete. Measured quantity of water shall be
added to achieve workability as specified by the Engineer-in-charge. After establishing the
bulk density soft aggregates shall be batched by weight. The bulk densities of coarse
aggregate shall be established by observation of such intervals as may be directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. The bulk densities of sand be verified at least once daily and bulkage

195
allowed by procedure approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Measured quantity of water shall
be added. Cement, fine aggregates and course aggregates shall be batched by weight in
batching plant only. After establishing the bulk densities of the aggregates, all aggregates
shall be batched by weight.
6.14 FORMS:-
6.14.1 GENERAL:-
Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required line shall be used whenever,
necessary. The form work shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete and to
withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive deflection from the
prescribed lines the work so when the concrete is vibrated. The contractor shall have to get
the design and drawing of the centering approved form the Engineer-in-charge before
erection. Form work shall only be of steel shuttering.
The surface of all forms in contact with shall be clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable
devise shall be used to hold corners, adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms
together in accurate alignment. Suitable devices in making the joints of the adjacent forms
watertight shall have to be adopted.
Government of Maharashtra, Irrigation Department Marathi Circular No. M/S 108/ (1395/89)
A-NIP (A) (2) Dated 19/8/94)
6.14.2 REUSE OF FORMS ETC.
Forms required to be used more than once shall be maintained in serviceable conditions
and shall be thoroughly cleaned and smoothened before reuse. Where metal sheets are
used for lining forms, the sheet shall be placed and maintained on the forms with minimum
amount of wrinkles, Lumps or other imperfections. All forms shall be checked for shape and
strength before reuse.
6.14.3 ERRECTION AND REMOVAL OF FORMS
i) Before placing concrete the surface of all forms shall be oiled with a suitable non
staining oil such as raw linseed oil so as to prevent sticking of concrete and to facilitate the
removal of form
ii) The oil shall cover the form fully and evenly without excess over drip. Care shall
be taken to prevent oil from getting on the surface of the construction joints and on
reinforcement bars. Special care shall be taken to oil thoroughly form strips for narrow
grooves so as to prevent swelling of the forms and consequent damage to concrete prior to

196
or during removal of forms. Immediately before pouring concrete in place. care shall be taken
to see that all forms are in proper alignment and the supports and fixtures are thoroughly
secured and tightened.
iii ) Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units, the forms
shall fit tightly over the completed surface so as to prevent leakage of mortar form the
concrete and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface.

iv) Form shall be left in place until their removal is authorised and shall then be
removed with care so to avoid injury to concrete.
v) Removal of form shall never be struck until the concrete is thoroughly set and
handled adequately to carry its own weight, besides the live load which is likely to come on
the work, during construction. The length of time for which the forms shall remaining in place
shall be decide by the Engineer-in-charge, with reference to weather conditions, shape and
position of the structure, or structure, or structural member and the nature and amount of
dead and live load. In normal circumstances forms shall be struck after the expiry of the
following periods:-
a) Beam sides, wall columns (unloaded) 72 hours
b) Slabes, and arches (props left under) 4 days
c) Props to slab and arches 10 days
e) Props to beams 21 days
f) Lean concrete (Side) 2 days

g) Tunnel & Lining 24 days
In no case shall, forms be removed until there is assurance that removal can be
accomplished without damaging the concrete surface. No loads will be allowed to damage
the concrete surface. Heavy load shall not be permitted until, after the concrete has reached
its designed strength. The forms shall be removed with great caution and without harming
the structure or throwing heavy forms upon the floor.
Block outs and slots necessary for embedding the foundation bolts and Other embedded
parts shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost. In absence of slots and
block outs, the parts to be embedded (when they are to be supplied by the department) will
supplied to him and embedment shall be done without any extra cost to the department.

197
6.15 MIXING:-
The ingredients of concrete shall be batched as mentioned in para 6.12 and properly mixed
in mixers/ batching plant designed so as to positively ensure, uniform distribution of all
component material throughout the mass at the end of the mixing period.
The mixing to each batch shall continue for about one and half to two minutes depending
upon the revolutions per minute of the mixer/batching plant after all materials except for the
full amount of water is added in the mixer/batching plant. The minimum mixing period
specified above assumes proper control of the speed of the rotation of the mixer/batching
plant and of the introduction of the material including water. The mixing time shall be
increased at the direction of the Engineer-in-charge when the charging operation fails to
produce concrete of the required uniformity, composition and consistency within the batch
and from batch to batch. Contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment for such
increase in mixing time. Excessive mixing requiring the addition of the water to preserve the
required concrete consistency shall be avoided. If the mixing and charging operations are
such that the required uniformity of the concrete is obtained in shorter mixing time than the
minimum specified without sacrifice of needed workability, the mixing time may by shortened
under order of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done by mechanical means only.
Materials corresponding to one bag mix or half bag mix (depending upon the mixer/batching
plant capacity) shall be placed in the skip in sequence of metal cement and sand. The skip
shall then be emptied in the drum and specified quantity of water is added to material drum.
The following general principles shall be followed in operation of mixing:-
a) The ingredients shall be fed as followed in operation of mixing.
b) A portion of water (between 5 to 10%) shall precede and an equal quantity shall
follow introduction of other materials. The remainder of the water shall be added
uniformly and simultaneously with other material.
c) Care shall be taken that mixing of concrete in the mixer/batching plant shall be
uniform.

198
6.16 TEST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE
6.16.1 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH
The crushing strength in kg. per square cm on works cube at 28 days for each normal mix
shall be as under.
Equivalent Preliminary test Stipulated crushing strength

ISS mix Kg/Sq. Cm.
7 days 28 days
Kg/Sq. Cm. Kg/Sq. Cm.
M-10 135 70 100
M-15 200 100 150
M-20 260 135 200
M-25 320 170 250
M-30 380 200 300
6.16.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TEST
Preliminary test of cubes shall be carried out in the laboratory well in advance of
commencement of work. These tests should indicate an adequate margin over the
stipulated strength specified in above table.
6.16.3 WORK TEST ON CONCRETE
Test for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per the relevant Indian
Standard Specifications. For works tests, samples shall be taken on the job as and when
directed. For work tests, samples shall be taken once for every 50 cubic meter of each type
of concrete laid at least three times a day. The sample for work test is defined as set of
three cubes. The materials required for the samples (Concrete, cement, sand and coarse
aggregate) shall be supplied by the contractor free of cost and collection of sample of
casting of cubes and curing and testing shall be carried out by the department at
corporations cost.

199
6.16.4 STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE
No test of “work test’ cubes shall have at 28 days a crushing strength of less than 95% of
the stipulated crushing strength. The average of the crushing strengths of the three work
test cubes shall be taken as the crushing strength of the set.
For every set of“work set” cubes which gives a 28 days crushing strength of less than 95%
of the stipulated crushing strength a volume of 30 cubic meter of concrete shall be paid at
such reduced rate as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge.
In addition to the 28 days, strength test Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion makes 7
days strength test and/or 3 days (accelerated curing) strength tests & fix up exact relation
between such strength & 28 day strength after studying the actual values released. If at any
time, the test indicates that the strength may not be achieved as specified, the Engineer-in-
charge has to suspend the work of laying concrete until the reasons for low strength have
been investigated and corrected. The contractor shall comply therewith without such
suspension being made a reason for any claims. The Engineer-in-charge may at his
discretion also order suspension of work when the variation in the strength of individual work
test cubes form the average of the set is excessive. The contractor shall comply with such
suspension until the reasons for the variations are investigated and corrected and such
suspension shall not be accepted as reason for any claim.
6.16.5 CONCRETE SURFACES
Before laying the concrete, the surface of the concrete in day to day work shall be cleaned
by wire brush and jet of water so that surface is thoroughly cleaned and wetted but pools of
water are avoided. If the old concrete surface has remained exposed for more than two
weeks, it shall be prepared in the same manner as indicted in Para 1.13.3
6.16.6 SLUMP TESTS
In order to test the consistency of the mixed concrete, slumps test shall have to be made by
the contractor when and where required by the Engineer-in-charge and as per Indian
Standard Specifications. The allowable slumps shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge
depending upon the location of the concrete.

200
6.17 PLACING CONCRETE
6.17.1 Concrete shall be placed only in locations where authorised and no concrete or mortar
shall be placed until work of installations of embedded parts, preparation of surfaces or
necessary clean up has been done and approved.
6.17.2 ROCK SURFACE
The rock surface upon or against which concrete is to be placed shall be prepared as
specified in section 1.13 of section 1 and roughed by chipping to a depth of 5.15 to 7.60cm.
The unit rate of concrete (old) shall cover the cost of all such preparations and also of the
cost of cement mortar. The concrete removed by roughening shall not be paid for.
6.17.3 ALL SURFACE
i) The cleaned rock masonry or concrete surface shall be applied with cement slurry
and then cement mortar coat be applied as described in relevant Para of section 4.
ii) The first few batches of concrete may if so required, contain half the regular size of
coarse aggregate without any extra claims.
ii) The cost of such preparation work stands included in the unit rate of cement
concrete.
6.17.4 TIME FOR USE
All concrete shall be placed directly in its final position within 30 minutes of mixing. Any
concrete which has become so stiff that proper placing can’t be assured without retampering
shall be wasted and shall not be paid for. All surface of forms and metal work including
reinforcement bars that have become incrusted with dried mortar or grout concrete
previously placed, shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout before surrounding or
adjacent concrete is placed.
6.17.5 METHOD OF PLACEMENT
Before starting placing of concrete it should be made certain that the transporting and
placing equipments are clean and in proper relay and that equipment along with the
operating staff arranged to deliver the final concrete in the position without undue delay or
objectionable segregation. The methods of equipment used for transport and placing of
concrete shall be such as will permit the delivery of the concrete of the required consistency
to the work without objectionable segregation, porosity or excessive loss of workability.
Excessive segregation from whatever cause shall be prevented in handling and placing
201
operation by avoiding or controlling lateral movement of the concrete as in dumping at an
angle or depositions continuous at one point and allowing the concrete to flow. Concrete
shall not be dropped from excessive height and the free fall should be kept to a minimum
height. Concrete shall be deposited in continuous horizontal layers in a thickness of
approximately 30 cm in normal work to 45 cm (eighteen inches), for mass concrete. Except
that nothing herein shall be constructed to permit placement of the additional horizontal
layers of mass concrete before the entire area to be concreted is covered by previous
layers. On flat horizontal surfaces, where conjunction of steel near the forms, makes placing
of concrete difficult, a mortar of the same cement, sand ratio as used in the concrete shall
be first deposited to cover the forms and shall stand, included in the unit rate of concrete
before the entire area to be concrete is covered by previous layers.
6.17.6 RATE OF PLACING
Concreting should continue without avoidable interruption until the structure of section is
completed and satisfactory construction joints can be made. Location of construction joint
shall be as directed by engineer-in- charge. Concrete shall not be placed faster than the
placing crew can compact it properly. In placing of beams and columns, precaution shall be
taken against rapid placement, which may result in movements, or failure of the forms due
to excessive lateral pressure. An interval of at least 12 hour and preferable 24 hours should
elapse between the completion of column and walls and the placing of slabs beams or
girders support by them in order to avoid cracking due to settlement. All concrete shall be
placed in approximately horizontal lifts not exceeding 1.25 meter in thickness per day.
Concrete in arches should be done in strips extending from one pier to another. No through
joint shall be kept in the span.
6.17.7 CONCRETING AT NIGHT TIME:
If concrete is to be placed at night, adequate lighting arrangements shall be made as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
6.17.8 CONCRETING DURING RAINS:
When concreting is required to be done or continued while it is raining, it shall be seem that
the concrete is not damaged due to rain while it is being transported and placed. After
placing, the green concrete shall be adequately covered for a period of 24 hours when it will
be capable of being cured by splash of water. The surface of fresh concrete should be
maintained on a slope sufficiently to result in the self drainage of the water. The work shall
however be discontinued when rain is so severe that the water collects into pools or washes
the surface of the fresh concrete and it is not possible to provide adequate shelter.

202
6.18 COMPACTION
6.18.1 All concrete shall be vibrated by mechanical vibrator of approved type so as to ensure
dense concrete. Hand tamping and rodding shall not be used for compaction of concrete
except in special circumstances with the express permission of the Engineer-in-charge
When immersion type vibrators are used, they shall be used vertically and at about 50 cm
apart. The vibration shall be inserted to the full depth of the newly hard concrete layer. The
vibrator shall however not re-vibrate concrete which has commenced it’s final set. Special
care shall be taken to see that the vibrator touching the reinforcement of embedded parts
does not disturb the concrete below, which has commenced its final set. The concrete shall
not be vibrated excessively, so as to cause segregation.
6.18.2 Each layer of concrete, for surface which are required to be smooth and for all surfaces
which will be permanently exposed to the weather, and for all surfaces next to embedded
metal work shall be worked & vibrated with mechanical vibrator of approved type only so
as to obtain a concrete of maximum density and imperviousness and to assure close
contact of the concrete with forms, reinforcement bars and other embedded parts. If the
methods of transporting and placement have been conducive to air entertainment
segregation or stiffening, the work of compaction should receive special attention.
6.18.3 For concrete surface exposed to flow of water special precaution shall be taken to
minimise and to prevent surface pitting and protrusions without resorting to over
manipulation of the concrete mix to the forms No plastering for getting a smooth finish shall
be permitted to these locations. Any protrusions shall be ground smooth.
6.19 CURING AND PROTECTION
All concrete shall be protected against injury until final acceptance Exposed finished surface
of concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of sun for at least 72 hours after
placement.
Concrete shall be kept continuously moist for not less than 27 days. Construction joints shall
be cured in the same way as other concrete and shall also be kept moist for at least 72
hours prior to the placing of additional concrete upon the joints. Approximately horizontal
surfaces shall be cured by sprinkling, ponding or by covering by damp sand or may be cured
by use of wet quilts or mats. Vertical surface shall be cured by covering with wet jute bags. If
damp sand or quilting is used for curing it shall be removed completely later. Should the
concrete perish i.e. it becomes dry or powdery through neglect of curing such work shall be
demolished and rebuilt at no extra cost. If the curing arrangement of the contractor is not

203
satisfactory the Engineer-in-charge may in his discretion engage labour and provide material
and equipment for curing and recover expenditure thus involved from the contractor.
6.20 FINISHING
6.20.1 GENERAL
Finishing of formed and uniformed surface shall be performed only by skilled workmen. All
exposed concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of all encrustation’s of cement mortar or grout
and unsightly stains shall be removed.
6.20.2 FORMED SURFACES:
Surface of concrete finished against forms shall be smooth, free form projections and filled
thoroughly with mortar. Immediately upon removal of forms, all unsightly ridges of fines shall
be removed and any local bulging on expose surfaces shall be remedied by tooling and
rubbing. All holes left by the removal of fasteners, shall after being reamed with toothes
reamer, be neatly filled with dry patching mortar. All porous fractured concrete and surface
concrete to which additions are required to bring it to the prescribed lines shall be sharp
edged and dewed and shall be filled to required lines which fresh concrete or dry patching
mortar. Where concrete is used for filling the chipped opening, these shall not be less than 8
cm in depth and the concrete filling shall be reinforced and dowelled to the surface of the
opening. Honey combed surfaces which give a hollow sound, shall be rectified by gunitiing
at the contractors cost, within the unit rate accepted for concrete.
6.20.3 DRY PATCHING :
Dry patching mortar shall consist of one part of cement to 2 parts of sand by volume and just
enough water, so that the mortar as used, will stick together on being moulded into a ball by
a slight pressure of the hands and will not exclude water when pressed but will leave the
hands damp. The mortar shall be placed in layers of not more than 25 mm thickness. After
being compacted each layer shall be roughed by being scratched to provide and effective
bound with the succeeding layers. The last or finishing layer shall be smooth to form a
surface continuous with the surrounding concrete. All patches shall be bonded thoroughly to
the surface of the chipped opening and shall be sound and free from shrinkage cracks.
6.20.4 (A) FINISHING PERMANENTLY EXPOSED SURFACE:
Except as otherwise specified or directed, all permanent concrete surface and other water
way surface requiring durability under water (except the outlet) shall be finished in the
following manner immediately upon the removal of the forms, the surface shall be wetted

204
and all surface pit and or bubbles filled by nibbles filled by rubbing mortar composed of
cement and fine sand in proportion (1:2) into the pits with burlap so as to secure a uniformly
dense smooth face. The rubbing shall be performed in such a manner as to leave the
surface free from mortar not used for filling the pits should the filling orations be unduly
delayed & the surface of the pits become coated with dirt or other contaminating material,
they shall be thoroughly cleaned & washed and shall be maintained in a moist condition,
until the mortar filling is placed. Such cleaning shall be done by means of air and water jet
and chipping or brushing or other satisfactory means without damaging concrete. All
operations in connection with the filling of surface pits shall be handled as quickly as
practicable to minimise the period during which the concrete and mortar filling are exposed
to drying. When the treatment of a surface has been completed the surface shall be neat
and of the same colour and texture as the adjoining concrete.
6.20.4 (B) FINISHING OF CONCRETE SURFACE IN OUTLETS:
Special finish as hereafter specified shall be done for concrete surface in out lets. The
maximum allowable deviations for this finish are as listed below.
Type of irregularity Allowance in mm
Depression Nil
Gradual 6
Abrupt 6 Parallel to flow and 8 not

parallel to flow
Abrupt irregularities are defined as off sets and fines caused by displaced or misplaced form
setting or form sections by loose knots in forties of otherwise defective or lumber. All other
(except depressions) are classed as gradual irregularities Gradual irregularities shall be
measured with a five feet template consisting of a straight edge for plain surface or its
equivalent for curved surface. Grinding shall be done as required to bring the irregularities
within the specified limits as above.
6.20.5 FINISHING CONCEALED SURFACE
For exterior concrete surfaces below ground or backfill level or like surfaces not otherwise
specified no finish is necessary except that sand streaks, metal pockets, honey combing or
other imperfections which are of consequence affecting strength, water tightness or
protection of reinforcing steel shall be corrected and repaired as prescribed for formed
surface.
205
6.20.6 FINISHING UNIFORMED SURFACE
Uniformed surface shall be finished by one or more of the operations of screening, floating &
toweling. Working of the surfaces should be done at proper time employing experienced
men and should be just sufficient to produce the desired finish. Screening which gives the
surface its approximate shape by striking off surplus concrete immediately after compaction
shall be accomplished by moving straight edge or template with a saving motion across
wood or metal strip that have been established as guides. Where the surface is curved as
special accrued be brought true to form & grade by working it sparingly with wooden float if
a coarse textured finish is desired or if the surface is to be steel toweled a second or final
floating should be performed after some stiffening has occurred and the surface moisture
flame or shine has disappeared. Where a smooth dense finish is desired floating shall be
followed by steel toweling some time after moisture film, or shine has disappeared from the
table surface and when the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent fine material and
water from being worked out to the surface. Excessive toweling particularly at an early time
shall be avoided.
6.20.7 DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS, GOVERNMENT NOT RESPONSIBLE
In case of damage of any of the concrete works due to floods, Government will not be
responsible and whatever corrective measures are required to be adopted shall be done by
the contractor at his cost. Provision of paragraph 1, 12, 19 of Masonry section shall apply
6.21 PAYMENT
6.21.1 Payment shall be on the net quantity of concrete after deducting quantities for openings and
other class of work. No deduction shall be made for anchor bars reinforcement, grout holes
and bore or weep holes or any opening not exceeding 100 Cm2 in cross section. Rate shall
be subjected to paragraph 6.13.4 above. Measurements of concrete shall be taken within
the specified pay lines for the structure or as indicated on the drawings.
Any concrete placed in the excavation beyond the line of structures to avoid use of forms
shall not be paid for. The quantity of item shall be computed by using prismoidal formula
only.
Block outs and slots are necessary for embedding the foundation bolt and other embedded
parts shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost,The payment of formwork
required for concrete if any, shall be presumed to be included in the payment of concrete
item.

206
SECTION – VI
7- REINFORCEMENT (Item No. 7)
7.1 SCOPE OF WORK
The item covers hauling, storing, strengthening, cleaning, cutting, bending, placing and or
erection in position, securing and maintaining in position all reinforcement bars &
reinforcement. It also included splicing of TMT bars, plain or tor as per the drawing or as
required by the Engineer-in-charge and providing the hooks at the ends. It also includes the
cost of furnishing and attaching wire ties and chairs, cover block supports etc. The item also
includes providing anchor bars for the stilling basin work. The rate is inclusive of the splicing
and welding required at the ends of anchor bar, if required it also includes welding of
reinforcing bars where directed or permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.2 SUPPLY
The reinforcing steel shall be brought by the contractor at his own cost subject to the
condition laid down under section “additional conditions for materials to be brought by the
contractor.”
7.3 BAR BENDING SCHEDULE
The department will indicate the design requirement of reinforcement steel for the different
components. The contractor shall prepare the bar bending schedule from the design,
statements, showing the details of bends, cranks and splices provided by him for all the bars
to be placed and get them approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The schedule shall be
presented for approval well in advance of the laying of the reinforcement.
7.4 CLEANING
Before steel reinforcement is placed in the position the surface of the reinforcement bars
shall be clean of rust, scale, dirt, grease and other objectionable deleterious foreign
substances, heavy flaky rust and mill scale that cannot be removed by firm rubbing with
burlap or equivalent treatment being considered. The fact that light or early stage rust, has
no effect on bond and hence could be disregarded, shall not be accepted as an excuse for
careless handling and storage of steel.
7.5 BENDING: (REFER I.S.S. NO. 2502-63)
Metal Reinforcement shall not be straightened or bent in a manner that will injure or weaken
the materials. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings shall not be used. The
bar shall be bent cold to the shape as per dimension shown in drawing or as directed, using
a bar binder, operated by hand or power, to attain the proper bending radius. The radius of
207
bend shall not be less than 4 times of normal size of the bars. The radius of the bend for
strips and ties should not be less than the twice the thickness of bar. Heating of
reinforcement bars to facilitate bending will not normally be permitted. When however such
heating is permitted in the case of large diameter bars, the temperature of the steel shall not
exceed the corresponding to cherry red colour (about 8000c)
7.6 PLACING
7.6.1 BINDING WIRE
Wire for tying reinforcement shall be soft and annealed steel. The wire may be of 16 to 18
B.WG. and shall be soft and shall have (to confirm to IS 5280,1962) the ultimate strength of
not less than 5600 kglcm2 and yield point of not less than 300 kg/cm2.
7.6.2 SUPPORT AND SPACERS
Metal support spacers shall be fabricated form non corrodible metal. Dissimilar metals
should not be placed in concrete in intimate proximity with each other or be joined by
conductor, specially in the continued presence of moisture unless it is known that galvanic
action will not result.
7.6.3 SPLICING BY OVERLAPPING (REF. ISS 456-1956)

Bars splices as indicated in the drawings will only be used unless modification theirin. The
point of maximum stresses shall however be avoided. Splicing of adjacent bar at same
location along their lengths shall be avoided as possible.
7.6.4 BY WELDING
Welding of bars shall be done for splices in lieu of lapping, where so directed. The welds
shall be only at approved locations. The joints shall be of the ‘V’ butt-weld. This welding
shall be done by the electric method using a process which will preclude the contact of
atmosphere with the molten metal of the weld joined before it solidifies. Suitable means shall
be provided for holding the bars securely in position during welding process.
The ends of the bars shall be cleaned of all case scales, rust, grease, paint or other foreign
matter before welding. Only qualified welders shall be employed on the work and all welding
shall conform to the best modern practices. All welding shall conform to the relevant (ISS
456-1956 Appendix - 11)
A weld will be considered unsatisfactory if it fails to sustain a tensile stress of at least 90% of
the tensile strength of the bar in which the weld has been made. The contractor shall make
all necessary arrangement for carrying out the test as directed by and under the guidance of
Engineer-in-charge and within the accepted unite rate of reinforcement. In the event
welded joints are used at the approval of Engineer-in-charge each welded joint will be paid
208
as standard lap joint length for the diameter of bars concerned. Where because of splicing
the thickness of concrete in between reduces to less than the maximum size of aggregate, a
concrete with a reduced maximum size of aggregate shall be used so as to allow
development of bond in splice. The extra cost of such special concrete shall be deemed to
have included in the unit rate for the main concrete & shall be paid at the same rate.
7.7 DISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT BARS
7.7.1 The distance between two parallel reinforcement bars shall be except as provided below in
not less than greatest of the following distances.
a) The diameter of either bar, if their diameters be equal.
b) The diameter of the larger bar if the diameters be unequal.
c) 8 mm more than the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate comprise in
such concrete.
Note : A greater distance should be provided when convenient.
7.7.2 The vertical distance between two horizontal main steel reinforcement of the corresponding
distance at right angles to two inclined main steel. Reinforcement shall not be less than 12
mm shall splice or tap except where one reinforcement in transverse of the other.
7.7.3 The pitch of the main bar in a reinforcement concrete solid slab shall not be more than
three times the effective depth of such slab.
The pitch of distribution bars in R.C.C. solid slab shall not be more than 4 times the effective
depth of such slab.
7.8 CONCRETE COVER
7.8.1 Sufficient concrete cover shall be provided to protect reinforcement from corrosion as
indicated in the drawing. All protruding bars from concrete or masonry to which other bars
are to be spliced and which will be exposed to action of weather for an indefinite period shall
be protected from rusting by a thin coat of neat cement grout. Accurate records shall be kept
at all times of numbers, size lengths and weight of bars in position for different parts of the
work.
7.8.2 The thickness of concrete cover, (exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish) shall be as
follows:
a) At each end of reinforcing bar, cover should not be less than 25 mm nor less
than twice the diameter of such rod or bar.
b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column, cover should not be less than
40mm or less than the diameter of such rod. In the case of column of minimum
dimension of 18 mm or under those bars which do not exceed 12 mm diameter, 25
209
mm cover may be used.
c) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam, cover should not be less 25 mm
or less than the diameter of such rod or bar.
d ) For tensile compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab, cover should
not be less than 12 mm or not less than diameter of such reinforcement.
e) For any of the reinforcement, not less than 12 mm, nor less than the diameter
of such reinforcement.
f) For all external works against earth face and for internal work where there exists
particularly corrosive conditions the cover of the concrete shall be increased by 12 mm
beyond the figure given above (a to e)
7.9 ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT POINTS FOR ATTENTION
7.9.1 Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in position it shall be verified as to whether
the specified grade, size are cut and bent in accordance with the relevant drawings and
specification. For any mistake, the contractor shall be solely responsible and shall
made him self liable for all rectification of mistake at his risk and cost.
7.9.2 Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and secured in position by means of
built in concrete blocks, metallic chairs, hangers, spacers or other suitably approved
device at sufficiently close intervals so that they will not sag between supports and
shall not be displaced during the placing of concrete or operation of work.
7.9.3 Before starting the concreting, the contractor shall ascertain that the measurement of the
reinforcement placed have been recorded by the authorised representative of the Dept.
and the Engineer-in-charge certifies to the correctness of the reinforcement used, failing to
do so No payment shall be made for the item and the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion
may order dismantling and reconstruction of the work where necessary. The engg.-in-
charge or his authorised representative shall record the fact of his having checked &
approved the reinforcement in the order book kept on the work before allowing concreting to
commence.
7.10 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENTS
Accurate records shall be kept at all times of numbers, sizes, lengths & wt of bars placed in
position for parts of work. The reinforcement shall be paid as the weight in kg/ qtl. of the
actual quantity of steel reinforcement placed in the structure arrived at by measuring the
length of the bars used multiplied by the standard weight per unit length of particular
diameter of bar (as shown in the bar bending schedule)
The standard weight of the bars shall be as follows
Diameter of bar in Weight in Kg/ Rmt

210
mm HYSD Steel
6 0.222
8 0.395
10 0.617
12 0.888
16 1.578
18 2.000
20 2.465
22 2.983
25 3.852
28 4.832
32 6.311
36 7.990
40 9.860
45 12.49
50 15.100
In the case of deformed bars, the weight per unit length for a bar for specified diameter
the payment to the contractor will be done on the basis of weight given by the
manufacturer.
This shall include the quantity in laps, hooks and bends. It shall not include weights of
metallic chairs, hangers, spacer of other suitable devices if used. The length of bar
shall be measured to the nearest 10 cm. A fraction less than 5 cm shall be neglected
and fraction of 5 cm or more shall be taken as 10 cm.

211
The cost of wire used for binding the reinforcement shall be deemed to be included in
the rate of the item of reinforcement and shall not be paid for separately. The item are
shall be exclusive of chair, hanger, spacer etc. Separate measurements for support
steel shall be kept and payment shall be made at issue rate as per reinforcement
payable to contractor. (Surplus steel in pieces of any length shall not be taken back by
the contractor on any ground.)
Accurate records shall be kept at all times of numbers, size, length, on weight as actual
quantity of steel reinforcement placed in the structure arrived at the time of, including
hook, bends and laps. The length of the bar shall be measured to the next nearest 10
cm. Weights shall be computed from the standard table of weights. The unit accepted
for the reinforcement shall include the cost of supplying, cutting, bending, cleaning, and
attaching binding wire, separators, hangers etc. shall be deemed to be included in the
unit rate of reinforcement and shall not be measured nor paid for. Whether welding is
permitted or splicing shall not be paid for separately. Chairs if any as per instruction of
Engineer-in-charge will be paid separately.

212
SECTION -VI
8- WEEP HOLES ( Item No. 8 )
8.1.0 SCOPE
The item includes providing & fixing in position 100 mm diameter A. C. pipes to
form weep hole in masonry or concrete, washing and cleaning of holes, capping and
protecting holes upto completion to prevent clogging. The A.C. pipe weep holes are to be
provided for masonry walls or for other purpose as directed. The A.C. pipe shall not have
any cracks or flows etc. The pipes shall be laid as shown in drawings or as directed. If
required the pipes shall becut to the required shape.
The spacing between every weep hole should be 1.50 m x 1.50 alternate in row &
column or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Every weep hole shall provided with metal &
sand filter at its earth side end of size 450x450x450 mm.
8.2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENTS

Measurements for payments shall be taken on running meter along the centre line
of the pipe.

213
SECTION - VI
9- BULB TYPE P.V.C. WATER STOPPER ( Item No. 9 )
9.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
The strip should be of P.V.C.of specified gauge and as shown in the drawing or
otherwise, it shall be of shape, size and quality as directed by the Engineer-in-chrge. These
strips shall be jointed carefully at all joints to form a continuous water tight diaphragm. The
strips shall be properly secured in concrete and adequately supported during concreting and
due care shall be exercised in the removal of forms to ensure that the bond between the
strip and concrete is not disturbed.
9.2.0 SPECIFICATIONS
P.V.C. water stoppers shall confirm to IS 1838/61 and shall satisfy following
specifications. They shall be self extinguishing anticorrosive chemical resistant and shall
have no effect of alkalies out of atmospheric action and shall have good bondage with
cement concrete. The water stopper shall be of approved manufacturer and shall have :
i) Specific gravity 12.50
ii) Tensile Strength 140kg/sq.cm.
iii) Elongation at break 350mm
iv) Hardness A-75
9.3.0 JOINTING
The process of heat fusion or welding shall be used to provide butt joints between
length of water stops. Wooden templets with suitable grooves at 45° & 90° angles shall be
used for cutting the water stops.
9.3.1 P.V.C. water stops shall be cut to required angle by sharp knife.
9.3.2 The metal strip shall be heated with a blow lamp to temperature of 200° c. and both ends of
P.V.C. water stops shall be kept sticking to the hot metal strip and edges shall be allowed to
melt, metal strip shall then be removed, both ends shall be pressed together and allow to
cool.
9.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS & PAYMENTS

The unit of payments shall be per running meter length arrived at by measuring the
length along the joint.

214
SECTION - VI
10- PROVIDING EXPANSION JOINTS WITH 25 mm THICK BITUMINOUS PAD
( Item No. 10 )
10.1.0 GENERAL
The item is providing expansion joints in the cement concrete for wearing course.
10.2.0 MATERIAL
The joint requires a copper plate and the bituminous filling material. The width of
joint shall correspond to the space between the ends of the slabs. For the expansion joints
the copper plate shall be 1.63 mm (16 gauge) thickness with a width of 30 cm (about 12”).
THE BITUMINOUS FILLER SHALL BE AS UNDER:-
(1) POURED JOINT FILLER

The poured joint filler shall be composed of the following ingredients :-
Clean fine sand -- 55 per cent
Bitumen S 35 grade of I.S. : 73-1961 -- 40 per cent
Asbestos Fiber -- 5 per cent
The sand and the bitumen shall be heated separately to a temperature of
163 C (about 325 F). Both sand and bitumen shall be mixed intimately after heating. To
this shall be added asbestos fiber and the whole mixed thoroughly. While hot, the mixture
shall be poured into the clean dry joint and allowed to thicken. The mixture shall be laid
slightly poured and if found to be very high, the surplus shall be removed by heated knife or
trowel. When proprietary product from the market is to be used, it shall conform to I. S. :
1834-1961.
(2) PRE-MOULDED JOINT FILLER

The joint filler shall be composed of the following ingredients :-
Clean fine sand -- 60 percent
Bitumen S 35 grade of I.S. : 73-1961 -- 30 per cent
Cement -- 8 percent
Chopped Hemp -- 2 percent
The sand shall be heated in a flat pan to a temperature of 177º C (about 350º F).
The bitumen shall be separately heated to a temperature of 163ºC (about 325º F). The

215
requisite quantity of bitumen shall be added to the heated sand and stirred well. The
required quantity of cement and chopper hemp shall be added and the whole mixed
intimately. All the materials shall be measured by weight. The mixture shall be then poured
into mould and allowed to cool. Width of the moulds shall be such as to fill the U of the
copper plate and remain about 25 mm below the top of the slab. When proprietary product
from the market is to be used it shall conform to I.S. 1838-1961.
10.3.0 CONSTRUCTION
The copper plate shall be bent as shown on the drawings and shall be laid over the
R.C.C. deck-slab with its U in the gap in between adjacent deck-slabs. The wearing coat
concrete shall then be laid leaving requisite width of the joint in between the two wearing
coat-slabs. If full width of bridge is not obtained in one piece of the copper plate, pieces of
copper plates shall be brazed together to obtain requisite width, i.e., the width of the bridge.
When the slabs are cured and are to be opened to traffic, all the dirt, mud etc. accumulated
in the joints during the process of curing of the slabs shall be raked cut, cleaned and
washed before filling in the bituminous filler. The joint between the two wearing course
slabs and the U of the copper plate shall then be filled with the bituminous filler.
In case it is so ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, the joints shall be formed of pre-
moulded joint fillers and in such a case, this pre-moulded joint filler shall be placed in the
joint immediately before taking up the concreting of the adjoining slab of the wearing course.
These pre-moulded joint fillers shall fit the U of the copper plates also and remain about 25
mm below the top of the slab. This gap shall be filled with poured joint filler.
10.4.0 RATE TO INCLUDE
(1) Copper plate, it’s bending, soldering, fixing in position and filler
joint with the bituminous filler, pre-moulded and or poured.
(2) All labour, materials use of equipment required for satisfactory

completion of the item.
10.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The contract rate shall be for one square meter of the joint. The linear
measurement of the joint shall be recorded correct up to places “0” decimals of a meter.

216
SECTION - VI
11- FLY ASH BRICK MASONRY IN CEMENT MORTAR
( Item No. 11 )
11.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
(a) Fly Ash Lime Bricks (FALG Bricks) : The Fly Ash Lime Bricks (FALG Bricks) shall
conform to IS 12894. Visually the bricks shall be sound, compact and uniform in shape free
from visible cracks, warpage, flaws and organic matter. The bricks shall be solid and with or
without frog on one of its flat side.
Fly Ash: Fly ash shall conform to IS 3812. 209 SUB HEAD 6.0 : BRICK WORK
Note: This item will be operated only for load bearing structure upto 2 storeys and for non-
load bearing walls 23 cms thick for multi-storeyed building's. Bottom ash used as
replacement of sand shall not have more than 12% loss on ignition when tested.
Sand: Deleterious materials, such as clay and silt in the sand shall preferably be less than
5%.
Lime: Lime shall conform to class ‘C’ hydrated lime of IS 712.
Additives: Any suitable additive considered not detrimental to the durability of bricks may
be used.
11.1.1 Dimensions
The brick may be modular or non-modular. Sizes for both types of bricks/tiles shall be as per
Table
While use of modular bricks/tiles is recommended, non-modular (FPS) bricks/tiles can also
be used where so specified. Non-modular bricks/tiles of sizes other than the sizes
mentioned in Table 11.1 may also be used where specified.
TABLE 11.1
Type of Bricks/ Nominal Size Actual Size Tiles mm
Modular Bricks 200 × 100 × 100 mm 190 × 90 × 90 mm
Modular tile bricks 200 × 100 × 40 mm 190 × 90 × 40 mm
Non-modular tile bricks 229 × 114 × 44 mm 225 × 111 × 44 mm
Non-modular bricks 229 × 114 × 70 mm 225 × 111 × 70 mm
11.1.2 Classification
Bricks/Brick tiles shall be classified on the basis of their minimum compressive strength as
given below :
TABLE 11.2
Class Average compressive strength
Designation
Not less than Less than
N/mm2 (kgf/cm2) N/mm2 (kgf/cm2)
12.5 (125) 12.5 (125) 15.0 150

10 (100) 10 (100) 12.5 125
7.5 (75) 7.5 (75) 10 100
The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corner and shall be uniform in
colour and emit clear ringing sound when struck.
217
(Note: Upper limits specified in Table 11.2 are for calculating the average compressive
strength in accordance with Appendix B of Chapter 11).
11.1.3 Sampling and Tests

Samples of bricks shall be subjected to the following tests :
(a) Dimensional tolerance.
(b) Water absorption.
(c) Efflorescence.
(d) Compressive strength.
11.1.3.1 Sampling: For carrying out compressive strength, water absorption, efflorescence and
dimensional tests, the samples of bricks shall be taken at random according to the size of lot
as given in Table 11.3 below. The sample thus taken shall be stored in a dry place until tests
are made. For the purpose of sampling, the following definition shall apply.
(a) Lot: A collection of bricks of same class and size, manufactured under relatively similar
conditions of production. For the purpose of sampling a lot shall contain a maximum, of
50,000 bricks. In case a consignment has bricks more than 50,000 of the same classification
and size and manufactured under relatively similar conditions of production, it shall be
divided into lots of 50,000 bricks or part thereof.
(b) Sample: A collection of bricks selected for inspection and/or testing from a lot to reach
the decision regarding the acceptance or rejection of the lot.
(c) Defective: A brick failing to meet one or more of the specified requirements.
11.1.3.2 The samples shall be taken as below:

(i) Sampling from a Stack: When it is necessary to take a sample from a stack, the stack
shall be divided into a number of real or imaginary sections and the required number of
bricks drawn from each section. For this purpose bricks in the upper layers of the stack shall
be removed to enable units to be sampled from places within the stack.
Note: For other methods of sampling i.e. sampling in motion and sampling from lorries or
trucks, IS :5454 may be referred.
Scale of sampling and criteria for conformity for visual and dimensional characteristics:—
Visual characteristics: The bricks shall be selected and inspected for ascertaining their
conformity to the requirements of the relevant specification. The number of bricks to be
selected from a lot shall depend on the size of lot and shall be in accordance of Col. 1 and 2
of Table 6.3 for visual characteristics in all cases and dimensional characteristics if specified
for individual bricks.
(ii) Visual Characteristics: All the bricks selected above in accordance with Col. 1 and 2 of
Table 11.3 shall be examined for visual characteristics. If the number of defective bricks
found in the sample is less than or equal to the corresponding number as specified in Col. 3
of Table 11.3 the lot shall be considered as satisfying the requirements of visual
characteristics, otherwise the lot shall be deemed as not having met the visual
requirements.
(iii) Dimensional Characteristics: The number of bricks to be selected for inspecting the
dimensions and tolerance shall be in accordance with Col. 1 and 4 of Table 6.3. These
bricks will be divided into groups of 20 bricks at random and each of the group of 20 bricks
thus formed will be tested for all the dimensions and tolerances. A lot shall be considered
having found meeting the requirements of dimensions and tolerance if none of the groups of
bricks inspected fails to meet the specified requirements.

218
TABLE 11.3
Scale of Sampling and Permissible Number of Defectives for Visual and Dimensional
Characteristics
No of bricks in the lot For characteristics specified For dimensional
for individual bricks characteristics for
group of 20 bricks
No. of Bricks to be Permissible no. of No. of Bricks to be

selected defective in the selected
sample
2001-10000 20 1 40
10001-35000 32 2 60
35001-50000 50 3 80
Note: In case the lot contains 2000 or less bricks the sampling shall be as per decision of
the Engineer-in-Charge.
(iv) Scale of Sampling and Criteria for Physical Characteristics: The lot which has been
found satisfactory in respect of visual and dimensional requirements shall be next tested for
physical characteristics like compressive strength, water absorption, efflorescence as
specified in relevant material specification. The bricks for this purpose shall be taken at
random from those already selected above.
(v) A lot shall be considered having satisfied the requirements of physical characteristics if
the condition stipulated here in are all satisfied.
(a) From the test results for compressive strength, the average shall be calculated and shall
satisfy the requirements specified in relevant material specification.
Note: In case any of the test results for compressive strength exceeds the upper limit for the
class of bricks, the same shall be limited to the upper limit of the class for the purpose of
averaging.
(b) Wherever specified in the material specification, the compressive strength of any
individual bricks tested in the sample shall not fall below the minimum average compressive
strength specified for the corresponding class of brick by more than 20 percent.
(c) From the test results for water absorption, the average for the bricks in the sample shall
be calculated and shall satisfy the relevant requirements specification in material
specification.
(d) The number of bricks failing to satisfy the requirements of the efflorescence specified in
the relevant specification should not be more than the permissible no. of defectives given in
Col. 3 of Table 11.3
11.1.3.3 Dimensional Tolerances: The dimensions of, modular bricks when tested as described
above as per procedure described in Appendix A of Chapter 6 shall be within the following
limits per 20 bricks or locally available size as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
(a) For modular size

Length 7320 to 3880 mm (3800 ± 80 mm)
Width 1760 to 1840 mm (1800 ± 40 mm)
Height 1760 to 1840 mm (1800 ± 40 mm) for 90 mm high bricks

219
760 to 840 mm (800 ± 40 mm) for 40 mm high bricks
(b) For non modular bricks

Length 4520 to 4680 mm (4600 ± 80 mm)
Width 2240 to 2160 mm (2200 ± 40 cm)
Height 1440 to 1360 mm (1400 ± 40 mm) for 70 mm high bricks
640 to 560 mm (600 ± 40 mm) for 30 mm high bricks
11.1.3.4 Compressive Strength: The bricks, when tested in accordance with the procedure laid
down in Appendix B of Chapter 11 shall have a minimum average compressive strength for
various classes as given in Table 11.2. The compressive strength of any individual brick
tested shall not fall below the min. average compressive strength specified for the
corresponding class of brick by more than 20%. In case compressive strength of any
individual brick tested exceeds the upper limit specified in Table 11.2 for the corresponding
class of bricks, the same shall be limited to upper limit of the class as specified in Table 11.2
for the purpose of calculating the average compressive strength.
11.1.3.5 Water Absorption: The average water absorption of bricks when tested in accordance
with the procedure laid down in Appendix C of Chapter 6 shall be not more than 20% by
weight.
11.1.3.6 Efflorescence: The rating of efflorescence of bricks when tested in accordance with the
procedure laid down in Appendix D of Chapter 6 shall be not more than moderate.
11.2 BRICK WORK
11.2.1 Classification
The brick work shall be classified according to the class designation of bricks used.
11.2.2 Mortar
The mortar for the brick work shall be as specified, and conform to accepted standards.
Lime shall not be used where reinforcement is provided in brick work.
11.2.3 Soaking of Bricks

Bricks shall be soaked in water before use for a period for the water to just penetrate the
whole depth of the bricks. Alternatively bricks may be adequately soaked in stacks by
profusely spraying with clean water at regular intervals for a period not less than six hours.
The bricks required for masonry work using mud mortar shall not be soaked. When the
bricks are soaked they shall be removed from the tank sufficiently early so that at the time of
laying they are skin-dry. Such soaked bricks shall be stacked on a clean place where they
are not again spoiled by dirt earth etc.
Note I: The period of soaking may be easily found at site by a field test in which the bricks
are soaked in water for different periods and then broken to find the extent of water
penetration. The least period that corresponds to complete soaking will be the one to be
allowed for in construction work.
Note II : If the bricks are soaked for the required time in water that is frequently changed the
soluble salt in the bricks will be leached out, and subsequently efflorescence will be
reduced.
11.2.4 Laying
11.2.4.1 Bricks shall be laid in English Bond unless otherwise specified. For brick work in half
brick wall, bricks shall be laid in stretcher bond. Half or cut bricks shall not be used except
as closer where necessary to complete the bond. Closers in such cases, shall be cut to the

220
required size and used near the ends of the wall. Header bond shall be used preferably in all
courses in curved plan for ensuring better alignment.
Note: Header bond shall also be used in foundation footings unless thickness of walls (width
of footing) makes the use of headers impracticable. Where thickness of footing is uniform for
a number of courses, the top course of footing shall be headers.
11.2.4.2 All loose materials, dirt and set lumps of mortar which may be lying over the surface
on which brick work is to be freshly started, shall be removed with a wire brush and surface
wetted. Bricks shall be laid on a full bed of mortar, when laying, each brick shall, be properly
bedded and set in position by gently pressing with the handle of a trowel. Its inside face
shall be buttered with mortar before the next brick is laid and pressed against it. Joints shall
be fully filled and packed with mortar such that no hollow space are left inside the joints.
11.2.4.3 The walls shall be taken up truly in plumb or true to the required batter where
specified. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical joints shall be truly vertical.
Vertical joints in the alternate course shall come directly one over the other. Quoin, Jambs
and other angles shall be properly plumbed as the work proceeds. Care shall be taken to
keep the perpends properly aligned within following maximum permissible tolerances :
(a) Deviation from vertical within a storey shall not exceed 6 mm per 3 m height.
(b) Deviation in verticality in total height of any wall of building more than one storey in
height shall not exceed 12.5 mm.
(c) Deviation from position shown on plan of any brick work shall not exceed 12.5 mm.
(d) Relative displacement between load bearing wall in adjacent storeys intended to be
vertical alignments shall not exceed 6 mm.
(e) A set of tools comprising of wooden straight edge, masonic spirit levels, square, 1 metre
rule line and plumb shall be kept on the site of work for every 3 masons for proper check
during the progress of work.
11.2.4.4 All quoins shall be accurately constructed and the height of brick courses shall be
kept uniform. This will be checked using graduated wooden straight edge or storey rod
indicating height of each course including thickness of joints. The position of damp proof
course, window sills, bottom of lintels, top of the wall etc. along the height of the wall shall
be marked on the graduated straight edge or storey rod. Acute and obtuse quoins shall be
bonded, where practicable in the same way as square quoins. Obtuse quoins shall be
formed with squint showing three quarters brick on one face and quarter brick on the other.
11.2.4.5 The brick work shall be built in uniform layers.No part of the wall during its
construction shall rise more than one metre above the generalconstruction level. Parts of
wall left at different levels shall be raked back at an angle of 45 degrees or less with the
horizontal. Toothing shall not be permitted as an alternative to raking back. For half brick
partition to be keyed into main walls, indents shall be left in the main walls.
11.2.4.6 All pipe fittings and specials, spouts, hold fasts and other fixtures which are required
to be built into the walls shall be embedded, as specified, in their correct position as the
work proceeds unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
11.2.4.7 Top courses of all plinths, parapets, steps and top of walls below floor and roof slabs
shall be laid with brick on edge, unless specified otherwise. Brick on edge laid in the top
courses at corner of walls shall be properly radiated and keyed into position to form cut
(maru) corners. Where bricks cannot be cut to the required shape to form cut (maru)
corners, cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20
mm nominal size) equal to thickness of course shall be provided in lieu of cut bricks.
11.2.4.8 Bricks shall be laid with frog (where provided) up. However, when top course is
exposed, bricks shall be laid with frog down. For the bricks to be laid with frog down, the frog
shall be filled with mortar before placing the brick in position.
221
11.2.4.9 In case of walls one brick thick and under, one face shall be kept even and in proper
plane, while the other face may be slightly rough. In case of walls more than one brick thick,
both the faces shall be kept even and in proper plane.
11.2.4.10 To facilitate taking service lines later without excessive cutting of completed work,
sleeves (to be paid separately) shall be provided, where specified, while raising the brick
work. Such sleeves in external walls shall be sloped down outward so as to avoid passage
of water inside.
11.2.4.11 Top of the brickwork in coping and sills in external walls shall be slightly tilted.
Where brick coping and sills are projecting beyond the face of the wall, drip course/
throating (to be paid separately) shall be provided where indicated.
11.2.4.12 Care shall be taken during construction that edges of jambs, sills and projections are
not damaged in case of rain. New built work shall be covered with gunny bags or tarpolin so
as to prevent the mortar from being washed away. Damage, if any, shall be made good to
the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
11.2.4.13 Vertical reinforcement in the form of bars (MS or high strength deformed bars or
thermo-mechanically treated bars as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge)), considered
necessary at the corners and junction of walls and jamb opening doors, windows etc. shall
be encased with cement mortar not leaner than 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), or cement
concrete mix as specified. The reinforcement shall be suitably tied, properly embedded in
the foundation and at roof level. The dia. of bars shall not be less than 8 mm and concrete
grade shall be minimum 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size).
11.2.4.14 In retaining walls and the like, where water is likely to accumulate, weep holes, 50 to
75 mm square shall be provided at 2 m vertically and horizontally unless otherwise
specified. The lowest weep hole shall be at about 30 cm above the ground level. All weep
holes shall be surrounded by loose stones and shall have sufficient fall to drain out the water
quickly.
Note : Work of providing loose stone will be payable extra.
11.2.4.15 Work of cutting chases, wherever required to be made in the walls for housing G.I.
pipe, CI pipe or any other fixtures shall be carried out in various locations as per guidelines
given below :
(a) Cutting of chases in one brick thick and above load bearing walls.
(i) As far as possible services should be planned with the help of vertical chases. Horizontal
chases should be avoided.
(ii) The depths of vertical chases and horizontal chases shall not exceed one-third and one-
sixth of the thickness of the masonry respectively.
(iii) When narrow stretches of masonry (or short length of walls) such as between doors and
windows, cannot be avoided they should not be pierced with openings for soil pipes or
waste pipes or timber joints, etc. Where there is a possibility of load concentration such
narrow lengths of walls shall be checked for stresses and high strength bricks in mortar or
concrete walls provided, if required.
(iv) Horizontal chases when unavoidable should be located in the upper or lower one-third of
height of storey and not more than three chases should be permitted in any stretch of a wall.
No continuous horizontal chase shall exceed one metre in length. Where unavoidable,
stresses in the affected area should be checked and kept within the permissible limits.
(v) Vertical chases should not be closer than 2 m in any stretch of a wall. These shall be
kept away from bearings of beams and lintels. If unavoidable, stresses in the affected area
should be checked and kept within permissible limits.

222
(vi) Masonry directly above a recess, if wider than 30 cm horizontal dimension) should be
supported on lintel. Holes in masonry may be provided upto 30 cm width and 30 cm height
without any lintel. In the case of circular holes in the masonry, no lintel need be provided for
holes up to 40 cm in diameter.
(b) Cutting of chases in half brick load bearing walls. No chase shall be permitted in half
brick load bearing walls and as such no reccessed conduits and concealed pipes shall be
provided with half brick thick load bearing walls.
(c) Cutting of chases in half brick non-load bearing wall : Services should be planned with
the help of vertical chases. Horizontal chase should be provided only when unavoidable.
11.2.5 Joints
The thickness of all types of joints including brick wall joints and cross joints shall be such
that four course and three joints taken consecutively shall measure as follows:
(i) In case of modular bricks conforming to IS 1077 specification for common burnt clay
buildings bricks, equal to 39 cm.
(ii) In case of non-modular bricks, it shall be equal to 31 cm.
Note : Specified thickness of joints shall be of 1 cm. Deviation from the specified thickness
of all joints shall not exceed one-fifth of specified thickness.
11.2.5.1 Finishing of Joints: The face of brick work may be finished flush or by pointing. In
flush finishing either the face joints of the mortar shall be worked out while still green to give
a finished surface flush with the face of the brick work or the joints shall be squarely raked
out to a depth of 1 cm while the mortar is still green for subsequently plastering. The faces
of brick work shall be cleaned with wire brush so as to remove any splashes of mortar
during the course of raising the brick work. In pointing, the joints shall be squarely raked out
to a depth of 1.5 cm while the mortar is still green and raked joints shall be brushed to
remove dust and loose particles and well wetted, and shall be later refilled with mortar to
give ruled finish. Some such finishes are ‘flush’, ‘weathered’, ruled, etc.
11.2.6 Curing
The brick work shall be constantly kept moist on all faces for a minimum period of seven
days. Brick work done during the day shall be suitably marked indicating the date on which
the work is done so as to keep a watch on the curing period.
11.2.7 Scaffolding
Scaffolding shall be strong to withstand all dead, live and impact loads which are likely to
come on them. Scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy approach to every part of the
work.
11.2.7.1 Single Scaffolding: Where plastering, pointing or any other finishing has been
indicated for brick work, single scaffolding may be provided, unless otherwise specified. In
single scaffolding, one end of the put-logs/pole shall rest in the hole provided in the header
course of brick masonry. Not more than one header for each put-log/pole shall be left out.
Such holes shall not be allowed in the case of pillars, brick work less than one metre in
length between the openings or near the skew backs of arches or immediately under or near
the structural member supported by the walls. The holes for putlogs/poles shall be made
good with brick work and wall finishing as specified.
11.2.7.2 Double Scaffolding: Where the brick work or tile work is to be exposed and not to
be finished with plastering etc. double scaffolding having two independent supports, clear of
the work, shall be provided.
11.2.8 Measurements
11.2.8.1 Brick work shall be measured in cubic metres unless otherwise specified. Any extra
work over the specified dimensions shall be ignored. Dimensions shall be measured correct

223
to the nearest 0.01 m i.e. 1 cm. Areas shall be calculated to the nearest 0.01 sq mtrs and
the cubic contents shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 cubic metres.
11.2.8.2 Brick work shall be measured separately in the following stages:

(a) From foundation to floor one level (Plinth level)
(b) Plinth (floor one) level to floor two level
(c) Between two specified floor levels above floor two level
Note : (i) Brick work in parapet walls, mumty, lift machine room and water tanks constructed
on the roof up to 1.2 m height above roof shall be measured together with the corresponding
work of the floor next below.
11.2.8.3 No deductions or additions shall be done and no extra payment made for the
following :
Note : Where minimum area is defined for deduction of an opening, void or both, such areas
shall refer only to opening or void within the space measured.
(a) Ends of dissimilar materials (that is, joists, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters, purlins,
trusses, corbels, steps, etc.); up to 0.1 sq. m. in section.
(b) Opening up to 0.1 sq. m.in area (see Note);
(c) Wall plates, bed plates, and bearing of slabs, chajjas and the like, where thickness does
not exceed 10 cm and bearing does not extend over the full thickness of wall;
(d) Cement concrete blocks as for hold fasts and holding down bolts;
(e) Iron fixtures, such as wall ties, pipes upto 300 mm diameter and hold fasts for doors and
windows; and (f) Chases of section not exceeding 50 cm in girth.
(g) Bearing portion of drip course, bearing of moulding and cornice.
Note : In calculating area of an opening, any separate lintel or sills shall be included with the
size of the opening but end portions of lintel shall be excluded. Extra width of rebated
reveals, if any, shall also be excluded.
11.2.9 Rate
The rate shall include the cost of materials and labour required for all the operations
described above except the vertical reinforcement and its encasement in cement mortar or
cement concrete. The rate shall also include the following :
(a) Raking out joints or finishing joints flush as the work proceeds;
(b) Preparing tops of existing walls and the like for raising further new brick work.
(c) Rough cutting and waste for forming gables, splays at eaves and the like.
(d) Leaving holes for pipes upto 150 mm dia. and encasing hold fasts etc.

224
SECTION - VI
12- Cement morter plaster to Internal and External wall surfaces
( Item No. 12 & 13 )
12.1 CEMENT PLASTER
The cement plaster shall be 12 mm, 15 mm or 20 mm thick as specified in the item.
12.1.1 Scaffolding
For all exposed brick work or tile work double scaffolding independent of the work having
two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The supports shall be sound and strong, tied
together with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. For all other
work in buildings, single scaffolding shall be permitted. In such cases the inner end of the
horizontal scaffolding pole shall rest in a hole provided only in the header course for the
purpose. Only one header for each pole shall be left out. Such holes for scaffolding shall,
however, not be allowed in pillars/columns less than one metre in width or immediately near
the skew backs of arches. The holes left in masonry works for scaffolding purposes shall be
filled and made good before plastering.
Note : In case of special type of brick work, scaffolding shall be got approved from
Engineer-in-charge in advance.
12.1.2 Preparation of Surface

The joints shall be raked out properly. Dust and loose mortar shall be brushed out.
Efflorescence if any shall be removed by brushing and scrapping. The surface shall then be
thoroughly washed with water, cleaned and kept wet before plastering is commenced. In
case of concrete surface if a chemical retarder has been applied to the form work, the
surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles
cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the retarders is left on the surface.
12.1.3 Mortar
The mortar of the specified mix using the type of sand described in the item shall be used. It
shall be as specified in Subhead 3.0. For external work and under coat work, the fine
aggregate shall conform to grading IV. For finishing coat work, the fine aggregate
conforming to grading zone V shall be used.
12.1.4 Application of Plaster
12.1.4.1 Ceiling plaster shall be completed before commencement of wall plaster.
12.1.4.2 Plastering shall be started from the top and worked down towards the floor. All
putlog holes shall be properly filled in advance of the plastering as the scaffolding is being
taken down. To ensure even thickness and a true surface, plaster about 15 × 15 cm shall be
first applied, horizontally and vertically, at not more than 2 metres intervals over the entire
surface to serve as gauges. The surfaces of these gauged areas shall be truly in the plane
of the finished plaster surface. The mortar shall then be laid on the wall, between the
gauges with trowel. The mortar shall be applied in a uniform surface slightly more than the
specified thickness. This shall be brought to a true surface, by working a wooden straight
edge reaching across the gauges, with small upward and side ways movements at a time.
Finally the surface shall be finished off true with trowel or wooden float according as a
smooth or a sandy granular texture is required. Excessive troweling or over working the float
shall be avoided.
12.1.4.3 All corners, arrises, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the
case may be and shall be carefully finished. Rounding or chamfering corners, arrises,
provision of grooves at junctions etc. where required shall be done without any extra
payment. Such rounding, chamfering or grooving shall be carried out with proper templates
or battens to the sizes required.

225
12.1.4.4 When suspending work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left, cut clean to
line both horizontally and vertically. When recommencing the plastering, the edge of the old
work shall be scrapped cleaned and wetted with cement slurry before plaster is applied to
the adjacent areas, to enable the two to properly join together. Plastering work shall be
closed at the end of the day on the body of wall and not nearer than 15 cm to any corners or
arrises. It shall not be closed on the body of the features such as plasters, bands and
cornices, nor at the corners of arrises. Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur
on parapet tops and copings as these invariably lead to leakages. The plastering and
finishing shall be completed within half an hour of adding water to the dry mortar. No portion
of the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later on. The plastering and finishing
shall be completed within half an hour of adding water to the dry mortar.
12.1.5 Thickness
Where the thickness required as per description of the item is 20 mm the average thickness
of the plaster shall not be less than 20 mm whether the wall treated is of brick or stone. In
the case of brick work, the minimum thickness over any portion of the surface shall be not
less than 15 mm while in case of stone work the minimum thickness over the bushings shall
be not less than 12 mm.
12.1.6 Curing
Curing shall be started as soon as the plaster has hardened sufficiently not to be damaged
when watered. The plaster shall be kept wet for a period of at least 7 days. During this
period, it shall be suitably protected from all damages at the contractor’s expense by such
means as the Engineer-in-Charge may approve. The dates on which the plastering is done
shall be legibly marked on the various sections plastered so that curing for the specified
period thereafter can be watched.
12.1.7 Finish
The plaster shall be finished to a true and plumb surface and to the proper degree of
smoothness as required. The work shall be tested frequently as the work proceeds with a
true straight edge not less than 2.5 m long and with plumb bobs. All horizontal lines and
surfaces shall be tested with a level and all jambs and corners with a plumb bob as the work
proceeds.
12.1.8 Precaution
Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions which sound hollow when tapped, or
are found to be soft or otherwise defective, shall be cut out in rectangular shape and redone
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(i) When ceiling plaster is done, it shall be finished to chamfered edge at an angle at its
junction with a suitable tool when plaster is being done. Similarly when the wall plaster is
being done, it shall be kept separate from the ceiling plaster by a thin straight groove not
deeper than 6 mm drawn with any suitable method with the wall while the plaster is green.
(ii) To prevent surface cracks appearing between junctions of column/beam and walls, 150
mm wide chicken wire mesh should be fixed with U nails 150 mm centre to centre before
plastering the junction. The plastering of walls and beam/column in one vertical plane should
be carried out in one go.
12.1.9 Mode of Measurements & payments
12.1.9.1 Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm and its area shall be
calculated in square metres correct to two places of decimal.
12.1.9.2 Thickness of the plaster shall be exclusive of the thickness of the key i.e. grooves, or
open joints in brick work.

226
12.1.9.3 The measurement of wall plaster shall be taken between the walls or partitions (the
dimensions before the plaster shall be taken) for the length and from the top of the floor or
skirting to the ceiling for the height.
12.1.9.4 Deductions in measurements, for opening etc. will be regulated as follows:

(a) No deduction will be made for openings or ends of joists, beams, posts, girders, steps
etc. up to 0.5 sqm in area and no additions shall be made either, for the jambs, soffits and
sills of such openings. The above procedure will apply to both faces of wall.
(b) Deduction for opening exceeding 0.5 sqm but not exceeding 3 sqm each shall be made
for reveals, jambs, soffits sills, sills, etc. of these openings.
(i) When both faces of walls are plastered with same plaster, deductions shall be made for
one face only.
(ii) When two faces of walls are plastered with different types of plaster or if one face is
plastered and other is pointed or one face is plastered and other is unplastered, deduction
shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of the frame for the doors, windows
etc. on which width of reveals is less than that on the other side but no deduction shall be
made on the other side. Where width of reveals on both faces of wall are equal, deduction of
50% of area of opening on each face shall be made from area of plaster and/or pointing as
the case may be.
(iii) For opening having door frame equal to or projecting beyond thickness of wall, full
deduction for opening shall be made from each plastered face of wall.
(c) For opening exceeding 3 sqm in area, deduction will be made in the measurements for
the full opening of the wall treatment on both faces, while at the same time, jambs, sills and
soffits will be measured for payment. In measuring jambs, sills and soffits, deduction shall
not be made for the area in contact with the frame of doors, windows etc.
12.2 18 MM CEMENT PLASTER (TWO COAT WORK)

12.2.1 The specification for scaffolding and preparation of surface shall be as described in 12.1
12.2.2 Mortar
The mix and type of fine aggregate specified in the description of the item shall be used for
the respective coats. Generally the mix of the finishing coat shall not be richer than the
under coat unless otherwise described in item. Generally coarse sand shall be used for the
under coat and fine sand for the finishing coat, unless otherwise specified for external work
and under coat work, the fine aggregate shall conform to grading zone IV. For finishing coat
work the fine aggregate conforming to grading zone V shall be used.
12.2.3 Application
12.2.3.1 The plaster shall be applied in two coats i.e. 12 mm under coat and then 6 mm
finishing coat and shall have an average total thickness of not less than 18 mm.
12.2.3.2 12 mm Under Coat : This shall be applied as specified in 13.1.4 except that when
the plaster has been brought to a true surface a wooden straight edge and the surface shall
be left rough and furrowed 2 mm deep with a scratching tool diagonally both ways, to form
key for the finishing coat. The surface shall be kept wet till the finishing coat is applied.
12.2.3.3 6 mm Finishing Coat : The finishing coat shall be applied after the under coat has
sufficiently set but not dried and in any case within 48 hours and finished in the manner
specified in 12.1.4.
12.2.4 Specifications for Curing, Finishing, Precautions, Measurements and Rate shall be as
described under 12.1.

227
SECTION - VI
13- KOTA STONE FLOORING
( Item No. 14 )
13.1 Scope of Work

Kota stone flooring is to be provide at Pump Floor level & Controlling room of Pumps
in the Pump House.
13.1.1 Kota Stone Slabs

The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in
texture free from cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be hand or machine cut to
the requisite thickness. They shall be of the colour indicated in the drawings or as instructed
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The slabs shall have the top (exposed) face polished before
being brought to site, unless otherwise specified. The slabs shall conform to the size
required. Before starting the work the contractor shall get the samples of slabs approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
13.1.2 Dressing
Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the
sides to the full depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full
contact with it. The sides (edges) shall be table rubbed with coarse sand or machine rubbed
before paving. All angles and edges of the slabs shall be true, square and free from
chippings and the surface shall be true and plane. The thickness of the slab after it is
dressed shall be 20, 25, 30 or 40 mm as specified in the description of the item. Tolerance
of ±2 mm shall be allowed for the thickness. In respect of length and breadth of slabs
Tolerance of ± 5 mm for hand cut slabs and ± 2 mm for machine cut slabs shall be allowed.
13.2 Laying
13.2.1 Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned,
wetted and mopped. The bedding for the slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :
4 coarse sand) or as given in the description of the item.
13.2.2 The average thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 20 mm and the
thickness at any place under the slab shall be not less than 12 mm.
13.2.3 The slabs shall be laid in the following manner:

Mortar of the specified mix shall be spread under the area of each slab, roughly to
the average thickness specified in the item. The slab shall be washed clean before laying. It
shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with the
adjoining slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the mortar shall then be
corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows. The mortar is allowed to harden a bit and
cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread over the same at the rate of 4.4 kg
of cement per sqm. The edges of the slab already paved shall be buttered with grey or white
cement with or without admixture of pigment to match the shade of the slabs as given in the
description of the item. The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position
and tapped with wooden mallet till it is properly bedded in level with and close to the
adjoining slabs with as fine a joint as possible. Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same
manner. After each slab has been laid, surplus cement on the surface of the slabs shall be
cleaned off. The flooring shall be cured for a minimum period of seven days. The surface of
the flooring as laid shall be true to levels, and, slopes as instructed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Joint thickness shall not be more than 1 mm. Due care shall be taken to match the
grains of slabs which shall be selected judiciously having uniform pattern of Veins/streaks or
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

228
13.2.4 The slabs shall be matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
13.2.5 Slabs which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 12 mm
under the plaster skirting or dado. The junction between wall plaster and floor shall be
finished neatly and without waviness.
13.2.6 Kota slabs flooring shall also be laid in combination with other stones and/or in
simple regular pattern/design as described in item of work and/or drawing.
13.3 Polishing and Finishing

Slight unevenness at the meeting edges of slabs shall then be removed by fine
chiselling and finished in the same manner as specified in 11.10.3 except that cement slurry
with or without pigments shall not be applied on the surface before each polishing.
13.4 Mode of Measurements & Payments

Kota stone flooring shall be measured separately and in square metre correct to two
places of decimal. Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm before laying
skirting, dado or wall plaster. No deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not
exceeding 0.20 square metre. Deductions for ends of dissimilar materials or other articles
embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding 0.10 square metre. Nothing extra shall
be paid for laying the floor at different levels in the same room. Steps and treads of stairs
paved with kota stone slabs shall also be measured under the item of kota Stone flooring.
Extra shall, however, be paid for such areas where the width of treads does not exceed 30
cm. The width of treads shall be measured from the outer edge of the nosing, as laid, before
providing the riser.
The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the
operations described above.
13.5 KOTA STONE IN RISERS OF STEPS, SKIRTING AND DADO
13.5.1 Kota Stone Slabs and Dressing shall be as specified in 13.1.2 except that the thickness of
the slabs shall be 25 mm or as specified in the description of the item. The slabs may be of
uniform size if required.
13.5.2 Preparation of surface shall be as specified in 13.1.2.
13.5.3 Laying shall be as specified in 13.1.3 except that the joints of the slabs shall be set in grey
cement mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs.
13.5.4 Curing, Polishing and Finishing shall be as specified in 11.20.4 except that first polishing
with coarse grade carborundum stone shall not be done.
13.5.5 Mode of Measurements & Payments

Length shall be measured along the finished face of riser, skirting or dado correct to a cm.
Height shall be measured from the finished level of tread of floor to the top (the underside of
tread in the case of steps). This shall be measured correct to a mm in the case of risers of
steps and skirting and correct to a cm in the case of dado. The area shall be calculated in
square metre correct to two places of decimal. Lining of pillars etc. shall also be measured
under this item.
The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations
described above.

229
SECTION - VI
14- PAVER BLOCK FLOORING
( Item No. 15 )
FACTORY MADE CEMENT CONCRETE INTERLOCKING PAVER BLOCK
14.1 SCOPE OF WORK

Interlocking paver blocks are to be laid on the bed outside of door of the pump house. The
flooring is required to provide access to the Booster Pump House & Switch yard from Pump
house. The paver block shall comply with specifications in IS 15658:2006
14.1.1 Base
Interlocking paver block to be fixed on the bed 50 mm or specified otherwise thick of coarse
sand of approved specification and filling the joints with the sand of approved type and
quality or as specified and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
14.1.2 Interlocking Paver Block

Factory made precast paver block of M-40 or otherwise specified grade to be used. Paver
blocks to be of approved brand and manufacturer and of approved quality. Minimum
strength as prescribed by manufacturer and as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge for the
grade specified to be tested as per method mentioned in IS 15658:2006.
14.1.3 Mode of Measurement & Payments

Area provided with paver block to be measured in sqm. correct upto two places of decimal.
The rate include the cost of the material, labour, tools etc. required in all the operations
described above.

230
SECTION - VI
15- OIL BOUND DISTEMPER & EXTERIOR PAINTING
( Item No. 16 & 17 )
15.1 OIL EMULSION (OIL BOUND) WASHABLE DISTEMPERING
15.1.1 Scope of Work

The Oil bound washable distemper is to be provided & applied to the internal walls & sealing
surfaces of the Pump house building.
15.1.2 Materials
Oil emulsion (Oil Bound) washable distemper (IS 428) of approved brand and manufacturer
shall be used. The primer where used as on new work shall be cement primer or distemper
primer as described in the item. These shall be of the same manufacturer as distemper. The
distemper shall be diluted with water or any other prescribed thinner in a manner
recommended by the manufacturer. Only sufficient quantity of distemper required for day’s
work shall be prepared. The distemper and primer shall be brought by the contractor in
sealed tins in sufficient quantities at a time to suffice for a fortnight’s work, and the same
shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge. The empty
tins shall not be removed from the site of work, till this item of work has been completed and
passed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.1.3 Preparation of the Surface
15.1.3.1 For new work the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, old white or colour
wash by washing and scrubbing. The surface shall then be allowed to dry for at least 48
hours. It shall then be sand papered to give a smooth and even surface. Any unevenness
shall be made good by applying putty, made of plaster of paris mixed with water on the
entire surface including filling up the undulations and then sand papering the same after it is
dry.
15.1.3.2 In the case of old work, all loose pieces and scales shall be removed by sand
papering. The surface shall be cleaned of all grease, dirt etc. Pitting in plaster shall be made
good with plaster of paris mixed with the colour to be used. The surface shall then be
rubbed down again with a fine grade sand paper and made smooth. A coat of the distemper
shall be applied over the patches. The patched surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly
before the regular coat of distemper is applied.
15.1.4 Application
15.1.4.1 Priming Coat : The priming coat shall be with distemper primer or cement primer,
as required in the description of the item. The application of the distemper primer shall be as
described under:-
In the case of new work, the treatment shall consist of a priming coat of whiting
followed by the application of two or more coats of distemper till the surface shows an even
colour or shall be applied one or more coats of distemper till the surface attains an even
colour.
15.1.4.2 The application of each coat shall be as follows:

The entire surface shall be coated with the mixture uniformly, with proper distemper
brushes (ordinary white wash brushed shall not be allowed) in horizontal strokes followed
immediately by vertical ones which together shall constitute one coat. The subsequent coats
shall be applied only after the previous coat has dried. The finished surface shall be even
and uniform and shall show no brush marks. Enough distemper shall be mixed to finish one
room at a time. The application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one operation and
no work shall be started in any room, which cannot be completed the same day. After each
231
day’s work, the brushes shall be washed in hot water and hung down to dry. Old brushes
which are dirty or caked with distemper shall not be used.
Note : If the wall surface plaster has not dried completely, cement primer shall be applied
before distempering the walls. But if distempering is done after the wall surface is dried
completely, distemper primer shall be applied.
Oil bound distemper is not recommended to be applied, within six months of the completion
of wall plaster. However, newly plastered surfaces if required to be distempered before a
period of six months shall be given a coat of alkali resistant priming Paint conforming to IS
109 and allowed to dry for atleast 48 hours before distempering is commenced. For old work
no primer coat is necessary.
15.1.4.3 Distemper Coat : For new work, after the primer coat has dried for at least 48
hours, the surface shall be lightly sand papered to make it smooth for receiving the
distemper, taking care not to rub out the priming coat. All loose particles shall be dusted off
after rubbing. One coat of distemper properly diluted with thinner (water or other liquid as
stipulated by the manufacturer) shall be applied with brushes in horizontal strokes followed
immediately by vertical ones which together constitutes one coat. The subsequent coats
shall be applied in the same way. Two or more coats of distemper as are found necessary
shall be applied over the primer coat to obtain an even shade. A time interval of at least 24
hours shall be allowed between successive coats to permit proper drying of the preceding
coat. For old work the distemper shall be applied over the prepared surface in the same
manner as in new work. One or more coats of distemper as are found necessary shall be
applied to obtain an even and uniform shade. 15 cm double bristled distemper brushes shall
be used. After each days work, brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with soap
solution and hung down to dry. Old brushes which are dirty and caked with distemper shall
not be used on the work.
15.1.4.4 The specifications in respect of scaffolding, protective measures shall be as given in

brick works.
15.2 EXTERIOR PAINTING ON WALL
15.2.1 Scope of Work

The Texured exterior paint/Acrylic smooth exterior paint is to be provided & applied to the
External walls of the Pump house building & where ever necessary.
15.2.1 Material
The paint shall be(Texured exterior paint/Acrylic smooth exterior paint/premium acrylic
smooth exterior paint) of approved brand and manufacture. This paint shall be brought to
the site of work by the contractor in its original containers in sealed condition. The material
shall be brought in at a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or at least a
fornight’s work. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the
Engineer-in-Charge. The empty containers shall not be removed from the site of work till the
relevant item of work has been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-
Charge.

For new work, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned off all mortar dropping, dirt dust,
algae, fungus or moth, grease and other foreign matter of brushing and washing, pitting in
plaster shall make good, surface imperfections such as cracks, holes etc. should be
repaired using white cement. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the
Engineer in charge after inspection before painting is commenced.
15.2.3 Application
Base coat of water proofing cement paint shall be applied as under.

232
15.2.3.1 All specifications in respect of base coat of water proofing cement paint shall be as
described under.
15.2.3.2 The solution shall be applied on the clean and wetted surface with brushes or
spraying machine. The solution shall be kept well stirred during the period of application. It
shall be applied on the surface which is on the shady side of the building so that the direct
heat of the sun on the surface is avoided. The method of application of cement Paint shall
be as per manufacturer’s specification. The completed surface shall be watered after the
day’s work.
15.2.3.3 The second coat shall be applied after the first coat has been set for at least 24
hours. Before application of the second or subsequent coats, the surface of the previous
coat shall not be wetted.
15.2.3.4 For new work, the surface shall be treated with three or more coats of water proof
cement Paint as found necessary to get a uniform shade. For old work, the treatment shall
be with one or more coats as found necessary to get a uniform shade.
15.2.3.5 Precaution
Water proof cement Paint shall not be applied on surfaces already treated with white
wash, colour wash, distemper dry or oil bound, varnishes, Paints etc. It shall not be applied
on gypsums, wood and metal surfaces. If water proofing cement is required to be applied on
existing surface, previously treated with white wash, colour wash etc., the surface shall be
thoroughly cleaned by scrapping off all the white wash, colour wash etc. completely.
Thereafter, a coat of cement primer shall be applied followed by two or more coat of water
proof cement.
15.2.3.6 The specifications in respect of scaffolding, protective measures, measurements and

rate shall be as described above The coefficient for cement Paint on RCC Jalli shall be the
same as provided as said in distemper painting for painting trellis for Jaffri work.
15.2.3.7 Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in
its container, when applying also the paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller
containers so that its consistency is kept uniform. Dilution ratio of paint with potable water
can be altered taking into consideration the nature of surface climate and as per
recommended dilution given by manufacturer. In all cases, the manufacturer’s instructions &
directions of the Engineer-in-charge shall be followed meticulously. The lids of paint drums
shall be kept tightly closed when not in use as by exposure to atmosphere the paint may
thicken and also be kept safe from dust. Paint shall be applied with a brush on the cleaned
and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes shall be given, First and vertical strokes shall be
applied immediately afterwards. This entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface
shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. The specifications in
respect of scaffolding, protective measures are specified in distemper painting.
15.3 PAINTING
15.3.1 Materials
Paints, oils, varnishes etc. of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. Only ready
mixed Paint (Exterior grade) as received from the manufacturer without any admixture shall
be used. If for any reason, thinning is necessary in case of ready mixed Paint, the brand of
thinner recommended by the manufacturer or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall
be used. Approved Paints, oil or varnishes shall be brought to the site of work by the
contractor in their original containers in sealed condition. The material shall be brought in at
a time in adequate quantities to suffice for the whole work or at least a fortnight’s work. The
materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the contractor and the Engineer-in-Charge.
The empties shall not be removed from the site of work, till the relevant item of work has
been completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.
233
15.3.2 Commencing Work
Painting shall not be started until the Engineer-in-Charge has inspected the items of work to
be painted, satisfied himself about their proper quality and given his approval to commence
the painting work. Painting of external surface should not be done in adverse weather
condition like hail storm and dust storm. Painting, except the priming coat, shall generally be
taken in hand after practically finishing all other building work. The rooms should be
thoroughly swept out and the entire building cleaned up, at least one day in advance of the
Paint work being started.

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted off. All rust, dirt, scales, smoke
splashes, mortar droppings and grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is
started. The prepared surface shall have received the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge
after inspection, before painting is commenced.
15.3.4 Application
15.3.4.1 Before pouring into smaller containers for use, the Paint shall be stirred thoroughly in
its containers, when applying also, the Paint shall be continuously stirred in the smaller
containers so that its consistency is kept uniform.The painting shall be laid on evenly and
smoothly by means of crossing and laying off, the latter in the direction of the grains of
wood. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area over with Paint, brushing the
surface hard for the first time over and then brushing alternately in opposite direction, two or
three times and then finally brushing lightly in a direction at right angles to the same. In this
process, no brush marks shall be left after the laying off is finished. The full process of
crossing and laying off will constitute one coat.
15.3.4.2 Where so stipulated, the painting shall be done by spraying. Spray machine used
may be (a) high pressure (small air aperture) type, or (b) a low pressure (large air gap) type,
depending on the nature and location of work to be carried out. Skilled and experienced
workmen shall be employed for this class of work. Paints used shall be brought to the
requisite consistency by adding a suitable thinner. Spraying should be done only when dry
condition prevails. Each coat shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly and rubbed smooth
before the next coat is applied. This should be facilitated by thorough ventilation. Each coat
except the last coat, shall be lightly rubbed down with sand paper or fine pumice stone and
cleaned off dust before the next coat is laid. No left over Paint shall be put back into the
stock tins. When not in use, the containers shall be kept properly closed. No hair marks from
the brush or clogging of Paint puddles in the corners of panels, angles of mouldings etc.
shall be left on the work.
15.3.4.3 In painting doors and windows, the putty round the glass panes must also be
painted but care must be taken to see that no Paint stains etc. are left on the glass. Tops of
shutters and surfaces in similar hidden locations shall not be left out in painting. However,
bottom edge of the shutters where the painting is not practically possible, need not be done
nor any deduction on this account will be done but two coats of primer of approved make
shall be done on the bottom edge before fixing the shutters. On painting steel work, special
care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts, rivets overlaps etc. The additional
specifications for primer and other coats of Paints shall be as according to the detailed
specifications under the respective headings.
15.4 Brushes and Containers

After work, the brushes shall be completely cleaned of Paint and linseed oil by rinsing with
turpentine. A brush in which Paint has dried up is ruined and shall on no account be used for
painting work. The containers when not in use, shall be kept closed and free from air so that
Paint does not thicken and also shall be kept safe from dust. When the Paint has been
used, the containers shall be washed with turpentine and wiped dry with soft clean cloth, so
that they are clean, and can be used again.
234
15.5.1 The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. The area shall be calculated in
sqm (correct to two places of decimal), except otherwise stated.

235
SECTION - VI
16- STEEL ROLLING SHUTTER
( Item No. 18)

16.1 SCOPE
Mild Steel Rolling shutter door/ gate is provided at entrance to pump house at pump
floor level for protection of pumps. Rolling shutters shall conform to IS 6248. These shall
include necessary locking arrangement and handles etc. These shall be suitable for fixing in
the position as specified i.e. outside or inside on or below lintel or between jambs of the
opening. The door shall be either push and pull type or operated with mechanical device
supplied by the firm. Shutters upto 10 sq. metre shall be of push and pull type and shutters
with an area of over 10 sq. metre shall generally be provided with reduction gear operated
by mechanical device with chain or handle, if bearings are specified for each of operation,
these shall be paid for separately.
16.2 Shutter : The shutter be built up of inter locking lathe section formed from cold rolled steel
strips. The thickness of the sheets from which the lath sections have been rolled shall be not
less than 0.90 mm for the shutters upto 3.5 m width. Shutters above 9 metres width should
be divided in 2 parts with provision of one middle fixed or movable guide channel or
supported from the back side to resist wind pressure. The lath section shall be rolled so as
to have interlocking curls at both edges and a deep corrugation at the centre with a bridge
depth of not less than 12 mm to provide sufficient curtain of stiffness for resisting manual
pressures and normal wind pressure. Each lath section shall be continuous single piece
without any welded joint. When interlocked, the lath sections shall have a distance of 75 mm
rolling centers. Each alternate lath section shall be fitted with malleable cast iron or mild
steel clips securely riveted at either ends, thus locking in the lath section at both ends
preventing lateral movement of the individual lath sections. The clips shall be so designed
as to fit the contour of the lath sections.
16.2.1 Spring : The spring shall be of coiled type. The spring shall be manufactured from high
tensile spring steel wire or strips of adequate strength conforming to IS 4454- Part I.
16.2.2 Roller and Brackets : The suspension shaft of the roller shall be made of steel pipe
conforming to heavy duty as per IS 1161. For shutter upto 6 metre width and height not
exceeding 5 metre, steel pipes of 50 mm nominal bore shall be used. The shaft shall be
supported on mild steel brackets of size 375 x 375 x 3.15 mm for shutters upto a clear
height of 3.5 metre. The size of mild steel brackets shall be 500 x 500 x 10 mm for shutters
of clear height above 3.5 m and upto 6.5 m. The suspension shaft clamped to the brackets
shall be fitted with rotatable cast iron pulleys to which the shutter is attached. The pulleys
and pipe shaft shall connected by means of pretensioned helical springs to counter balance
the weight of the shutter and to keep the shutter in equilibrium in any partly open position.
When the width of the opening is greater than 3.5 mtr. The cast iron pulleys shall be
interconnected with a cage formed out of mild steel flats of at least 32 x 6 mm and mild steel
dummy rings made of similar flats to distribute the torque uniformly. Self aligning two row
ball bearing with special cast iron casings shall be provided at the extreme pulley and
caging rings shall have a minimum spacing of 15mm and at least 4 number flats running
throughout length of roller shall be provided.
In case of shutters of large opening with mechanical device for opening the shutter
the roller shall be fitted with a purion wheel at one end which in contact with a worm fitted to
the bracket plate, caging and pulley with two ball bearing shall be provided.

236
16.2.3 Guide Channel : The width of guide channel shall be 25 mm the minimum depth of guide
channels shall be as follows:
Clear width of shutters Depth of guide channel

Upto 3.5 m 65 mm
3.5 m upto 8 m 75 mm
8 m and above 100 mm
The gap between the two legs of the guide channels shall be sufficient to allow the
free movement of the shutter and at the same time close enough to prevent rattling of the
shutter due to wind. Each guide channel shall be provided with a minimum of three fixing
cleats or supports for attachment to the wall or column by means of bolts or screws. The
spacing of cleats shall not exceed 0.75 m. Alternatively, the guide channels may also be
provided with suitable dowels, hooks or pins for embedding in the walls. The guide channels
shall be attached to the jambs, plumb and true either in the overlapping fashion or
embedded in grooves, depending on the method of fixing.
16.2.4 Cover : Top cover shall be of mild steel sheets not less than 0.90 mm thick and stiffened
with angle or flat stiffeners at top and bottom edges to retain shape. Lock plates with sliding
bolts, handles and anchoring rods shall be as per IS 6248.
16.2.5 Fixing
The arrangement for fixing in different situations in the opening shall be as per IS 6248.
Brackets shall be fixed on the lintel or under the lintel as specified with rawl. Plugs and
screws bolts etc. The shaft along with the spring shall then be fixed on the brackets. The
lath portion (shutter) shall be laid on ground and the side guide channels shall be bound with
ropes etc. The shutter shall then be placed in position and top fixed with pipe shaft with bolts
and nuts. The side guide channels and cover frames shall then be fixed to the walls through
the plate welded to the guides. These plates and bracket shall be fixed by means of steel
screws bolts, and rawl plugs concealed in plaster to make their location invisible. Fixing shall
be done accurately in a workmen like manner that the operation of the shutter is easy and
smooth.

Clear width and clear height of the opening for rolling shutter shall be measured correct to a
mm. The clear distance between the two jambs of the opening shall be clear width and the
clear distance between the sill and the soffit (bottom of lintel) of the opening shall be the
clear height. The area shall be calculated in square metres correct to two places of decimal.
The rate shall include the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations
described above including cost of top cover and spring.

237
SECTION - VI
17- M.S. DOORS & WINDOWS & RAILING
( Item No. 19,20)
STEEL DOORS, WINDOWS, VENTILATORS AND COMPOSITE UNITS

17.1 SCOPE
Hot rolled steel sections for fabrication of steel doors, windows, ventilators and fixed
lights shall conform to IS 7452. Shapes weights and designations of hot rolled sections shall
be as per IS 7452. Appendix ’D’ indicates the purpose or the situation where the sections
are normally used. Tolerance in thickness of the sections shall be + 0.2 mm. The fabricated
steel doors, windows, ventilators and composite units shall confirm to IS 1038 with up-to-
date amendments and shall be IS marked (IS 1038).
17.1.1 The steel doors and windows shall be according to the specified sizes and design.
The size of doors and windows shall be calculated, so as to allow 1.25 cm clearance on all
the four sides of opening to allow for easy fitting of doors windows and ventilators into
opening. The actual sizes of doors, windows and ventilators shall not vary by more than +
1.5 mm from those given in the drawing.
17.1.2 Fabrication
Frames : Both the fixed and openable frames shall be made of sections which have
been cut to length and mitred. The corner of fixed and openable frames shall be welded to
form a solid fused welded joint conforming the requirements given below. All frames shall be
square and flat. The process of welding adopted shall be flush but welding or can be any
other process as agreed to between the supplier and the purchaser which shall fulfil the
requirements given in clause 6.1.1 of IS 1038, metal arc welding or any other suitable
method. The section for glazing shall be tennoned and riveted into the frames and where
they intersect the vertical tie shall be broached and horizontal tee threads through it, and the
intersection closed by hydraulic pressure
.
17.1.3 Requirements of Welded Joints
(i) Visual Inspection Test: When two opposite corners of the frame are cut, paint removed
and inspected, the joint shall conform to the following:-
(a) Welds should have been made all along the place of meeting the members and tack
welding shall not be permitted.
(b) Welds should have been properly grounded and
(c) Complete cross section of the corner shall be checked up to see that the joint is
completely solid and there are no cavities visible.
(ii) Micro and Macro Examinations: From the two opposite corners obtained for visual test,
the flanges of the sections shall be cut with the help of a saw. The cut surface of the
remaining portions shall be polished, etched and examined. The polished and etched faces
of the weld and the base metal shall be free from cracks and cavity and reasonably free
from under cutting overlaps, gross porosity and entrapped slag.
(iii) Fillet Weld Test: The fillet weld in the remaining portion of the joint shall be fractured by
hammering. The fractured surfaces shall be free from slag inclusion porosity, crack
penetration defects and fusion defects.
17.1.3.1 Doors : The hinges shall be of 50 mm projecting type, Non projecting type hinges
may also be used, if approved by Engineer-in-Charge. The hinge pin shall be of electro-
galvanized steel or aluminum alloy of suitable thickness and size. Door handles shall be
approved by the Engineer-in- Charge. A suitable latch lock for door openable both from
inside and outside shall be provided. In the case of double doors, the first closing leaf shall
238
be the left hand leaf locking at the door from the push side. The first closing shutter shall
have a concealed steel bolt at top and bottom. The bolts shall be so constructed as not to
work loose or drop by its own weight. Single and double leaf shutter door may be provided
with a three way bolting device. Where the device is provided in the case of double leaf
shutters, concealed brass or steel bolts shall not be provided.
17.1.3.2 Windows
(a) For fixed windows, the frames shall be fabricated as per doors
(b) Side hung windows. For fixing steel hinges, slots shall be cut in the fixed frame and
hinges inserted inside and welded to the frame at the back. The hinges shall be of projecting
type with thickness not less than 3.15 mm and length not less than 65 mm and width not
more than 25 mm. Non projecting type hinges may also be allowed if approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The diameter of hinge pins shall not be less than 6 mm. The hinge pin
and washer shall be of galvanized steel or aluminum alloy of suitable thickness. For fixing
hinges to inside frame, the method described above may be adopted but the weld shall be
cleaned, or the holes made in the inside frame and hinge riveted. The handle of side hung
shutters shall be pressed brass, cast brass, aluminium or steel protected against rusting and
shall be mounted on a steel plate.
Thickness of handle shall not be less than 3 mm in case of steel or brass and 3.5
mm in case of aluminium. The handle plate shall be welded, screwed and/ or revitted to the
opening frame in such a manner that it should be fixed before the shutter is glazed and
should not be easily removable after glazing. The handle shall have a two point nose which
shall engage with a brass or aluminium alloy striking plate on the fixed frame in a slightly
opened position as well as closed position. The boss of handle shall incorporate a friction
device to prevent the handle from dropping under its own weight and the assembly shall be
so designed that the rotation of the handle may not cause it to unscrew from the pin. The
height of the handle plate in each type of standards windows will be as specified, otherwise
it shall be at a height of 3/8 of the height of shutter, from its bottom. The strike plate shall be
so designed and fixed in such a position in relation to the handle that with the later bearing
against its stop, there shall be adequately tight fit between the casement and outer frames.
In case where no friction type hinges are provided, the windows shall be fitted with peg
stays which shall be either of black oxidised steel, pressed or cast brass or as specified, 300
mm long or as specified with steel peg and locking brackets. The pegs stay shall have three
holes to open the side hung casement in three different angles. The peg stay shall be of
minimum thickness 2 mm in case of brass or aluminium and 1.25 mm in case of steel.
Where specified friction hinges shall be provided. Side hung shutters fitted with friction
hinges shall not be provided with a peg stay.
If specified, side hung shutters may be fitted with an internal removable fly proof
screen in a 1.25 mm thick sheet steel frame to the outer frame of the shutter by brass turn
buckles at the jambs, and brass studs at the sill to allow the screen being readily removed.
The windows with removable fly proof screen shall be fitted with a through – the screen level
operator at the sill level to permit the operation of the shutter through an angle of 90° without
having to remove the fly proof screen. The lever shall permit keeping the shutter open in
minimum three different positions.
17.1.3.3 Ventilators
The steel butt hinges for top hung ventilators shall be riveted to the fixed frame or
welded to it at the back after cutting a slot in it. Hinges to the opening frame shall be riveted
or welded. Top hung ventilators shall be provided with a peg stay with three holes which
when closed shall be held tightly by the locking bracket. The locking bracket shall either be
fitted to the fixed frames or to the window.
17.2 Glazing
The glass panes shall have square corners and straight edges. The glass panes
shall be so cut that it fits slightly loose in the frames. In doors, windows and clerestory
windows of bath, WC and lavatories frosted glass panes shall be used which shall weight
not less than 10.00 kg/m2.
239
Glazing shall be provided on the outside of the frame unless otherwise specified.
Putty of approved make conforming to IS 419 shall be used for fixing glass panes. Putty
shall be applied between glass panes and glazing bars. Putty shall then be applied over the
glass pane, which shall stop 2 to 3 mm from the sight line of the back rebate to enable the
painting to be done upto the sight line to seal the edge of the putty to the glass. The oozed
out putty shall be cleaned and from putty cut to straight line. Quantity of putty shall not be
less than 185 gm/ metre of glass perimetre. Putty shall be painted within 2 to 3 weeks, after
glazing is fixed to avoid its cracking.
Note: Putty may be prepared by mixing one part of white lead with three parts of finely
powdered chalk and then adding boiled linseed oil to the mixture to form a stiff paste and
adding varnish to the paste at the rate of 1 litre of varnish to the 18 kg paste. Four glazing
clips may be provided per glass pane for a size larger than 30 cm x 60 cm for all types,
where the glass panes size exceed 80 cm x 200 cm, 6 glazing clips shall be used. In case of
doors, windows and ventilators without horizontal glazing bars, the glazing clips may be
spaced according to the slots, in the vertical members provided the spacing does not
exceed 30 cm otherwise the spacing shall be 30 cm.
Where large size glass panes are required to be used or where the door or window
is located in heavily exposed situation, holes for glazing clips have to be drilled prior to
fabrication and cannot be done at any later stages. Use of glazing clips shall be specified
while placing the order.
17.3 Finishing
All steel surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, scale and dirt. Where so
specified. The steel surface shall be treated for rust proofing by the hot dip, zinc spray or
electro galvanizing process. A priming coat of approved steel primer i.e. red oxide/ zinc
chromate perimer conforming to IS 2074 shall be given. The fabricated steel door, windows,
ventilators and composite units shall be inspected in the factory and approved by the
Engineer-in-charge before priming coat is applied. Final finishing coat shall be given to the
doors, windows and ventilators after they are erected and fixed in final position. The rate
shall be exclusive of final finishing coats but shall include the priming coat.
17.4 Fixing
Steel, doors and windows shall be so stacked as to keep them in true shape without
damage. Doors, windows and ventilators shall be fixed as described below. Opening may be
flush or rebated as shown in the drawing. The opening may have rendered finish or a “fair
faced” finish (i.e. without rendering as in case of marble or stone facing). Where openings
are flush and with a rendered finish a clearance of 1.25 cm shall be provided between the
steel frame and opening In case of external masonry finish “fair faced” and with rebated
jambs, a minimum 1.25 cm clearance between frame and opening shall provided opening in
steel work shall be so designed that the outer flange of the door, windows, or ventilator
frame section overlaps the steel surface by 10 mm.
Note : The sizes of Indian Standard doors, windows and ventilators, are designed for
modular opening 1.25 cm larger all round than the doors, windows etc. This gap of 1.25 cm
is for the purpose of fixing of doors, windows etc. In masonry opening, the gap is filled up
with mastic cement and plaster after the door or windows is fixed in position. In the case of
steel or timber modular opening, extra steel or timber fillets will be necessary to cover this
gap of 1.25 cm.
17.5 Precautions
Care shall be taken that steel doors and windows etc. are not deformed/ damaged during
subsequent constructions. Particular care shall be taken that scaffolding do not rest on the
steel door window frames or glazing bars. All fittings and hinges (projecting hinges) shall be
protected, preferably with alkathene sheets so that these may not be damaged during
execution of work.

240
17.6 Mode of Measurement & Payments
The weight of finished section door/windows of different sizes, inclusive of all fixed /welded
fittings i.e. hinges pivots, lugs, brackets striking plates etc,. shall be worked out before fixing
of windows (exclusive of weight of glass panes, glazing clips, putty etc.). Sectional weight of
steel members only shall be measured without weight of glass panes etc.
Rate shall include the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations
described above excluding two coats of painting but including cost of glazing and priming
including the cost of hinges.

241
SECTION - VI
18- STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
( Item No. 21,22)
STEEL WORK WELDED IN BUILT-UP SECTIONS USING STRUCTURAL STEEL

18.1 SCOPE
(A) In Stringers, Treads, Landing etc. of Stair cases including use of Chequred Plate
whenever required.
(B) In Grating, Frames, Guard Bar, Ladder, Railings, Bracket, Gates and similar work.
18.2 General specifications for these items to be same as for steel work welded in built-up
sections as mentioned below except that steel used for fabrication of these items to be of
type used for structural use/purposes.
The steel work in built up sections (welded) such as in trusses, form work etc. is
specified in this clause.
18.3 Fabrication
18.2.1 Straightening, shaping to form, cutting and assembling, shall be as per 10.3.2 as far as
applicable, except that the words “riveted or bolted” shall be read as “welded” and holes
shall only be used for the bolts used for temporary fastening as shown in drawings.
18.2.2 Welding : Welding shall generally be done by electric arc process as per IS 816 and IS 823.
The electric arc method is usually adopted and is economical. Where electricity for public is
not available generators shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost unless
otherwise specified. Gas welding shall only by resorted to using oxyacetylene flame with
specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Gas welding shall not be permitted for structural
steel work Gas welding required heating of the members to be welded along with the
welding rod and is likely to create temperature stresses in the welded members. Precautions
shall therefore be taken to avoid distortion of the members due to these temperature
stresses. The work shall be done as shown in the shop drawings which should clearly
indicate various details of the joint to be welded, type of welds, shop and site welds as well
as the types of electrodes to be used. Symbol for welding on plans and shops drawings
shall be according to IS 813. As far as possible every efforts shall be made to limit the
welding that must be done after the structure is erected so as to avoid the improper welding
that is likely to be done due to heights and difficult positions on scaffolding etc. apart from
the aspect of economy. The maximum dia of electrodes for welding work shall be as per IS
814. Joint surfaces which are to be welded together shall be free from loose mill scale, rust,
paint, grease or other foreign matter, which adversely affect the quality of weld and
workmanship.
18.2.3 Precautions : All operation connected with welding and cutting equipment shall conform to
the safety requirements given in IS 818 for safety requirements and Health provision in
Electric and gas welding and cutting operations. Operation, Workmanship and process of
Welding is described in Appendix B, Inspection and testing of welds shall be as per IS 822.
18.2.4 Assembly : Before welding is commenced, the members to be welded shall first be brought
together and firmly clamped or tack welded to be held in position. This temporary connection
has to be strong enough to hold the parts accurately in place without any disturbance. Tack
welds located in places where final welds will be made later shall conform to the final weld in
quality and shall be cleaned off slag before final weld is made.
18.2.5 Erection : The specification shall be as described in 18.3 except that while erecting a
welded structure adequate means shall be employed for temporary fastening the members
together and bracing the frame work until the joints are welded. Such means shall consists
242
of applying of erection bolts, tack welding or other positive devices imparting sufficient
strength and stiffness to resist all temporary loads and lateral forces including wind. Different
members which shall be fillet welded, shall be brought into as close contact as possible. The
gap due to faulty workmanship or incorrect fit if any shall not exceed. 1.5 mm if gap exceeds
1.5 mm or more occurs locally the size of fillet weld shall be increased at such position by an
amount equal to the width of the gap.
18.2.6 Painting : Before the member of the steel structures are placed in position or taken out of
the workshop these shall be painted as specified as All surfaces which are to be painted,
oiled or otherwise treated shall be dry and thoroughly cleaned to remove all loose scale and
loose rust. Surfaces not in contact but inaccessible after shop assembly,shall receive the full
specified protective treatment before assembly. This does not apply to the interior of sealed
hollow sections. Part to be encased in concrete shall not be painted or oiled. A priming coat
of approved steel primer such as Red Oxide/Zinc Chromate primer conforming to IS 2074
shall be applied before any member of steel structure are placed in position or taken out of
workshop.
18.3 Steel members used for fabricating these items to be designed structurally to withstanding
the all loads to be carried out by the members during erection, fixing and functional use in
designed life. Work to be executed as per structural drawings.

The weight of finished section door/windows of different sizes, inclusive of all fixed /welded
fittings i.e. hinges pivots, lugs, brackets striking plates etc. shall be worked out before fixing
Sectional weight of steel members only shall be measured by weight in Metric Tonne.
Rate shall include the cost of materials and labour involved in all the operations described
above including two coats of painting and all fixtures.

243
SECTION - VI
19- MILD STEEL SHEET PIPE/ RISING MAIN
( Item No. 23 & 24)
19.1 SCOPE
The Item consists of supply of mild steel plates of specified width & thickness. Its ultrasonic
test to determine the cavities in plate. Machining & welding the plates to prepare the pipe of
specified diameter & segment length. Painting inner surface by epoxy paint. Providing
cement morter lining to outer face. Excavation of trench of specified width & depth. Laying
the pipe the in the trench. Welding the pipe segments to prepare single pipe of specified
length. Radiographic tests of welding joints. Back filling the trench with depth of earth of 1.20
m on the top of pipe.
19.2 PROCUREMENT OF STEEL PLATE

Steel material such as plates, flats, channels etc required for the fabrication of
verious items under contract shall be supplied by the contractor. Steel plates and structural
steel required by the contractor for Ancillary use shall conform to IS:226-1975/ IS:2062-1980
(or latest revision). Contractor shall produce the test reports preferably before dispatch of
the plates to site. If the Engineer-in-charge desires to have third party testing, contractor
shall arrange for the same at his cost. Third party inspecting agency shall be selected by the
Engineer-in-charge.
In case the contractor prefers to fabricate pipe at shop outside the site or opts for
purchase of pipes from third party reputed manufacturer, he shall produce the test reports
and arrange for third party inspection of agency deputed by Engineer-in-charge, necessary
before dispatch of pipe to site.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements at his own cost to test some
samples selected at random from the steel plates so as to satisfy himself that they meet the
requirements in respect of their weld ability, and special precautions that have to be taken in
welding and testing etc. The quality of the finished shells shall be the entire responsibility of
the contractor. He shall rectify the errors if any in the making.
If fabricated pipes later on are found defective, or wherein the contractor has failed
to rectify the defects, cost of fabrication testing shall be born by the contractor. Minor defects
such as superficial cleavages in the plates which can only be detected while bending, sand
blasting etc. should be looked into carefully and rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-charge at proper time, before further fabrication work is proceeded and in any case
before hydraulic testing of pipes. Cost of rectifying such defects, repairs and modifications of
such minor defects etc shall be born by the contractor.

244
Chemical Composition
The Ladle analysis shall be as below.
C P S
Steel grade Max Max Max
Fe410 0.25 0.055 0.055
In case of non-availability of Ladle analysis the finished product may be checked to
verify the chemical composition if so agreed to by the producer.
Product Analysis
The P/A shall be carried out on the finished product. The permissible variation in the case of
such product analysis from the limits specified shall be given below.
Table-I
Element Permissible deviation on product analysis percent
Carbon +0.02
Sulphur +0.005
Phosphorus +0.005
Shell Thickness:
All pipes and specials shall generally be of 8 mm thickness. If due to any reason the
thickness of shell is modified by Engineeer-in-charge the unit rate shall be accordingly
modified on weight basis.
Transportation:
The transportation of the M.S. plates/ pipe shells to work site shall be the
responsibility of the contractor, the unit rate includes all such costs.
a) Transporting of M.S. plates, structural steel etc. Including loading unloading and
stacking as required to be done within the normal working hours and days.
b) The rate shall be inclusive of all incidental expenses that will be involved. If the joint
weighment is required to be done for checking or any other purpose, the cost of weighment
including to & fro transport shall be born by the contractor.
c) The contractor will be liable to make good, any damage caused to M.S plates or
structural steel etc. during transportation, damages to any private and Government property
due to careless handling, during transit, loading, unloading or improper stacking etc.
Contractor is also liable to make good any loss due to theft of the plates, pipe shells & steel
materials etc. When material is in the charge of the contractor i.e. till Rising main is
completed and complition certificate issued.
d) Contractor shall make his own arrangements of cranes for loading and unloading trucks
etc. for transportation. He shall intimate the Engineer-in-charge at least one day in advance,
the programme of transportation, to enable the Engineer-in-charge to be present for joint

245
weighment. The contractor shall bear in mind while quoting that it may not be possible at all
times to get full truck load material. No claim will be entertained on this account.
19.3 CUTTING PLATES TO SIZES
Before cutting all edges of the plates shall be cleaned by brushing, grinding on both
the sides, Under exceptional circumstances, either outside or inside bevels may be required
and the pipes shall be manufactured and welded accordingly if so ordered by the Engineer-
in-charge.
After the plates are cut, the edges shall be made smooth and even by polishing with
an electrical or pneumatic grinder to remove all inequalities. Care shall be taken to see that
the cut edges of the plates are perfectly straight .Jigs to be used for this purpose shall
depend upon the type of cutting machine used. The plates cut to the required shape shall be
checked for correctness before they are rolled into pipe drums, if any corrections are
required, the contractor shall do the same by re-cutting if necessary.
If during cutting, any plates are found to be laminated, they shall be stacked
separately in the yard. The contractor is not entitled to claim any compensation for handling
and cutting such laminated plates, as their percentage on the whole work will be generally
negligible. Similarly, if an badly corroded steel plates, are detected at the time of the cutting,
the same shall be rejected.
In case steel plates are found to be of such a size as would give a slightly smaller or
bigger diameter pipe than theoretical size asked for, the pipes of such smaller or bigger
diameters may be fabricated only with the previous written permission of the Engineer-in
charge.
The average diameter of the pipe shall not be more or less than within 0.5% of
specified internal diameter(I.D.) The average diameter will be checked by measuring the
circumference at several sections spaced about 1.5 m from one another. However, the
tolerance at the pipe ends shall be within 0.5% of specified I.D.
19.4 ROLLING OF PLATES.

The plates will be cold bent only.
19.5 TACKING THE DRUMS

The rolled drums shall be tacked properly with standard electrodes conforming to
I.S.814-1974 to keep the shape intact. Necessary diagonal stiffeners shall be welded from
inside. Each such drum before being taken to the assembly platform, shall be numbered on
the inside with oil paint. Marginal cutting as well as left over pieces of plates and other steel
section shall be collected by the contractor and stacked in a separate heap in the yard.

246
19.6 ASSEMBLY OF DRUMS INTO PIPES
The tacked drums shall be transported to an assembly platform where it shall be first
tack welded together to form a pipe of length convenient to transport. The contractor may
decide this length depending on his transportation & loading - unloading equipments
capacities and soil conditions when the trench has to be closely shored or when long spans
are to be bridged. The longitudinal joints shall be staggered. The assembly shall be truly
cylindrical and without any kinks. The faces shall be at right angles to the axis of the
cylinder. Suitable arrangements for testing the correctness of the faces shall be provided by
the contractor at the assembly platform.
19.7 SHOP WELDING (Full welding of the pipe)

The tack welded assembly as described above shall be transferred to an automatic
welding machine for full welding. The circumferential as well as longitudinal joints shall be
welded on this machine. Hand welding shall not be permitted except for sealing runs and
such other minor works at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge . The strength of the joint
shall be least equal to that of the parent metal. The automatic welding machine shall be of
approved make. The Engineer-in-charge shall from time to time during the progress of work
supply working drawings or instructions specifying details of welded joints for different
elements of the fabrication work. Welded joints (other than closing length) shall be of the
butt welded type circumferentially welded both internally and externally. All fields welds shall
have a throat thickness not less than 0.7 times the thickness of the pipe to be welded.
All parts to be welded shall have loose scale, slag rust paint and other foreign matter
removed by means of wire brush and shall be left clean and dry. All scale and slag shall be
removed from each weld after it is completed.
19.7.1 WELDING MACHINE

Automatic welding machine of approved make shall be used. Any of the following
process & welding machines shall be used for manufacturing of pipes.
i) Electric resistance welded and induction welded.
ii) Electric fusion (Arc welded)
a) Automatic submerged arc welding.
b) Automatic metal arc welding with covered electrodes.
c) Automatic metal arc welding with bare electrodes and CO2.
Standard current and voltage required for the machine shall be as per manufacturers
directions. Samples of welded joints shall be prepared and tested in the presence of the
Engineer-in-charge on experimental basis to decide standard current and voltage. The
values once determined shall be maintained throughout the work and if any modifications
are to be made a written permission of the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained.

247
19.7.2 ELECTRODES
Welding electrodes shall confirm to IS:814-1974 “Specifications for covered
electrodes for metal and arc welding (latest revision)” The contractor shall use standard
electrodes depending on the thickness of the plate and type of the joint.
19.7.3 TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED WELDERS

In order to maintain a good standard in welding, the welders shall be trained and
experienced. The skill of the welders shall be tested by the contractor before deploying them
on work. Engineer-in-charge at its direction, may test the skill of welder with sample welding
and testing.
19.8 GOUGING
M.S.pipes will have to be welded internally and externally. At the time of internal
welding a ‘V’ cut is made from inside of the pipes and after completing the internal welding
with required number of runs, the external welding (sealing run) is done after the internally
welded material in the joint has been to be cleaned by Gouging with gas flame. Gouging
shall be done before starting the external welding (sealing run ) and the rate of welding shall
include the cost of Gouging also. Gouging will also be carried out before rectifying the
defective welding wherever necessary and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
19.9 MANUFACTURE OF THE PIPES

The M.S. pipes shall confirm to IS 3589-1991 and other relevant IS codes as given
below.
IS 228, IS 1894-1972, IS 3228-1985, IS 3803-1974, IS 4711-1974, IS 4736-1986, IS
9595-1980.
The pipes shall be made from plates by spiral or circumferential welding. The weld
shall be continuous. The c/c distance between each spiral weld should not be less than 2 m.
in case of electric fusion welding, the length of each pipe and spacing between the weld
should be as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The length of the individual pipe shall be
between 5 m to 10 m.
19.10 STRAIGHTNESS
Finished pipe shall not deviate from straightness by more than 0.2% of the total length.
Checking shall be carried out using a taut string or wire from end to end along the side of
pipe to measure the greatest deviation.

248
19.11 Precautions to be taken for keeping the shape of pipe intact till it is finally placed in
position and welded:
Immediately after the manufacturing of the pipe cylinders, the ends shall be braced
with four/six armed bracing, from inside, to avoid deshaping under self weight or during
transportation and handling. If any reshaping/ matching is required at site at the time of field
welding, same shall be carried out by the contractor with the help of cylindrical jacking, at his
own cost. Also the cost of providing and removing the bracing will have to be borne by the
contractor. The locations of bracings shall be grinded smoothly.
19.12 RECOMMENDED TESTS AND ACCEPTABLE CRITERIONS

Tensile Strength
The test shall be carried out as per IS 1984-1972. The tensile strength and
percentage elongation of the pipes shall not be less than values in the table given below.
The tensile properties of strip cut longitudinally ( excluding the weld) from selected pipes,
shall show the following properties.
Mechanical Properties : Table -2
Steel Tensile strength Percentage elongation
Grade MPa (min)
Fe410 410 18
Outer Dia : The tolerance on outer dia of pipe body shall be +1%.
Flattening test (For ERW pipes)

For ERW pipe,a ring not less than 40 mm in length cut from one end of each
selected pipe shall be flattened between two parallel plates as follows:
The test shall be made by keeping the welds at 90º to the direction of force. No opening
shall occur by fracture in the weld until the distance between the plates is less than 75 % of
the original outside diameter of the pipe and no cracks or breaks on the metal elsewhere in
the weld shall occur until the distance between the plates is less than 60% of the original out
side diameter.
Guided bend test (for SAW Pipes)

Strips not less than 40mm wide, cut circumferentially from pipes perpendicular to
weld serum with weld near the middle of the sample shall without fracture, be doubled over
a round bar the dia of which shall be calculated as given below.(The weld reinforcement
shall be removed from the faces.) One face bend and one root bend specimen, both
conforming to IS3589 shall be bent approximately 180º in a jig.For any combination of

249
diameter, wall thickness and grade. The maximum value for jig dimension. A may be
calculated by the formula given below. The manufacturer shall use a jig based on his
dimensions or a smaller dimensions at his option.
A= 1.15(D-2t)
eD -2e-1
t
Where
1.15= Peaking factor
D- Specified OD in MM.
t= Specified wall thickness in mm. and
E=strain in mm
= 0.1325 for grade 320
= 0.1275 for grade 410 and Fe450
The specimens shall not fracture completely. Cracks 6.35 mm or less in length at the
edge of the specimen or 3.18 mm or less in length in the centre of the specimen shall be
disregarded . Any cracks greater than 3.18 mm in length and regardless of depth located
within the weld metal shall be a cause for rejection. Any pop-out greater than 3.18 mm in
length (6.35 mm at the edge) and 12.5 percent or less of the specified wall thickness in
depth and located in the parent metal, the heat affected zone, or the fusion line, shall not be
cause for rejection. If the fracture or crack in the specimen is caused by a defect or flaw that
specimen may be disregarded and a new specimen substituted from the same pipe.
On examination of the bent specimen , opening out of a slight defect due to
incomplete root penetration or lack of root fusion need not be considered a cause for
rejection provided the defect has sound metal at the back and on either side of it. In border
line cases, further tests shall be made on specimens from the same weld adjacent to the
original test specimen.
19.13 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

The payments will be made on the basis of Rs. Per M.T. However the weight &
thickness of pipe shall be checked. Contractor shall make arrangement for weighing
machine of at least 5 MT for pipe, at site only. Weight of 1350 mm diameterpipe shall be
267.92 Kg per Rmt. & thickness shall be 8.00 mm.
19.14 ITEMS TO INCLUDE UNIT RATE OF ITEM No. 23, 24

* Procurement of plates, transportation, loading - unloading up to site.
* Cutting the plates
* Bending to form shell of required diameter.
* Tack welding, bracing all loading, unloading, rehandling.

250
* All circumferential & longitudinal welding to form shell of 5.00 m in length.
* Ultrasonic testing.
* Third party inspection.
* Sand blasting or cleaning the pipes for epoxy painting to inner face and Cement
mortar lining to outer face of the pipe.
* Lowering the pipe in trench as per requirements of the Rising main design.
19.15 MODE OF PAYMENTS TO M. S. PIPE

The payments shall be released in following stages at rate specified in Schedule “B” with
tendered percentage.
i) On procurement of plates and delivery at site: 50%
ii) On Fabrication of pipe including all shop welding and testing there of: 20%
iii) After laying of pipes at site to proper line and level as per alignment and tack welding:
15%
iv) After completion of Field Hydraulic tests: 10%
v) After completion of the defect liability period: 5%
19.16 THE SPECIFICATIONS OF OTHER ITEMS INCLUDED IN THE RATE ARE AS UNDER.
1) RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING & ULTRASONIC TESTING
The contractor shall carryout the radiographic& ultrasonic testing as mentioned below:
Before commencing fabrication, the contractor shall establish a weld identification
scheme. The numbering system shall be used for identification purpose on all shop drawing,
radiographic, NDT test report and repairs. The notations used for reporting all weld
inspection shall be clearly marked on the work in paint to ensure exact location of weld
defect reported.
a) All longitudinal butt welds and circumferential butt welds shall be examined radio
graphically for 5% of the length of weld in the location directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
b) Butt joints in field Circumferential welds shall be tested ultrasonically for 10% of the
length of field circumstantial weld at the location directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
c) All the areas of the welds on which repairs have been made shall be examined 100
percent by the method specified for the original weld. This examination shall be at the
contractor’s expense.
d) In case of machine welding if any defect is observed for the entire length of the film the
adjacent location on either side shall be radiographically tested at contractor’s cost. The
repairs and retest shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. This procedure shall be
repeated a necessary, till such time as the defects are finally removed to the satisfaction of
the Engineer-in-charge.

251
Such repairs shall not be done more than two times at the same location. If the fault
continues at the spot after two repairs the action to be taken including replacement of
damaged plate and pipe shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge at the contractor’s cost.
e) When a weld thus examined shows many unacceptable defects distributed over the
length or when the defects envisage need for rectification of more than 25 % of the weld
length, may be rejected and the weld cut out re-welded and shall be re-examined by the
methods specified for the original weld at the expense of the contractor.
Radio graphic testing :

1) At least 30 days prior to commencing radiographic examination, the contractor shall
submit details of all radiographic equipment processes and procedures for the approval of
the Engineer-in-charge. The type and make of the radiographic films intended to be used
shall also be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
2) The contractor shall provide at his own expense all materials including radiographic
films of 40 cm length and 38 mm wide and all consumables, equipments, etc necessary for
radiographic examination and shall perform all radio graphic examination in accordance with
the requirements of the specifications and of the Engineer-in-charge within eight working
hours after taking the exposure . The films will then become the property of the Department.
3) Along with each radiograph, the contractor shall furnish his interpretation report in
duplicate in the proforma. The Engineer-in-charge shall be free to make independent
interpretation and ask for the welds, if necessary.
4) Sections of welds the radiographs of which show any of the following types of
imperfections shall be judged unacceptable.
a) Any type of crack or zone of incomplete fussion or penetration .
b) Any elongated slag inclusion or cavities which has length greater than 10 % of ‘t’ in case
of length and 2% of ‘t’ care of width where ‘t’ is the thickness of the plate.
5) Any group of slag inclusion in line that have an aggregate length greater than ‘t’ in a
length of 12t except when the distance between the successive imperfections exceeds 6L
where “L” is the length of the longest imperfections in the group.
Deffect Removal: Repair area shall be located as the weld line after evaluation &
interpretation of radiograph, defects shall be removed by suitable method such as grinding,
chipping or gouging (if permitted) and welding of the repair area.
6) The payment of radiographic testing will be done vide Item no. 30.
Ultrasonic testing
a) Ultrasonic examination shall be performed in accordance with the article-5 of ASME
Boiler pressure vessels code section-V. The relevant references from ASTM specification-E
164-74 shall also be taken. The ultrasonic examination shall be performed and supervised
by experienced and qualified personnel. If necessary special type of transducers of higher

252
test frequency etc. shall be adapted to improve the reliability of the examination. If
equipment with recording facility is available in the Indian market such equipment shall be
used for ultrasonic examination. The record in such case shall be furnished and the same
shall be property of Government.
b) All indications which produce a response greater than 20 and of the reference level
shall be investigated to theextent that the operator can determine the shape identity and
location of all such reflectors and evaluate them in terms of the acceptance standard given
in (i) and (ii) below.
i) Discontinuities shall be unacceptable if the amplitude exceeds the reference level
and discontinuities have length which exceed 1/3t. Where t is the thickness of the weld
being examined.
ii) Where discontinuities are interpreted to the crack, lack of fusion or incomplete
penetration , they shall be unacceptable regardless of discontinuities of signal amplitude.
c) The contractor shall make available continuously throughout the contract technical
and all equipment necessary for ultrasonic examination of the welds . The Engineer-in-
charge shall direct which welds are to be examined.
d) Defects which have detected by ultrasonic examination shall be repaired as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge. Any defects which produces an ultrasonic echo that fails to
reveal the nature of the defect shall be radio graphically examined when so directed by
Engineer-in-charge. Radiography carried out to identify defects located by ultrasonic
examination shall be included in the measurements for payment.
2) Lowering, Laying M.S. Pipe & M.S Specials.

1) General
The pipe line to be laid under this work is below ground or above ground, for pipe
line to be laid underground it is laid on murum/ sand bedding. For the pipe line to be laid
above ground the pipeline shall be supported on concrete chair. However, Engineer-in-
charge may make modifications depending on site conditions. The contractor shall employ
the skilled engineer to fix alignment with Total Station.
2) Laying of under ground pipe line
i) The pipe if not gunited in the shop shall be first gunited, before lowering in to the trench ii)
The pipe shall be lowered in to the trench with due care so that no guniting will damaged
and pipe will not distorted.
iii) Pipe is laid to correct line and level. The line and level shall be checked with Total
Station.
iv) While assembling care shall be taken to see that longitudinal joints of the two adjacent
pipes are staggered by 60 degrees.

253
v) The ends of pipes shall be brought close enough to leave uniform gap not exceeding 3
mm. If necessary marginal cut may be taken to ensure a close fit. There shall be no lateral
displacement between the pipe faces to be joined. If necessary spiders from inside and
tightening rings from outside shall be used to bring the two ends in perfect contact. While
aligning it may also be necessary to use jacks for this purpose. In no case hammering or
longitudinal slithering shall be permitted.
vi) When the pipe is properly assembled and checked for correct line and level it shall be
firmly supported on wooden beams and wedges and shall be tack welded.
vii) If any pipe of odd length is required to fill a gap same shall be fabricated and assembled
after coatings.
viii) Tack welded circumferential joining shall then be welded fully.
ix) Specials such as bends, tappers, etc. shall be laid in the same manner as pipe.
x) If the empty pipe line is subjected to uplift, it is likely to float and get damaged. To avoid
this, a normal practice shall be kept to refill the trench immediately after the pipe is laid and
specials are assembled. The over burden shall be limited to the specified depth. Anchor
blocks at intermediate length shall be constructed at the end of season that is before start of
monsoon. It is advisable to close two ends of pipe line by welding plates on its faces and
filling it with water.
xi) Design of individual thrust block / anchor blocks shall be made available by Engineer-
in-charge. The distance between two successive fixity points shall not generally exceed 300
mtr. The concrete of these blocks shall be paid separately.
xii) To facilitate welding and guniting of the circumferential field joints pits shall be excavated
at such locations at the bottom and on the sides. The size of pit shall be 600 mm in width on
each side and 600 mm in depth and 1000 mm long. This excavation shall be paid separately
under relevant items.
3) Laying the pipe above ground
General sequence shall be as below:
i) Laying of the pipe shall start only after sufficient number of chair/ pedestals, have been
constructed on site to correct line and level and sufficient stock of specials is available.
ii) The line and levels of pedestals shall be checked by the Engineer-in-charge.
iii) The pipe laying shall start from successive fixity point towards expansion joints.
iv) Depending upon the distance between successive chairs and trestles and the length of
the pipes fabricated, two pieces may welded on site before laying so that after laying it rests
on the next chair and over hangs for at least half length on the pipe.
v) Normally not more than one pipe shall be aligned tacked and kept in position of the chair /
trestles.
vi) During assembly pipes shall be additionally supported on adequate wooden sleepers or
scaffolding as necessary, kept in between the chairs / trestles.

254
vii) While assembling the pipes the ends shall be brought to leave a uniform gap not
exceeding 3 mm.
viii) Full welding of circumferential joints shall be done only after the Engineer-in-charge has
checked the correctness of the alignment and level.
ix) In this fashion the work of laying and welding of pipe shall continue till the time comes
when the expansion joints are to be fixed. Fixing of expansion joint and all other activities
connected with it are very important and the contractor shall carry out all above operations
under the continuous supervision and direction of Engineer-in-charge. However, the
presence of Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall not relieve the contractor from his
responsibility.
4) HYDRAULIC TESTING OF PIPE LINE
After the work of laying pipe line is completed and before it is commissioned, the
pipe line shall be tested in the field both for its strength and leakage in the following manner.
Whether stated specifically elsewhere or not; the testing shall have to be completed within 1
months of laying and jointing. Delay in testing will be subject to a fine at 5% of the cost of
the testing item for delay of every month or part thereof.
The pipe line laid length will be divided into sections specified by Engineer-in-
charge. The contractor shall recheck pipe and valves for cleanliness and shall recheck
operations of the valve .The open ends of the pipe line for sections thereof shall normally be
stopped off by blank flanges or cap ends additionally secured where necessary by
temporary struts and wedges / all anchor and thrust blocks must have been completed and
all pipe straps and other devices intended to prevent movement of pipe must have been
securely fastened. The contractors shall clean out the whole pipe line and flush it with water,
so as to remove dust, dirt and any foreign matter lying in the pipeline. No separate payment
for the work of cleaning will be made and the rates under various items of work include the
cost thereof. Each valved section of the pipe line shall be subjected to hydraulic test in
section. For this test, the pipe shall be slowly filled with clean water with the existing mains
or otherwise by pumping water into the line (water and pumping arrangement is to be
arranged by contractor) as directed , and all air shall be expelled from the pipe line through
hydrants , air valve, and blow offs fixed on the pipe line .Once the pipe is full, pumping shall
be closed .The pressure in the pipeline should then be raised in stages and build pressure
and maintained by means of suitable approved pumps , to the specified test pressure based
on the elevation of the lowest point on the line or section under test.
The test pressure shall be not less than the 16.0 Kg/cm2 test pressure or 1.5 times
the working Pressure whichever is higher. Before starting the pressure test, the expansion
joint shall be tightened. The test pressure shall be maintained for at least 24 hours. The drop
in pressure shall not exceed 0.70 kg/cm2 within a period of 2 hours after the full test

255
pressure is built up. Under this pressure no leak or sweating shall be seen. The contractor
will not challenge or claim any extra for such action on the part of the Department.
Generally the contractor shall be required to test the pipe line section of 2 km. using
necessary equipment .However if the Engineer-in-charge directs to test full pipe line length
In future suitable sections in the interest of the work, the tender will have to carry out the test
in such sections as directed by engineer -in-charge. The cost of hydraulic testing is included
in the rate of rising main.

256
SECTION - VI
20- PROVIDING, FABRICATED M.S. SPECIALS & FIXTURES ETC TO THE RISING MAIN
( Item No. 25)
20.1 SCOPE
This item included the fabrication of M.S. specials and other appartenances as
mentioned below, from the M.S. plates for the rising main as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
20.2 SUPPLY
The specials and appartenances or fixtures to be supplied under this contract
agreement generally include the following.
a) Bends and branches
b) Flanges
c) Blank flanges
d) Straps
e) Saddle pieces
f) Wearing plates
g) Bearing plates
h) Flat Manhole covers
I) Plug plates
j) Tapers
k) Platform for scour valves
1) Ring girder, M.S. Rollers, stools etc.
The welding of special shall be done generally as per the specification in section X.
Materials required such as washers ,nuts, bolts etc. Are to be procured by the contractor at
his own cost.
20.3 BENDS AND BRANCHES

Fabrication of single or composite bends and T or 'Y' branches shall be done from
M.S. plates of same specifications as used for the pipes of rising main. Fabrication may be
done at site also as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
20.4 FLANGES
Flanges to be provided at the cost of the pipes or specials where sluice valve, blank
flanges, tapers are to be introduced. The contractor shall assemble the flanges in exact
position, by marginal cutting if required so as to get the desired position of the other specials
likes sluice valve etc, either vertically or horizontally and then shall be fully welded the
flanges from both the sides, in such a manner that no part of welding protrudes beyond the
face of the flanges. In case the welding protudes beyond the flanges and if ordered by the

257
Engineer-in-charge, the protrusions be removed, the contractor shall either file or chip these
off. If required, and when directed the contractor shall provide gusset, stiffeners welded at
site.
20.5 BLANK FLANGES

Blank flanges shall be provided at all end left unattended for the temporary closure
of work and also for commissioning a section of pipe line laid or for testing of the pipe line .
For temporary closures, non pressure blank flanges, consisting of mild steel plates, shall be
tack welded at pipe ends. For pressure pipes, flanges may be designed as directed by the
engineer-in-charge
20.6 STRAPS
When the pipe line laying is undertaken from both the ends or in stretches due to
any site difficulty, the final connection has to be made by introducing straps to cover gaps up
to 30 cm length. Straps are also required to be provided as per procedure for fixing
expansion joint. Such straps shall be fabricated from the pipes at field. Pipes shall be cut by
slitting them longitudinally and slipping them over the ends to be connected in the form of a
collar. The collar shall be in two halves and shall have its inside diameter of pipe equal to
the outside diameter of the pipes to be connected. A minimum lap of 8 cm, on either ends of
the pipe shall be kept and the joint fillet weld. The longitudinal joints of the collar shall be
butt welded. All fillet welds shall have a throat thickness of not less than 0.7 times the width
of welding.
20.7 SADDLE PIECES

Saddle pieces are required for scour valves and air valves of specified diameters,
shall be fabricated to fit properly on to the pipes and flanges. The width of the saddle pieces
shall suit the pipes. The cutting and welding should be done suitably to project 1m beyond
the edge of the valve manufactured without any extra cost.
20.7.1 WEARING PLATES

Width of the plate shall be 40 cm and length will be 1/3 rd of circumference of the
pipe. The wearing plate shall be welded where pipe rests on the R.C.C saddle. Welding
shall be all round the edges of plates.
20.7.2 BEARING PLATES

Bearing plates shall be of 40 cm . In width and length suitable to 1/3rd circumference
of pipe plus length of the side of top of saddle and shall be fixed on saddles with sufficient
anchorage of M.S. bars as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge and drawing.

258
20.7.3 FLAT OR DISHED MAN HOLE COVERS

For the fabrication of flat or dished manhole covers special dyes with hydraulic press
shall be used by the Contractor to obtain the required shape. The plate shall be cold
pressed and no heating shall be permitted. Drilling of holes as required should be done and
welding shall be tack welding.
20.7.4 PLUG PLATES

Plug plates shall be fabricated as directed in the drawing. The size of the plug may
vary from 25 mm. to 40 mm. diameter. The hole for plug shall be cut drilled and threaded as
directed to the exact size and a suitable . G.I. plug shall be provided by the contractor for
every plug plate.
20.7.5 TAPERS
Fabricating tapers from the steel plates includes cutting the plates rolling tack
welding by machine to form “V” edge to both ends of tapers, with longitudinal butt welding to
form drums.
20.7.6 PLATFORM FOR SCOUR VALVES

These shall be fabricated as per the drawing. A hole of 600 mm. Diameter shall be
cut in the centre of the platform for the water to flow down.
20.7.7 RING GIRDERS ETC.

Rings girders shall be fabricated from the rolled steel channels or any other sections
suitably as per direction and drawing. This may be required to be strengthened by welding
flats. The M.S. sections shall be rolled in two halves to the exact curvature to fit in to pipes.
To achieve exact curvature particularly at the ends of channels (rolled section) exact piece
to channel may be welded before commencement of rolling , which can be removed after
completion of rolling. The cost includes fabrication, assembling on pipe and tack welding on
both sides of the girder.
Rings girder supports or stools shall be fabricated from M.S. channels or flats as
shown in the drawing. Special jack etc. shall be used during fabrication of ring girder
supports so that no deformation takes place during fabrication.
Rollers shall be fabricated with great care and they shall be straight machined and
free from rust or stain or encrustation.
20.7.8 GAS CUTTING AND WELDING
Gas cutting (Square or v cut) of pipes plates , specials shall be done as specified
with care in aligning, holding in position and for forming 'V’ or any other cut as directed by
the engineer-in-charge . Electric or gas welding of steel materials shall be done as per
18:816-1969 with butt joints or lap joints or tack welding as directed by the engineer-in-
charge.

259
20.8 MEASURMENT AND PAYMENTS
The measurement for all specials and fixtures shall be on the basis of weight per
metric tonne and shall be measured up to a second decimal of metric tonne. Deductions for
the bolts, holes shall be be made while computing the weight for payment.

260
SECTION - VI
21- PROVIDING & APPLYING EPOXY PAINT FOR INNER FACE OF M.S. PIPES
( Item No. 26)
21.1 SCOPE
The inner surface of the M.S. pipe shells are to be painted by zinc rich epoxy paints
to protect the pipe M.S. pipe from corrosion.
21.2 BLAST CLEANING
The inner surface of the pipe shells, specials etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned by
sand blast cleaning process, to remove all rust, mill scale etc. and exposing the base metal
to white gray surface. All oil and grease on the surface of the pipe shall first be removed by
applying a suitable metal cleaning solution and wiping with clean rags. All foreign matter
which can not be removed by this blasting process shall be removed by any other suitable
means approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. However, slight shadows, stacks or
discoloration caused by rust stain or mill scale oxide need not be removed. Blasting should
be done at a pressure of 5.62 kg/sq.cm (80 psi) at the compressor end and 4.93 kg/sq.cm
(70 psi) at nozzle end so as to get a good clean surface after removing the rust. The blast
cleaned surface shall be primed immediately after blasting is over. The contractor shall
avoid strictly keeping the prepared steel surface overnight and painting it next morning. The
sequence and the programme of blast cleaning and application of zinc rich epoxy primer
shall be arranged in such a way that blast cleaned surface shall not remain uncovered with
zinc rich epoxy primer for more than two hours. Greater care shall be taken in blasting
particularly at field joint for getting gray surface. After cleaning, the blasted surface shall be
inspected to see that no rust is left out. Primer coat shall then be allowed to be applied.
Torches may be used to inspect the surface. The record entry of the blast cleaning and
before applying primer coat, shall be done and got certified by Engineer-in-Charge. It the
primer coat is not applied in permissible time, sand blasting will have to be repeated on the
next day at contractors cost.
21.3 APPLICATION OF PRIMER

PRIMER QUALITY
The primer shall be of zinc rich epoxy primer (E Pilux 610) conforming to the
specifications given below.
Before applying the primer the contractor shall submit the manufacturer's test report.
Specification for Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer.
Description :
Two pack zinc rich consisting of Base Fine zinc dust ground in epoxy resin solution,
supplied in paste form. Catalyst Adduct Type. The non-volatile portion of the material
(mixed) should consist of 90-92 percent zinc dust and 8-10 percent of epoxy resin and
curing agent. The proportion of mixing base and hardener should be as specified by

261
manufacturers by weight or by volume. The mixed primer shall conform to the specifications
detailed under (a) to (h)
a. Shade : Gray
b. Characteristics : The paint shall provide a complete rust inhibitive barrier coating
of high mechanical and abrasion resistant. The film shall be compatible for fusion and spot
weld.
c. Pot-Life : 4-6 hours
d. Covering Capacity: 8-10 sq.m/litre per coat giving a film thickness of one mm.
(The minimum thickness of the epoxy primer & paint should be 250 microns or as per
recommendations of the manufacturer.)
e. Viscosity of Ready Mixed Paints 15 to 22 in Fort Cup No. 4 at 30 degree
centigrade.
f. Application: To be applied by spray over a properly cleaned surface, within four
hours after blast cleaning.
g. Drying Time: Dust free : 10-15 minutes
h. Chemical curing : 24-29 hours.
Procedure
Blasted steel surface of the pipes shall be cleaned of dust and grit and shall be
primed immediately following cleaning. The surface shall be dry at the time the primer is
applied and no primer shall be applied during rain or fog unless protected from weather by
suitable housing and subject to the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. The primer shall
be applied by hand spray and shall be in accordance with the instructions for application as
supplied by the manufacturers. The priming coat shall be uniform and free from floods, runs,
sags, holidays, drips or have spots. Any bare spots or holidays, shall be recoated with
additional application of the primer. All runs, sags, floods or drifts shall be removed or all
such defects shall be remedied by reblasting and repriming at the discretion of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
INSPECTION AND TESTING OF PRIMER

Each lot of primer and heavy duty paint supplied shall be accompanied by the
certified copies of the results of the test carried out by the manufacturers. The entire
procedure of applying the paint as specified will be rigidly inspected right from blasting stage
to the application of the final coat. If at any time it is found that the procedure of applying the
paint is not as per the standard laid down all such painting work done shall be rejected.
Samples of the paint as brought by the contractor shall be sent to the Testing Laboratory as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge for testing as specified. If any sample is found to be not
conforming to the specifications, the entire consignment to which the sample may pertain
shall be rejected. Samples shall be taken at intervals as per the opinion of the Engineer-in-

262
Charge. All the cost incidental to such testing such as the cost of the paint sample,
prescribed testing charges and the cost of transport, etc., shall be borne by the contractor.
APPLICATION OF ZINC RICH EPOXY PRIMER

The primer shall be prepared as follows:
The primer shall be prepared in the manner and proportion as specified by the
manufacturer. However, the mixed primer shall conform to the specifications mentioned
above. The mix of Zinc Rich Epoxy Primer shall be prepared less than 15 minutes before
applying at the work site. No thinner should be added to the ready mixed paints without the
previous approval of the manufacturer. Though the priming coats become, dust-free dry in
10-15 minutes, finishing should only be applied after allowing the film to cure at least for 48
hours. The record entry of primer coat shall be made and got certified by the Engineer-in-
Charge before applying the paint. The specified thickness of primer & paint shall be
measured in average as specified by manufacturer.
21.4 EPOXY COATING :
Epoxy paint of approved quality (Shalimar, Ciba) shall be applied over primer coat.
Epoxy paint shall be strictly prepared and applied as per the instructions of the
manufacturer.
21.5 Mode of measurement and payment :

Measurements are to be measure in Sqm. of internal peripheral area of pipe and the
unit rate includes sand blasting cleaning, cost & transportation of paint, application of epoxy
primer coat and application of epoxy paint, labour & machinery charges & thickness testing
charges etc complete.

263
SECTION - VI
22- GUNITING WITH CEMENT MORTAR 25 MM THICK
( Item No. 27)
22.1 SCOPE
The pipe line that is to be laid underground shall be provided with
cement guniting in C.M 1:3 proportion for outer coating. Guniting shall be done in two coats
and adequately cured at least three days before the pipe is laid under ground. The thickness
of gunite shall never be less than 25 mm. Land, water, power supply etc. required for
guniting at selected yard sites will be arranged by the contractor at his cost.
22.2 REINFORCEMENT
The reinforcement shall be B.R.C. fabric No 14 or its equivalent M.S. reinforcement

steel used shall be 6 gauge wires having permissible stress confirming to the relevant Indian
Standard specifications.
The reinforcement shall be fixed around the pipe circumferentially 10 mm away from
the pipe surface with the help of sufficient number of 1:1 cement mortar spacers and binding
wire etc. adjacent sheets of fabric shall overlap at least 18 times dia of the main bars and
shall be securely fastened to each other at sufficient, number of plates, care shall be
exercised to ensure that minimum 15 mm Cover is provided at the lower half portion of the
pipe also.
22.3 MATERIALS
Cement, sand and water used for preparing cement mortar for guniting shall conform
to the standard specifications for these materials and for concrete work. The proportion of
cement to sand in the mortar for guniting shall be 1:3 by volume.
22.4 Guniting shall be done under pressure ranging from 2.1 to 2.8 Kg/cm square
22.5 Continuous curing for 21 days shall be done. To ensure continuous curing it is
advisable to dip gunited pipes in water tanks constructed especially on site.
22.6 Item to include

* Cost of all material & labour
* Cost of cleaning the surface
* All loading-unloading transportation rehandling
* Curing
* Cost of spacers

264
The guniting shall be measured in square meters. For the purpose, of measurement,
the dia of the guniting shall be external dia of bare M.S. Pipe. Guniting of welded joints shall
have to be done in the trench at the same rates. Extra thickness of guniting near stiffener
ring required to match the gunite cover pipe shall and gunnited over the stiffener rings will
not be paid extra and the tender rate shall deemed to included the cost of such extra gunite
required near stiffener. Full payment shall be released after satisfactory curing for 21 days.

265
SECTION - VI
23- PROVIDING & FIXING EXPANSION JOINTS TO THE RISING MAIN
( Item No. 28)
23.1 SCOPE
Standard expansion joints shall be about 1.00 meter long. However, the
contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for procurement of materials for
manufacture of bolts, nuts, washer, etc. required at his own cost. All parts shall be
manufactured true to shape and size as shown in the drawing. All contact surfaces shall be
properly machined and finished smooth to ensure smooth working of the joint. The steel
bolts and nuts used in the manufacture shall comply with B.S.S. 190 of 1924 or equivalent
I.S.S. The joints shall be assembled without under hammering function, to avoid damage to
any part thereof. The packing material to be supplied by the contractor to be used in the
expansion joint be asbestos or any other suitable material and rubber ring as may be
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
It shall be capable of withstanding at least twice the test pressure and shall have
huge compressibility properties to withstand by abrasion or water action. For dispatch to the
site, the expansion joint shall be assembled with steel ring without other packing, using four
bolts and nuts only, in a locked position. The machined surfaces shall be greased before
rubber ring shall be supplied by the contractor at the site of laying along with expansion
joints.
The expansion joint shall be true in all respects of manufacture. If any manufacturing
defect is noticed after its erection at site , the contractor shall carry out all necessary repairs
either at site or at their works as directed by the Engineer-in-charge . All expenses in this
connection including its removal transporting to and from the site of work and re-fixing shall
be determined by the Engineer-in-charge, and his decision shall be final and binding on the
contractor.
The expansion joints shall be properly stocked in the contractors yards on a raised
platform until they are removed for laying.
Expansion joints shall be fabricated as shown in the relevant drawing supplied at the
time of fabrication.
23.2 Fixing on pipe line

i) Laying of pipe shall be stopped when distance between two faces of pipe line laid
from the successive fixing block towards the expansion joints in little more than the length of
expansion joints plus one pipe . The expansion joint shall be aligned and welded at the pre-
determined position to one face of pipe line. The taper portion of expansion joint shall be on

266
the down stream of pipe line. The pipe shall be aligned and welded to the expansion joint.
There shall be gap between this pipe and the face of pipe line that the come from the other
fixing point. This gap shall measured when temperature is 26.60°C (80°F) or at a
temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
ii) If this gap is more than 30 cm than distance piece shall be provided. Gap shall be
exactly measured at 26.6° C (80°F) or at a temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge and distance piece of length equal to the gap when at lower temperature a gap
become wider and it shall be assembled and welded with pipe face when again at 26.6°C
(80°F) or the temperature as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, after the gap close down,
the free face shall be tack welded and at the same time the locks of expansion joint shall be
opened.
iii) When gap is less than 30 cm. strap shall be provided of width of 3 times the gap
measured at temperature 26.6°C ( 80°F) or at a temperature as directed by the Engineer -in-
charge. The strap shall be slipped over pipe and tack welded with one pipe care being taken
to see that the overlap is exactly equal to the gap. Again at 26.6°C or at a temperature as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge when overlap upon other pipe also is equal to the gap
length, tack welding shall be done and simultaneously the lock of expansion joint broken.
iv) After tack welding and breaking of lock of expansion joints done, most important
function to be performed shall be watching of behavior of expansion joint .Mercury cub shall
be fixed to the pipe line near the expansion joint in advance to note the temperature of pipe
shell. Similarly marking shall be made on the pipe to note the expansions / contraction
corresponding to the shell temperature, which shall be noted every hour for at least 48
hours. During first two hours watch shall also be kept on fixing point for any damages, due
to non or improper functioning of expansion joint. If it is observed that the expansion joint
has got stuck-up and does not take up expansion/contraction with change in shell
temperature, the tack point should be repaired. After it is repaired the same procedure shall
be followed again. If it is found working , then complete joining shall be done as required by
Engineer-in-charge.

The payment for fabrication of expansion joint shall be made per number under the
relevant item in the Schedule 'B' and rates and the payment shall include conveying the
steel material, supply of all labour, material including machining , machining faces ,
assembling stacking, repairing, fixing and re-fixing on Rising main etc, complete as specified
above.

267
SECTION - VI
24- PROVIDING AND FIXING DIFFERENT TYPES OF VALVE TO THE RISING MAIN
( Item No. 29 A,B,C,D,E)
24.1 Kinetic Air Valve
24.1.1 The works of the item covered by this section shall consist of manufacture
supply & fixing of 200mm Dia, double chamber kinetic air valves on 1200 mm diameter
rising main. The items includes third party inspection and testing of valves by mechanical
organization of Water Resources Department of Maharastra or any other inspecting agency
deputed by Engineer-in-charge. Transporting of the valves from manufactures factory to
work site, local handling at work site, lowering in position fixing in true plumb and level and
tack welding the air valves. The valves shall either be of Kirloskar or Indian Valves Private
Limited or any Valve company make and shall confirm to the relevant ISI Specifications. The
valve shall also be as per specifications given hereafter.
24.1.2 The valve shall be of two orifice type (small and large) with gray cast iron
bodies . The small orifice shall discharge air released from water under pressure during
working under normal conditions preventing thereby interference of air with pipe flow while
the large orifice shall displace or admit the air while pipe is being filled or being emptied.
When the pipe is being filled, the air shall release sufficiently at high rate to prevent
back pressure restricting inflow. The air inflow rate when the pipe is being emptied shall be
sufficiently high to prevent development of high vacuum pressure in the pipe.
The orifice sizes, shape and diameter of balls and weights shall be carefully
designed for trouble free operation at the maximum working pressure specified. The
contractor shall state the clearance beween balls. The seat for the large orifice shall be of
such a material to reduce the risk of adhesion between the ball and the seat.By application
of hydrodynamic principles , the valve shall be designed to keep large orifice always open
irrespective of velocity of the air discharged and shall only close positively as soon as water
arises in the valve.
24.1.3 SPECIFICATION
`The following clauses shall specify general mechanical requirements and standards
of workmanship for the goods. General specification clauses shall apply where appropriate
except where particularly redefined in the individual sections of the specifications . Where
materials to be used for any component have not been laid down in the specification . the
contractor shall use with the consent of the Engineer, only those materials in such
composition as have been proven in actual service nationally and internationally to be the
most suitable for particular purpose.

268
24.1.4 MATERIALS
All materials for air valves shall be new and of the kinds and qualities described in
the clause hereof, The materials shall confirm to specifications as below:
1 Float chamber chawl Gray cast iron to IS-210 less than grade 20 or grade 220 of
And cover BS: 1452
2 Small orifice float Seasoned timber ball covered with soft Rubber.
3 Large orifice float Seasoned timber ball covered with hard Vulcanite
4 Orifice guides and 12% Chromium steel confirming to IS 1570 Or stainless
steel to BS 970 3045-15
5 Sealing rings Molded rubber of suitable quality
6 Fixing nuts and bolts IS:1363
7 Joining Materials Mill board on flanged rubber or orifice
8 Spindle for internal As per 4 above
Screw downs valves of
double Orifice valve and
spindle of Isolating valve
of Kinetic Air valve
24.1.5 TEST PRESSURES

Kinetic Air valves of required size and associated isolated valves shall be tested
hydraulically and capable of withstanding a test pressure of 32 kg/sqcm and working
pressure of 16.0 kg./sqcm.
24.1.6 MARKING
The following information shall be cast on each valve body in raised letters.
1) Manufacturer's name and trade mark
2) Year of manufacture ( last 2 letters)
3) Nominal size
4) Pressure test
5) I.S.I, or any other certification mark
6) Letters : V.P.D.-AV
24.1.7 FLANGES
The pipe connection flanges of Kinetic air Valves and sluice valves shall be drilled
conforming to IS : 1537.
24.1.8 SUBMITTALS
The contractor shall be furnish the details of weights and diameters of floats required
for the valves quoted by him.
The contractor shall furnish :
1) Discharge capacity curves ( pressure against discharge of air)
2) Inflow capacity curves (inflow of air against vacuum pressure) and.
3) Sealing pressures required for each size of valves.

269
24.1.9 POSITIONING AND FIXING OF VALVE.
The valve shall be fixed in true plumb and level on the M.S. welded rising main pipe
line as and when directed by the Engineer. The location shall be given by the Engineer. As
stated else where in the specification, the quoted rate shall include transportation from
manufacturer's factory to site and also local handing within 500m, inclusive of hauling and
hoisting, lowering in position, fixing in true plumb and as per level as per drawing, cost of
flange joints with rubber packing white zinc paint nuts and bolts and other necessary
materials for making joints with the Rising Main flange.
Any deformation, damages, etc . To the M.S. Rising main pipe line, if any caused
during fixing the air valve, shall be rectified by the contractor and if contractor fails to attend
rectification, same will be done by the department at contractor's cost.
24.1.10 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

The unit of measurements shall be per number. The unit rate includes,
• Manufacturing & supply cost.
• Third party inspection & testing charges.
• All taxes
• Transportation up to site
• Erection & commissioning
24.2 SCOUR VALVE OR SLUICE VALVE
24.2.1 SCOPE OF SECTION

The item covers manufacture of Scour valve of dia 300 for rising main, as per
specifications and drawings, third party inspection & testing, transportation of the valves
from the place of Manufacture to the site , local handling at work site, lowering in position,
fixing the valve in true plumb and level. The valve will be of I.S.I mark and shall conform to
I.S.-2900-1984 (R-1990) ( latest revision) besides other specifications as given hereafter.
24.2.2 DESIGN
The valve shall confirm to I.S. specification No 2906-1984 (R-1990) ( latest revision)
and designed suitably for working pressure of 20 Kg/sqcm & Test pressure 30 kg/sq. cm.
The general arrangement of the valve assembly shall be shown in the drawing.
24.2.3 MATERIALS
The material for different component parts of sluice valves shall confirm to the
following requirements.
1 Body, bonnet, wedge Gray Cast Iron conferming to I.S. 210

Stuffing box gland, hand
wheel cap
2 Stem High tensile brass I.S. 320 Alloy 1 or 2 alternately Of
stainless steel I.S. 6603
3 Wedge nut 1) leaded tine bronze I.S. 318 Grade 2.
2) High tensile brass I.S. 320 alloy 3
270
4 Body seat ring wedge 1) leaded tin bronze I.S. 318 grade 2
2) Chromium steel I.S. 1570 20 Cr 13 38Crl3
5 Bolts Carbon steel I.S. 1367 class 4.6
6 Nuts Carbon steel I.S. 1367 class
7 Bonnet gasket 1) Compressed fibre board I.S. 2712
Gr. C. or
2) Rubber I.S. 7630 Type B
8 Gland packing Jute hump I.S. 5414 of 1969
The sluice valve shall be provided with double flanged ends as per I.S. 1530-1976
Hand Wheel may be of cast finish and of size mentioned in I.S. 2906 sluice valve should be
provided with by pass arrangements.
24.2.4 HYDRAULIC TEST

Each valve shall be subjected to hydraulic tests as per I.S. 2906 -1980 to the test
pressure for duration as specified and shall show no sign of leakage under these tests.
Unless otherwise specified the valves shall be tested for closed end test only.
24.2.5 POSITIONING AND FIXING OF VALVE.

The valve shall be fixed in true plumb and level on the M.S. fabricated pipe as and
where directed by the Engineer. The quoted rate shall include transportation from
Manufacture's Factory to site and also local handling within 200 m. inclusive of hauling,
hoisting lowering in position and fixing in true plumb and level as per drawing and cost of
other material such as rubber packing, white zinc paint, nuts , bolts and other necessary
material for making joints with the Rising main.
Any deformation, damages etc. to the M.S. Rising main pipe , if any, caused during
fixing of the scour valve,shall be rectified by the Contractor and if contractor fails to attend
rectification same shall be done by the departments at Contractor's cost.
24.2.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The unit of measurements shall be per number. The unit rate includes,
• All taxes
24.3 BUTTERFLY VALVES

Scope: The works of the item covered by this section shall consist of proving fixing
of butterfly valves suitable for 1350 mm M.S. pipe line as per detailed specifications given
here in after testing and commissioning by third party agency, transportation of the valves to
work site, local handling at work site. lowering in position, fixing in true plumb, line and level
and tack welding the butterfly valves.

271
24.3.2 POSITIONING AND FIXING OF VALVE
The valve shall be in true plumb and level on the M.S, Pipe Line 1350 mm as and
where directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The location shall be given by the Engineer-in-
charge As stated else where in the specification the quoted rate shall include transportation
to site and also local handling inclusive of hauling and hoisting , lowering in position, fixing in
true plumb and level as per drawing, cost of plumb joints with rubber packing, white zinc.
Each pipe line shall be provided with a butterfly valve in the delivery pipe. The
butterfly valve shall be flanged of PN 1.60 rating, water works pattern, eccentrically pivoted
and shall be manualy actuated.
Horse power of motor shall be adequate with at least 50 margin over maximum
power required for unseating the valve against the line pressure of 6 Kg/cm 2 or normal
operation whichever is higher. Butterfly valve 1350 mm dia suitable for flange bolting
individually to flanges of pipe and pump with the disc, to form a section cut through a
sphere, working in connection with a cone shaped seating in body and suitable seal ring,
fitted to the disc , with the help of retaining ring and stainless steel screws shall be
confirming to BS 5155. The disc shaft bearing shall be off-set along the pipe axis from the
plane of the so as to get an unbroken position in full closed position.
The head stock, where actuators operating hand wheels will be located, shall be of
C.I. construction with proper aesthetic appearance. Hand wheels of the actuators shall be
chrome plated.
24.3.3 Design Duty`

The Butterfly valves shall be suitable for the following duties.
(i) Maximum static pressure 5 Kg. Sq.cm
(ii) Maximum differential pressure 5.5 Kg/sq.cm
iii) Maximum rate of flow 1725 LPS
iv) Nature and condition of fluid Raw river with suspended material upto 50
v) Type of actuator Manualy & Electronically activated.
vi) Material of construction
i) Body Close grained homogenous C.I. Conforming to IS 210
ii) Disc same as body
iii) End housing and cove Gray cast iron confirming to grade 20 of IS to 210 or cast
Gear box housing for
Manual operation
iv) Bearing i) P.T.F.E. (Glass filed or carbon filled)
Having for friction coefficient 0.4
(Note :- water itself acts as a lubricant for pipe bearing or
ii)Gun metal confirming to 318 grade II
v) Stub shaft i) Stainless steel AISI 304 Precition
vi) Rubber seal ring Moulded nitrile rubber ring (shore hardness 55 to 65)
vii) Hardware inside stainless steel

viii) Retaining ring Gray cast iron or cast steel nickel plated.
Inside portion of the valve shall b painted by black paint confirming to IS 158

272
24.3.4 Testing
The valve shall be subjected to test as per BS 5155 of 1984.The certificates in
triplicate shall be furnished . The test shall be witness be witnessed by the Engineer's
representative at manufacturing works.
Test pressure a) Shell test 15 kg/cm2
b) Disc strength 15 kg/cm2
c) Seat test 11 kg/cm2 (tight shut off valve condition)
(Test certificate in triplicate shall be furnished before fixing the value in position)
24.3.5 Mode of measurement

The unit of measurements shall be per number.
The unit rate includes,
• All taxes

273
SECTION - VI
25- RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING FIELD WELDING JOINTS OF THE RISING MAIN
( Item No. 30)
25.1 RADIOGRAPHIC TESTING
i) The contractor shall carryout the radiographic testing in specification.
ii) Before commencing fabrication, the contractor shall establish a weld identification
scheme. The numbering system shall be used for identification purpose on all shop drawing,
radiographic, NDE test report and repairs. The notations used fro reporting all weld
inspection shall be clearly marked on the work in paint to ensure exact location of weld
defect reported.
a) All longitudinal butt welds and shop circumferential butt welds shall be examined radio
graphically for 5% of the lengthof weld in the location directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
b) But joints in field Circumferential welds shall be ultrasonically for 5%of the length of field
circumstantial weld at the location directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
c) All the areas of the welds on which repairs have been made shall be examined 100
percent by the method specified for the original weld. This examination shall be at the
contractor’s expense.
d) In case of machine welding if any defect is observed for the entire length of the film the
adjacent location on either side shall be radiographic at contractor cost. The repairs and
retest shall be as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. This procedure shall be repeated a
necessary, till such time as the defects are finally removed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
Such repairs shall not be more that two times at the same location. If the fault continues at
the spot after two repairs the action to be taken including replacement of damaged plate and
pipe shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge but this would be a contractor’s cost.
e) When a weld thus examined shows many unacceptable defects distributed overeats
length or when the defects envisage need fro rectification of more than 25 % of the weld
length may be rejected and the weld cut out re-welded and shall be re-examined by the
methods specified for the original weld at the expense of the contractor.
25.2 Radio graphic testing :

1) At least 30 days prior to commencing radiographic examination, the contractor shall
submit details of all radiographic equipment processes and procedures for the approval of
the Engineer-in-charge. The type and make of the radiographic films intended to be used
shall also be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.
2) The contractor shall provide at his own expense all materials including radiographic
films of 40 cm length and 38 mm wide and all consumables. Equipments, etc , necessary for
radiographic examination and shall perform all radio graphic examination in accordance with

274
the requirements of this specifications and of the Engineer-in-charge within eight working
hours after taking the exposure . The films will then become the property of the Government.
3) Along with each radiograph, the contractor shall finish his interpretation report in
duplicate in the proforma. The Engineer-in-charge shall be free to make independent
interpretation an ask for the welds, if necessary.
4) Sections of welds the radiographs of which show any of the following types of
imperfections shall be judged unacceptable.
a) Any type of crack or zone of incomplete fission or penetration .
b) Any elongated slag inclusion or cavities which has length greater than 10 % of ‘t’ in case
of length and width and 2% of ‘t’ in plate thickness where ‘t’ is the thickness of the plate.
5) Any group of slag inclusion in line that have an aggregate length greater than ‘t’ in a
length or 12th except when the distance between the successive imperfections exceeds 6l
where l is the length of the longest imperfections in the group.
6) Porosity of rounded indications in excess of that specified by the acceptance
standards given in appendix-IV of ASME boiler and pressure vessels code section-VII Div-I
25.3 Mode of measurements & Payments

The measurements shall be taken in Running meter of length for which testing done.
The unit rate including Machine charges & its transportation charges, skilled workmanship
and third party inspection etc. complete at contractor cost.

275
SECTION - VI
26- PROVIDING & FIXING STRUCTURAL STEEL GATE & TRASH RACK
( Item No. 31)
26.1 GENERAL
This specification covers the requirement of providing fabrication and erection of
structural steel for sluice gates & trash rack including painting.
26.2 MATERIALS STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS

All structural steel shall conform to IS 226-1975 and IS 800-2007. The steel shall be
free from defects mentioned in IS 226-1975 and shall have a smooth uniform finish. It shall
be straightened if necessary, in the mill before shipment. Material shall be free from loose
mill scale rust-pits or other defects affecting its strength and durability. Rivet bars shall
conform to IS 1148-2009.
26.3 STORAGE
Structural steel shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platform, skids
or other suitable supports to avoid distortion on section in long length and shall be protected
as far as practicable from surface deterioration by direct contact with harmful elements or
exposure to conditions producing rust and corrosion. It should be so stored and handled that
the material will not be subject to excessive stress and damage.
26.4 STRENGHTENING
All deformed structural material will be properly straightened by methods which are
not injurious prior to being laid of, punched or otherwise worked in the shop, sharp kinks and
bends shall be cause for rejection.
26.5 TESTS
When the steel is supplied by the contractor, test certificate of the manufacturers
shall be produced. If further tests be necessary, they will be done according to IS 226-1969
and IS 1521-1972, the cost of such tests will be borne by the contractor.
26.6 MEASUREMENTS
The sections shall be supplied in specific exact length, smoothly cut to the required
lines. The length of sections shall be measured correct to a centimeter and weight
calculated on the basis of standard weights prescribed by ISI for each relevant section
correct up to 0.10 of a kg. Tolerances mentioned in IS 226-1969 shall be applicable unless
other tolerance are prescribed in the specifications of any particular item.

276
26.7 FABRICATION & ERECTION

Cutting, holding, assembly, riveting, bolting, machining, painting, marking and
erection shall be carried out in accordance with approved plans and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge from time to time and shall comply with IS 800-2007
26.8 DAMAGED MEMBERS

Any material found damaged or defective shall be stacked separately and shall be
marked in a distinctive colour. Such material is to be dealt with expeditiously under the
orders of the Engineer-in-charge.
26.9 REVETING, WELDING AND BOLTING

Riveting or welding shall not be started until such time as the Engineer-in-charge
has personally satisfied himself that the alignment is correct, the vertical plumb, the camber
correct with the camber jacks screwed tight, all joints and cover plates fixed tight with
service bolts and field rivet holes coinciding, while assembling holes in different components
shall be made concentric with the use of drifts before service bolts are fixed.
WELDING
1. GENERAL
The specifications given here under shall apply to welding as applied to new and
existing mild steel structures and mild steel reinforcement for RCC work in the following
cases.
a) Filler welding for placing the reinforcement in correct position or providing cross bars in
lieu of hooks.
b) Butt welding of reinforcing bars. Welding shall be made by the metal are process unless
oxyacetylene gas welding is specially permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. The
specifications for the former have been given in B18(a) and for the latter in B18(b) of the
book of standerd specifications.
2. WELDING CONTRACT
i) The welding work shall not be given to a contractor who does not produce satisfactory
evidence of his ability to handle the work in a competent manner. The contractor shall also
prove the ability of the operators employed by him to produce welding connection of the
required strength.
ii) The contractor shall employ a competent welding supervisor or change hand to ensure
that the standard of workmanship is satisfactory.
iii) The Engineer-in-charge shall have free access to the work being carried out by the
contractor at all reasonable times and facility shall be provided so that during the course of
welding he may be able to inspect any layer of weld metal. He shall be at liberty to reject

277
any work not conforming to the relevant specifications, defective welds shall be cut out and
re-welding.
3. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND HEALTH PROVISIONS

The contractor shall make all safety and health provisions for his welder as are laid in IS
818-1968. i.e. code of practice of safety and health requirements in electric and gas welding
and cutting operations.
1. All permanent machine-fitted or other bolts must be perfectly tight and should be blurred
or otherwise checked to prevent nuts from becoming loose. No unfilled rivet or bolt holes are
to be left in any part of the structure.
2. Fitting and riveting (or welding) of connection of steel sections, in cases where pieces are
short or of full length shall be done in such a manner that metal is not unduly strained
caused.
3. Care shall be taken to see cracks are not filled with paints, putty, cinders, dirt, oil or filling
for the purpose of deception.
4. Particular care must be taken to ensure free expansion and contraction wherever
provided for in drawings or as the Engineer directs.
5. Chopping of rivets, angles, flanges and edges of plates must be done without breaking
out the metal, chipped edges shall be finished off with a file and all concave corners shall be
rounded off.
4. PAINTING
Painting shall generally comply with IS 800-1962 and IS 1477 (Part-I) 1956 subject to such
addition or alteration as may be prescribed in the special provisions for any particular item. It
shall also comply with relevant part of specifications No. B-21. One priming coat of red lead
shall be applied immediately after fabrication. Two coats of oil paint of approved shade shall
be applied immediately after fabrication. Two coats of oil paint of approved shade shall be
applied after complete erection.
Structural steel work to be encased in concrete shall not be painted.
5. INSPECTION AND TESTING

These shall be carried out in conformity with IS 800-2007
6) ITEMS TO INCLUDE
1) The item shall include supply fabrication and erection in position at site of all structural
steel sections of the required dimensions and labour, materials and use of equipment
required for operations of fabrication, hoisting, erection and satisfactory completion of the
item.
2) Items shall also include labour, material and use of equipments required for painting the
structural steel work.

278
7) MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT
The contract rate for the item shall be one tonne. In case of rolled sections lengths
shall be measured correct to a cm. and weight calculated on the standard weight per meter
tabulated in the ISI Hand book for structural steel sections limited to the length shown on the
plans correct up to 0.10 of a kg. Weight of bolts, nuts and washers shall be added in full and
no deductions shall be made for bolt holes. In riveted work only the weight of rivet head shall
be added. No deduction shall be made for rivet holes. No increase in weight shall be
allowed in welded work due to welding.

279
SECTION - VI
27- BACK FILLING
( Item No. 32)
27.1 GENERAL
Back-filling generally means excavation re-fill up to the ground level by embankment

material which is required to be placed in excavated area after the structure is built up above
the normal ground level. All the back-fill shall be carefully filled as per the lines and grades
as shown on the drawings or as directed. The item includes the quarring, transporting
servicing and such other processing operations to produce the materials of desired quality,
laying, watering and compacting as directed. The materials obtained from the excavation
work in this contract will be allowed to be used for back-filling, if of approved quality, free of
cost.
27.2 PREPARING SURFACE FOR BACK-FILLING
All loose materials and surface debris shall be removed. The bed sides shall
be drenched with water sufficiently so as to prevent absorption of water from back-fill
material. Before placing the back-fill material, the surface shall be tamped or otherwise
consolidated sufficiently.
27.3 BACK-FILLING WITH IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL
The impervious material may be obtained from excavated stuff free of cost or
borrowed from outside from contractor’s own sources if required without any limitation of
lead or lift. The quantity of the impervious material should begot approved from the
Engineer-in-charge in advance. Water shall be added to the embankment and mixed by
suitable means to assure uniform distribution of moisture and the desired standard of
compaction.
27.4 COMPACTION
The proctor test of soil compaction with approved modification shall govern the
construction. Laboratory methods will be used to determine the optimum moisture content,
dry and wet density and the compaction will be controlled by field tests and made to
determine whether adequate degree of compaction’ is being attained.
27.5 BACK-FILLING WITH PERVIOUS MATERIAL
The pervious material may ·be obtained from the excavated stuff, free of cost or
borrowed from contractor’s’ own sources if required without any limitation of lead or lift. The
quality of the pervious material should be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge in
advance. Care shall be taken to see that materials in the different layers are compacted
properly and the finished surface shall have a neat appearance.

280
27.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
The measurement of widths for payment will be taken as between the accepted
payment line of the excavation under the respective excavation items and the face of the
masonry or concrete structures. The back-filling may not have to be done right up to the
original ground level. The work will be paid for only up to the depth of back filling as required
and directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If the Contractor chooses to provide filling above
the level desired for his own convenience like raising platform and erecting temporary
structures the work may be allowed to be done if not undesirable from other considerations
during or after construction. But the work so done above the desired levels shall not be
measured and paid for even though it might have been done to the required specifications
as for the rest of the portions.
Deduction in quantities of back fill shall be made for shrinkage at the rate of 10 % of
intermediate measurements, 7% after one monsoon and 5% for final measurements of back
fill if the same are taken after two monsoons.
The rate included transportation of material, spreading, breaking clots, watering &
compaction mechanically to get the desired dry density, labour & machinery charges.
The rate is excluding royalty charges. The royalty shall be paid directly by VIDC to
the mining authority. The payment for back filling shall be Cubic-meter basis.

281
SECTION - VI
28- EMBANKMENT
( Item No. 33)
(With materials either from Borrow areas or useful approved materials from compulsory excavation)
28.1 SCOPE
The item of embankment shall include furnishing all tools, plant, labours and material
required stripping of the borrow areas, excavating the material from the borrow areas
conveying the same and placing the same or the useful material from compulsory
excavation for foundation of Pump House, Forebay, Gated Intake Structure, Approach
channel, Rising Main etc. in specified layers for embankment including watering and mixing
(or drying as the case may be) and mechanical compaction to specified density & moisture
content for each type of material & performing all operations necessary and ancillary
thereto.
28.2 BORROW AREAS
28.2.1 GENERAL
All material required for construction of embankment, or backfill, which are not
available from the compulsory excavation shall be obtained, as per directions of the
Engineer-in-charge. The contractors are expected to have their own prospecting carried out
before tendering for the works.
28.2.2 PRIOR APPROVAL TO BORROW AREA BEFORE START OF WORK
Before any borrow area is opened, the material from the borrow area to be used for
particular zone in the earth dam should be got approved from Engineer-in-charge.
28.2.3 STRIPPING OF BORROW AREAS
Before opening of a borrow areas from where the material is to be obtained, the area
shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, etc. and stripped to remove the top soil, humus
vegetable matter, organic matter, roots, rubbish, and all other objectionable material which
is unsuitable for the purpose for which the borrow pit is to be excavated. All such material
shall be removed to such disposal areas as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. In no case
shall the stripped material be allowed to contaminate the material going into the
embankment. All trees cut shall be the property of Government and shall be stocked at a
suitable place as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The rate for embankment including
use of material from borrow areas includes the clearing and stripping the borrow areas and

282
disposing the waste material as directed. The cleared and stripped areas shall be
maintained free from vegetable growth and adequately drained during the progress of work,
without any extra cost.
28.2.4 EXPLOITATION OF BORROW AREA

a) Where the borrow pits are opened adjacent to the dam, the edge of excavation
shall be at a distance of ten times of the height of the dam opposite as measured above
the top level of edge of excavation to the top of the dam subject to the minimum
distance of 100 Meters from the toe of the dam.
b) Where no positive cut off is provided, care shall be taken to see that no pervious
strata are uncovered by excavation of borrow pit on the water side of the dam within a
distance of ten times the height of the dam as measured from the upstream toe of the dam.
c) Borrow pits shall be so worked that selected material will be furnished as required as
close as practicable to the point of utilization and that they will not interfere with the location
of permanent structure, the usefulness or appearance of any of the work.
d) The formation of pools shall be avoided to avoid spoiling of useful material and also
bad appearance and all borrow pits shall be diverted/drains as necessary by ditches to the
nearest cut falls. All borrow pits except those that would be submerged in the reservoir shall
be connected to each other and last borrow pits to the nearest drainage channel so as to
avoid stagnation of water. The bottom of the pits shall be so fixed that the pits drain into
some natural course.
e) No borrow areas should be taken on roads, village tracks, canals, etc. occurring in
the borrow areas.
f) All borrow areas shall be arranged with certain amount of regularity having regard to
the convenience of the work during excavation and to its safety and appearance of finish
after its completion.
28.2.5 QUARRY ROADS
Temporary paths leading to and from respective borrow areas including temporary
river and nalla crossing to the site of embankment where the material are required to be
deposited shall be constructed and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.
28.2.6 MATERIAL FROM AREA OTHER THAN PRESCRIBED BORROW AREAS OR FROM
THE COMPULSORY EXCAVATION IN SOFT STRATA
During the construction the contractor may after careful prospecting and with the
specific written approval of the Executive Engineer bring suitable material from areas other
than those indicated in borrow area plan, inspire of the fact that the borrow area indicated in

283
borrow, area plan can yield sufficient quantities of required material in such case no extra
payment for increased lead or any other reason would be admissible on this account.
28.3 SELECTION OF MATERIAL
i) The borrow pit material or the material from compulsory excavation shall be got
classified from the Engineer-in-charge with regard to its suitability for the particular zone in
embankment. The standard of material required for various zones, casing & hearting zone
shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The classification by the Engineer-in-charge
shall be final and binding on the contractor.
ii) The requirement of the material shall be generally as under:
28.3.1 HEARTING
The material shall be uniform impervious material not containing boulders or any
other hard material of more than 7.0 Cm. maximum dimension and not containing any
organic matter.
28.3.2 CASING
All material shall be free from organic material and should contain coarse grained
material, the suitability being confirmed by laboratory tests. Normally the material should not
contain boulders or stone large than 3/4 the size of thickness of the compacted layer. When
compacted the material should be fairly previous.
28.4 PLACING OF MATERIALS

28.4.1 GENERAL
The embankment shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the
drawings. The slopes of the division lines between zones or portions of embankment are
tentative and shall be subject to variation at any time prior to or during construction and on
account of this the contractor shall be entitled to no additional allowance above the unit price
accepted. No roots, vegetable, matter, humus or other unsuitable material shall be placed in
the embankment. The contractor shall maintain the embankment in an approved manner
until the final completion and acceptance of all of the work under the contract. Care shall be
taken to drain all rainwater falling on the rolled surface away. The embankment for each
portion shall be maintained in level. But if it is necessary to have slope the slope should not
be steeper than 1:20 (vertical to horizontal). All opening or gaps through the embankment
required for construction purpose shall be subject to approval and such openings or gaps if
approved shall be constructed so that the slope of the bonding surface between
embankment in place and embankment to be placed is not steeper than 1:4 (vertical to

284
horizontal). The suitability of each part of the foundation for placing embankment material
thereon and of all material shall be placed in layers and compacted.
28.4.2 REFERENCE POINT
Before commencing the placement all lines marking the extremities of berm,
hearting, casing zone etc. of the embankment shall be marked with reference to reference
pillars. The reference pillars shall be constructed in concrete or masonry and the information
indicating chainage, levels etc. shall be properly inscribed or written on them as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall construct and maintain all reference pillars. No
extra payment admissible to the contractor on this account.
28.5 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION AND SURFACE OF EARTH WORK PREVIOUSLY

LAID
28.5.1 GENERAL
No material shall be placed in any section of the embankment until the foundation of
that section has been dewatered and suitably prepared and it has been approved by the
Engineer-in-charge. It is necessary to ensure the surface material of the foundation will be
as compact and well bounded with the first layer of the embankment, as herein, specified for
subsequent layers of the earth fill.
28.5.2 FOUNDATION OTHER THAN ROCK
The seat of the embankment after it is stripped shall be cleared of all loose or
objectionable material before placing any layer. The surface shall then be watered and
rolled as directed if the surface material is not compact enough. The surface shall then be
scarified by plugging or by harrows or by rack or by any suitable method all clods broken
and then it shall be moistened liberally but not more than 2% on wet side of optimum unless
the foundation material already contains optimum amount of moisture before the first layer is
placed.
28.5.3 LAYING AND SPREADING IN LAYERS
Approved material free from clods and lumps, larger then 50mm size shall be
conveyed directly from surface of excavation or from stock piles and laid in appropriate
zones of embankment as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on surface of the foundation
or previously laid earth work prepared as specified. The material shall then be spread on the
embankment in uniform and continuous layer approximately horizontal unless earth work in
slope as been permitted or specified.

285
a) The thickness of layers will depend on the nature of materials and the type of compacting
machinery. The thickness of a layer should be such the desired density after compaction
shall be uniformly obtained throughout the depth. For the guidance of the contractor it may
be stated that the thickness of the layer shall be 20 to 30 Cm, loose, compacted by sheep
foot roller, 15 Cm loose and 11 Cm compacted for smooth wheeled rollers, and 5 Cm loose
and 5 Cm. compacted by hand or pneumatic or mechanical tampers. The thickness of the
compacted layers will be found out by taking level after every three (or less number, if
necessary) layers laid and compacted and finding out the average. The layers shall be
spread in uniform with and in stages to finalized compaction by rollers, the works in various
zones shall be as far as possible be raised simultaneously. If however, any zone or its part
is permitted by the Engineer-in-charge to be raised higher then the part adjacent to it, the
loose un-compacted material at the junction shall be removed or watered and compacted
tospecified density without extra cost as directed by Engineer-in-charge. A minimum slope
of 2:1 should be provided at such junctions & vertical difference between such two junctions
should not be more than 15 meters.
b) No clods or lumps more than 5 cm. size shall be allowed in hearting and all lumps and
clods shall be broken up to the above size before rolling.
c) The excavation and placing operations shall be such that the materials when compacted
will be so blended as to secure the best practicable degree of compaction, impermeability
and stability.
d) The Engineer-in-charge may designate the location in the earth fill where the individual
loads shall be deposited.
e) Pebbles cobbles and rock fragments of size larger than permissible be found in otherwise
approved earth fill material they shall be removed by the contractor either at the side of
excavation or after being transported to the earth fill but before the material in the earth fill
are rolled and compacted. Such approved cobble & rock fragments shall be placed in waste
as approved and directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
f) In order that proper compaction can be done upto the edges of the designed section the
section shall be widened by half meter on each side i.e. on downstream and upstream side
& extra material shall be deposited for this purpose at the section. The whole section will
then be compacted and then dressed and brought to the required slopes. Necessary extra
quantity required to be handled for this purpose shall not be paid for and is considered to be
included in the rate of this item.

286
28.5.4 MOISTURE CONTENT
a) The water content to the earth fill material prior to and during compaction shall be
distributed uniformly throughout each layer of the material. The difference ( Wo – W ) where
Wo is optimum moisture content as determined by the standard proctor compaction test,
expressed as percent of dry weight of soil and ‘W’ is the moisture content of the
embankment being compacted expressed as percent of dry weight of soil shall be as
follows.
i) (W-Wo) to be -2% to + 2% in case of at least 90% samples in case of hearting and

75% in case of casing, collected in a week.
ii) (W-Wo) to be -3% to +3% in the case of the remaining 10% & 25% samples. The
standard proctor compaction test will be made by the Department from time to time. The
material shall be brought to the proper water content by adding necessary amount of water
of allowing moisture to evaporate either at the borrow pit or on the embankment before
commencing compaction of layers. When water is proposed to be added at the
embankment, the required amount of water to be sprinkled for given quantity of soil shall be
first calculated making due allowances for natural moisture content evaporation, base
watering etc. This calculated quantity of water shall then be thoroughly mixed with the soil
by means of the disc harrows or any other suitable method before compaction. All charges
for watering and mixing are included in the item of embankment including pumping,
transporting pipelines etc. as necessary.
b) It may be necessary, to allow the water to soak into the soil after sprinkling and mixing if
necessary, for sufficient time to have uniform moisture throughout the layer. The contractor
shall not get any extra payment for stoppage of work necessitated for allowing soaking of
the soil.
28.5.5 COMPACTION
a) Each layer after it is found to have specified moisture content uniformly distributed shall
be compacted to give specified density. No fresh layer of soil shall be laid and compacted
unless previous layer is approved by the Engineer-in-charge. If the water content of the
material spread in layer is more or less than specified, compaction shall not be started
unless the moisture is brought to specified value.
b) Compaction of the embankment shall be done by roller specified below except at parts
which are not accessible to the above rolling equipment. Compaction of casing zone shall
be done by smooth wheeled power rollers (8 to 10 tons) or by standard sheep foot rollers.

287
Compaction of hearting zone shall be done by vibratory power rollers. The number of
passes required by a particular type of rollers to attain specified density shall be decided by
actual trials for different types of soils to be used & equal number of passes should be given
to each layer before carrying out the field density test. The final control of compaction will
however be on basis of specified densities and not on the number or passes.
c) In the parts of dam inaccessible to the specified rolling equipment such as test pits or trial
pits below foundation level, irregular sides or cut of trench and portions around & in Contact
with structures where the rolling equipment will not be permitted to operate, compaction
DELETED
shall be accomplished with either hand or mechanical tampers of approved type. Rollers will
not be permitted to operate within 0.5 meter of concrete or masonry structures and the filling
within this distance shall be tempted by mechanical tampers all material to be tamped shall
be spread in layers with thickness as specified. The moisture content of material & the
degree of compaction shall be equal to that specified separately. Special care as directed
shall be exercised to obtain a good contact and good bond with rock surfaces, surfaces of
masonry or concrete.
28.5.6 FIELD DENSITY TESTS
The degree of compaction will be such as to give dry density as specified below. The
density measurements will be conducted by the department from time to time to ascertain
whether the compaction attained is as specified for this purpose for every 300 Cubic meter
of compacted earth work of one zone or for every layer compacted of a particular zone at
least two filed density tests per day will be taken and the P.D.D. & P.M.C. worked out by
oven drying method or K-oil method if the correlation is found to exist with the former. As the
oven drying method involves a 24 hours period, facilitate work preliminary control as follow
shall be exercised. The wet density of compacted layer shall be equal to or above optimum
wet density (0. W. D.) & placement moisture content (tested by kerosene oil burning
method) with + 1% of the optimum moisture content. If any field density test reveal that the
density is less than permissible either additional rolling with have to be done without any
extra cost or layer may have to be removed at no extra cost. In the event of additional rolling
being permitted if it is found that original moisture has evaporated, the layer may be broken
up as directed & watered and allowed to soak before rolling to bring the moisture content to
specified value. Necessary assistance carrying out such density and moisture content tests
shall be provided by the contractor free of cost to the departmental staff The samples for
density measurements will be taken anywhere to ensure that no weak spots, at location
such as junctions of sloping filter and hearting or casing turning places or compacting
equipment or any doubtful area are left.

288
28.5.7 DEGREE OF COMPACTION
i ) This will be based on the dry densities achieved which shall satisfy the following criteria.
ii ) Control Criteria subject to (iii) and (iv) below.
Criteria for control of compacted embankment
Percentage base on minimum 6 mm size

% of gravel fraction
Type of i.e. bigger than 6 mm Desired
Material size by dry weight of Minimum Acceptable Desirable average moisture
total material Density density content limit

within
+
Hearting 25 % by weight 98 % of proctor 100 % of proctor - 2 % of
O.M.C.
Casing 0 to 25 % 98 % of proctor 100 % of proctor - do –

26 to 50 % 95 % of proctor 98 % of proctor - do –
50 % & above 93 % of proctor 95 % of proctor - do -
Filter Sand Dd = 70 % Dd = 80 %
Material
Gravel Dd = 65 % Dd = 70 %
Dd is the relative density
iii) In case of the material compacted by tampers the dry density of the soil fraction in the
compacted material shall not be less than 95% of the Standard Proctor Optimum Dry
Density.
iv) In rare cases, when a layer with necessary moisture content give lower density than
specified in the above table even after rolling large number of passes or after re-rolling, such
a layer may be approved by the Engineer-in-charge provided, [a] the placement. Dry Density
is not less than 90% of the Standard proctor Dry Density and [b] Number of such samples
having P.D.D. less than 95% ODD. should not exceed 2% of the number of samples taken.
28.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT
a) The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross section shall be
taken at an interval of 30 Meter or at closer distances as found necessary. The gross
quantity of different zones of hearting casing, etc as the case may be will be based on

289
these cross sections for facilitating of arriving at the correct quantities of hearting casing the
c/s will indicate separate zone that went into the embankment
b) The lines demarcating the zone of cross section shall confirm to the respective typical
sections except where departure from these specially permitted by the Executive Engineer.
c) The final measurements will be recorded on cross section basis. These will be paid
for net.
The quantity arrived at on the basis of the following table will be deemed to be
utilized as available stuff in the respective zones of the total embankment form the materials
available from the respective items under excavation. Separate measurement of the quantity
of the quantity of embankment of available stuff will be based on the utilization factors given
below.
Factor
Factor for utilization in embankment (compact)
for
utilizable
%age if Factor
Item of qty. in
Sr. quantity loose
Excava- there
No. Deemed to measu- Roc
tion from of Heartin Castin Pitchi Quarry
be utilize rements Random k
g g ng spauls
cut Toe
measure
ments
Sand, soil
1 - - 1.2 - 0.80 -
2 HMB 90 1 1.2 - 0.90 0.90
3 SR 100 1 1.5 - 1.2 1.2
4 HR 100 1 1.5 - 1.5 1.5 1.5
28.9 MODE OF PAYMENT

The payment shall be released in following installments.
a) Afetr laying the embankemet to the section & compacting the same to the specifications.
80%
b) After taking density tests 10%
c) After passage of one season & reconfirming the section 10%.

290
SECTION - VI
29- DRY RUBBLE PITCHING
( Item No. 34)
(With materials either from Borrow areas or useful approved materials from compulsory excavation)
29.1 SCOPE:
The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipment, contractor’s own material
and labour required, carrying transporting and laying the pitching Including dressing
embankment to the designed slopes and other operations necessary and ancillary thereto
with all leads and lifts etc. Complete.
29.2 MATERIALS:
Rubble for pitching:
i) Stones for pitching shall be sound hard dense and durable rock and
should not break down or disintegrate on long exposure to water and air. The
rubble shall be got approved form the Engineer-in-charge.
ii) Size: The rock fragments shall be reasonably weight graded, containing at least
60% of stones weighing 35 kg. or more, minimum size shall be weighting 10 Kg.
29.3 QUARRIES:
Rubble required for the construction of pitching is contractor’s own material
or is available in total quantity from the excavation. Contractor has to sort the material so as
to obtain sound rubble. The contractor may be required to carry out secondary blasting to
obtain the rubble in required size and shape. Cost for sorting necessary secondary blasting
and transporting is already considered in the rate of corresponding item. No claim or
payment shall be entertained for this. This rock requirement will be met with the contractor’s
own rubble quarries and rock stacks from compulsory excavation and shall be got approved
from the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to quarry and stacks shall not mean that all rubble
available from that quarry is also approved by the Engineer-in-charge and only approved
quality of rubble will have to be used.
29.4 LAYING:
a) The base slope shall first be prepared to receive the pitching. The thickness
of the rubble pitching shall 300mm thick for embankment of forebay and 450 mm thick dry
rubble stone pitching for embankment around pump house.
b) Stones shall be placed on end with the broadest side down and length
normal to the slopes. Larger rock fragments should be uniformity distributed with smaller
rock fragment in such a manner as will result in compact uniform layers of pitching. The
pitching shall be made in one layer by using specified length of stones. Stones should be as
perpendicular as possible.
291
i) The interstices between stones shall be filled with chips of as large size as
possible and hammering in such filling shall be carried out simultaneously with placing in
position of the larger stones and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind. The wedging
shall be so done that no chip can be removed by hand. No loose spauls or chips should be
the top surface of pitching. The chips shall not be used as a substitute for full thickness of
the large stones. The surface should present reasonably uniform slope as designed with a
dense but rough face on upstream side and smooth surface on down stream. The guide
shall form part of pitching.
29.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS:

The measurement shall be taken for pitching which will be paid on area
basiswith Square Meter as unit.

292
SECTION - VI
30- PLATE LOAD OR LOAD BEARING TEST
( Item No. 35)
30.1 SCOPE:
The item shall consist of preparation for plate load test to verify the safe load bearing
capacity of the foundation level strata for ascertaining the Safe Bearing Capacity considered
for design of Pump House etc.
30.2 MATERIALS:
a) Sand filled Bags with packing:
Supply of sand filled bags including loading & unloading from platform prepared for
loading reaction. Making hip of bag giving specified point load reaction for
conducting the SBC test.
b) supply of ISHB400 Girder 10 m long & ISMC200 7.00 m long and centering plates
for preparing platform of size 7 m x7 m placing in position & removing after
completion of SBC test.
c) Carring out SBC test as per IS 1888-1982 by reputed Engineering Institute/ College
or Government recognized institute as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. It
includes supplying measuring devices, calculating SBC and getting certified copy of
the institute stating value of SBC.
30.3 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS& PAYMENTS:
The measurement shall be taken per test unit including making foundation clean & levelled
surface by removing debries. Preparing steel centering plate platform as per requirements.
Loading, unloading sand bags, carring out SBC test with reputed engineering institute and
supplying SBC certificate by the institution and the payment shall be done by unit rate per
test.

293
DRAWINGS

294
DRAWINGS
INDEX
Sr. No. DRAWING OF PAGE No.

1 INDEX MAP
2 GENERAL LAT OUT OF PUMP HOUSE
3 L- SECTION OF RISING MAIN
4 DISTRIBUTION CHAMBER

Talodhi Mokasa LISDTP

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Talodhi Mokasa LISDTP

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

For Authorised use only B -1 Tender

For Authorised use only B -1 Tender

VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION , NAGPUR.

CHIEF ENGINEER , WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT, NAGPUR

SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER, CHANDRAPUR IRRIGATION PROJECT CIRCLE,

Draft Tender Paper

NAME OF WORK:- TALODHI MOKASA LIFT IRRIGATION SCHEME

Construction of Approach Channel, Gates Intake Structure, Forebay, Pump

ESTIMATED COST PUT TO TENDER:- Rs. 3364.87 LAKHS

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

Divisional Account Officer

Sub Divisional Engineer Executive Engineer

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

DRAFT TENDER PAPER

Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Forebay,

ESTIMATED COST PUT TO TENDER:- Rs. 3364.87 LAKHS

Proposed & Recommended for approval

Sub Divisional Engineer

Divisional Accounts Officer Gr. 1

Recommended for approval

Recommended for approval

NAME OF WORK:- Construction of Approach Channel, Gated Intake Structure, Forebay,

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

17 - Declaration of bidder regarding value of Existing Commitments 87

18 Appendix ‘K’-Bidders ( self declaration regarding Bid Capacity ) 88

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

2 Special condition of contract 120 154

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

Circle Office:- Chandrapur Irrigation Project Circle, Chandrapur

Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation Division, Chandrapur Phone No. 07172-250521, is

1. All eligible/interested contractors to get enrolled on e-Tendering

3. e-Tender-Document can be downloaded from the e-Tendering portal of Government of

6. The e –Tender documents are available onhttps://mahatenders.gov.inshall have to be

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE

VIDHARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION,

Definitions & interpretations

The official postal address for correspondence is

(c) “Superintending Engineer” shall mean Superintending Engineer Chandrapur Irrigation

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

Section -I Detailed e-Tender Notice, B-1, Conditions of contract

l) “Defect(s) liability period” shall mean period of 24 Months after commissioning or 24

m) Online shall mean online operation on website https://mahatenders.gov.inonly, with

Singular and Plural

Headings and Marginal headings

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

2.5 For works costing more than Rs.300 Lakhs.

4. ON-LINE ISSUE OF BLANK e-TENDER FORMS

6. REVISION OR AMENDMENT OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS:

7. MANNER OF ONLINE SUBMISSION OF e-TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENTS

Tender is to be submitted online on the Government of Maharashtra e-Tendering

a) Technical e-Envelope T1.

iv) Deed of Partnership or Article of Association and Memorandum of Association for

viii) Power of Attorney (duly registered).

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

xvii) Bid capacity is required for work.

1 Criteria for Post Qualification

A) Miximum Yearly Financial Turnover for Rs 12.61Crores

3 Scanned copy of Bidder self-declaration regarding Bid capacity in Appendix(K).

Contractor No. of Corrections Executive Engineer

per year as illustrated below to bring to current price level.